CARRIER Package Units(both Units Combined) Manual L0607349

User Manual: CARRIER CARRIER Package Units(both units combined) Manual CARRIER Package Units(both units combined) Owner's Manual, CARRIER Package Units(both units combined) installation guides

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 112

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

48/50PG20-28
Single Package Rooftop Units
with COMFORTLINK TMControls
and PURON® (R-410A) Refrigerant

Controls, Start-Up, Operation, Service and
Troubleshooting Instructions
CONTENTS
SAFETY

CONSIDERATIONS

...............................

Page
2

GENERAL ..................................................
2
BASIC CONTROL
USAGE ................................
2-5
ComfortLink
TM Control
.....................................
2
Scrolling
Marquee .........................................
3
Accessory
Navigator TM Display ............................
3
Operation
..................................................
3
System Pilot TM .............................................
4
CCN Tables and Display ...................................
4
Conventions
Used in this Manual ..........................
4
START-UP ...............................................
6-35
Unit Preparation
...........................................
6
Compressor
Mounting .....................................
6
Refrigerant
Service Ports ..................................
6
Crankcase
Heater(s)
.......................................
6
Corn pressor
Rotation ......................................
6
Internal Wiring .............................................
6
Subcooler Heat Exchanger (SHX) ..........................
6
Evaporator
Fan ............................................
6
Condenser
Fans and Motors ...............................
6
Retu m-Air Filters ..........................................
6
Outdoor-Air
Inlet Screens ..................................
6
Gas Heat (48PC Only) ......................................
6
Orifice Change (48PC Only) ................................
7
Power Supply ..............................................
7
Air Baffles
.................................................
7
Accessory
Installation
.....................................
7
CONTROLS
QUICK START .............................
35,36
Thermostat
Control .......................................
35
Space Temperature
Sensor Control -Direct Wired (%55 or T-56) ..............................
35
Space Temperature
Sensor Control -- CCN (T-58) .........
35
Space Temperature
Sensor Control -- CCN Linkage ...... 35
Space Humidity Control -- Humidistat
....................
35
Space Humidity Control -- Thermidistat
TM ................
35
Space Humidity Control -- Relative Humidity Sensor ..... 35
CCN Communication
......................................
35
Accessories
..............................................
35
Service Test ..............................................
35
Control Configuration
Checklist
..........................
36
Programming
Operating
Schedules .......................
36
SERVICE TEST .........................................
36-38
THIRD PARTY CONTROL ...............................
Thermostat
...............................................
Humidistat ................................................
Humidity Sensor ..........................................
Remote Occupancy
.......................................
Fire Shutdown ............................................
Alarm Output
.............................................
Outdoor
Enthalpy .........................................
lAG Switch ................................................
IAQ Sensor ...............................................
OAQ Sensor ..............................................
CONTROLS
OPERATION ...............................
Display Configuration
.....................................
Modes ....................................................
Unit Configuration
........................................
Occupancy
Determination
................................
Indoor Fan ................................................
Cooling ...................................................
• THERMOSTAT (ONTROL

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue,
Catalog No 04-53480028-01

38,39
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
39
39
39
39-52
39
39
39
40
41
41

Page
SPA(E SENSOR CONTROL
OUTDOOR FANS
Gas Heating (48PC Units) ................................
THERMOSTAT
CONTROL
SPA(E SENSOR ( ONTROL
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE
(SAT) SENSOR
Electric Heat (50PG Units) ................................
THERMOSTAT
CONTROL
SPA(E SENSOR ( ONTROL
SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE
(SAT) SENSOR
Economizer
..............................................
THERMOSTAT
CONTROL
SPA(E SENSOR ( ONTROL
ECONOMIZER
ACTUATOR ( OMMUNICATIONS
E%_OC(UPIED
FREE COOLING
POWER EXHAUST
Optional
Humdi-MiZer
Dehumidification
System
SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
REHEAT MODE SELECTION PROCESS
REHEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC
HELP
• AIR BAFFLES

.........

indoor Air Quality ........................................

Temperature
Compensated
Start .........................
51
Carrier Comfort
Network@ (CCN) Configuration
..........
5;
Alarm Handling ...........................................
52
TROUBLESHOOTING
..................................
52-67
Complete
Unit Stoppage .................................
52
Restart Procedure ........................................
54
Control Module Communication
..........................
54
Alarms and Alerts ........................................
54
VIEWING AND CLEARING UNIT ALARMS
• DIAGNOSTI(
ALARM (ODES AND POSSIBLE (AUSES
Cooling Troubleshooting
.................................
57
Humidi-MiZer
Troubleshooting
...........................
57
Economizer Troubleshooting
.............................
57
Heating Troubleshooting
.................................
60
Phase Loss Protection
...................................
60
Thermistor
Troubleshooting
..............................
61
Transducer
Troubleshooting
.............................
64
Forcing Inputs and Outputs
..............................
64
MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
......................
67-84
General ...................................................
67
Main Base Board (MBB) ..................................
67
Economizer
Control Board (ECB) ........................
67
Integrated
Gas Control (IGC) Board ......................
67
Low Voltage Terminal
Strip (TB2) .........................
67
Scrolling
Marquee Display ................................
80
Accessory
Navigator TM Display ...........................
80
Carrier Comfort
Network@ Interface ......................
8O
Subcooler
Heat Exchanger ...............................
80
Field-Installed
Accessories
...............................
82
SPA(E TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (T-55)
SPA(E TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (T-56)
SPACE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (T-58)
SPA(E TEMPERATURE
SENSOR AVERAGING
ECONOMIZER
POWER EXHAUST
TWO-POSITION
DAMPER
INDOOR AIR QUALITY
OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY
SMOKE DETE( TORS
FILTER STATUS
FAN STATUS

or change at any time, specifications
Printed io U.SA

or designs

Form 48/50PG-5T

without

notice and without

Pg 1

6-06

incurring obligations.
Replaces: 48/50PG-2T

CONTENTS

(cont)

Page
ENTHALPY SENSORS
RETURN/SUPPLY
AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SPA(E HUMIDITY SENSOR
ELECTRIC HEAT
SERVICE ...............................................
85-92
Cleaning ..................................................
85
Lubrication
...............................................
86
Manual Outdoor
Air Damper ..............................
87
Economizer
Adjustment
..................................
87
Evaporator
Fan Service and Replacement .................
87
Evaporator
Fan Performance
Adjustment
.................
87
Evaporator
Fan Belt Tension Adjustment
.................
88
Condenser-Fan
Adjustment
...............................
88
Verify Sensor Performance
................................
88
Economizer
Operation
During Power Failure ..............
88
Evacuation
................................................
88
Refrigerant
Charge ........................................
89
Gas Valve Adjustment
(48PC Only) .......................
90
High Altitude
(48PC Only) .................................
9O
Main Burners (48PC Only) ................................
91
Filter Drier ................................................
92
Protective
Devices ........................................
92
Relief Devices .............................................
92
Control Circuit 24-V .......................................
92
Replacement
Parts ........................................
92
Diagnostic LEDs ..........................................
92
APPENDIX A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND
CCN TABLES .......................................
93-103
APPENDIX
B -- CONTROL
MODES WITH
HUMIDI-MIZER
SYSTEM AND ECONOMIZER
..........
104
CONTROL SET UP POINT AND
CONFIGURATION
LOG ........................
(L-1 to (L-5
UNIT START-UP CHECKLIST
...........................
(L-6

SAFETY

CONSIDERATIONS

Installation and sea;icing of air-conditioning equipmem can
be hazardous due to system pressure and electrical components. Only trained and qualified service personnel should
install, repair, or service air-conditioning equiplnent. Untrained
personnel can perform the basic maintenance functions of
replacing filters. Trained service personnel should perform all
other operations.
When working on air-coMitioning equipment, observe precautions in the literature, tags and labels attached to the unit,
and other safety precautions that may apply. Follow all safety
codes. Wear safety glasses and work gloves. Use quenching
cloth for unbrazing operations. Have fire extinmlishers available for all brazing operations.

Before performing service or maintenance operation on
unit turn off and lock off main power switch to unit.
Electrical shock can cause personal injury and death.
Shut off all power to this equipment during installation
and service. The unit may have an internal non-fused
disconnect or a field-installed disconnect.

This unit uses a microprocessor-based electronic control
system. Do not use jumpers or other tools to short out components or to bypass or otherwise depart fiom recommended procedures. Any short-to-mound of the control
board or accompanying wiring may destroy the electronic
modules or electrical components.

1. hnproper installation, adjusnnent, alteration, service,
or maintenance can cause property damage, personal
injury, or loss of lii_. Refer to the User's Information
Manual provided with this unit for lnore details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flmmnable
vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any
phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier tiom a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions.
4. It"you cannot reach your gas supplier call the fire
department.
GENERAL
This publication contains Start-Up, Controls, Operation,
Service, and Troubleshooting intbnnation for the 48/50PG
rooftop units. See Table 1. These units are equipped with
('ol_/brtLink TM controls and use Purona)reiiigerant.
Table 1 -- Unit Sizes (48/50PG)
UNIT

NOMINAL

48/50PG20

48/50PG24

48/50PG28

BASIC

TONS

CONTROLUSAGE

ComfortLink
Control -- The Col_/brtLink control is a
colnprehensive unlt-lnanagement system. The control system
is easy to access, configure, diagnose and troubleshoot.
The ComJbrtLink TM control is fully colnmunlcating and
cable-ready for connection to the Carrier Colnfort NetworkS,R)
(CCN) building managelnent system. The control provides
high-speed colnlnunlcations for remote monitoring via the
Intemet. Multiple units can be linked together (and to other
('omJbrtLink control equipped units) using a 3-wire colrnnunication bus.
The ComJbrtLink control system is easy to access through
the use of a unit-lnounted display module. There is no need to
bring a separate computer to this unit tbr start-up. Access to
control menus is simplified by the ability to quickly select fiom
11 menus. A scrolling readout provides detailed explanations
of control int;)nnation. Only tour, large, easy-to-use buttons are
required to maneuver through the entire controls menu. The
display readout is designed to be visible even in bri_lt sunlight.
For added service flexibility, an accessory hand-held
Navigator TM 1nodule is also available. This portable device has
an exteMed colmnunlcation cable that can be plugged into the
unit's colmnunication network at the main control box. The
Navigator display provides the stone menu structure, control
access and display data as is available at the unit-mounted
Scrolling Marquee display.

Scrolling Marquee -- This device is the keypad imerface used to access the control information, read sensor values,
and test the unit. The Scrolling Marquee is located in the main
control box and is standard on all units. The Scrolling Marquee
display is a 4-key, 4-character, 16-seglnent LED (light-emitting
diode) display module. The display also contains an Alarm Stares LED. See Fig. 1. The display is easy to operate using 4 buttons and a moup of 11 LEDs that indicate the following menu
structures:
Run Status
Sel_TiceTest
Temperatures
Pressures
Set points
Inputs
Outputs
Configuration
Timeclock
Operating Modes
Alarms
Through the Scrolling Marquee, the user can access all of
the inputs and outputs to check on their values and status, confi_re operating parmneters plus evaluate the current decision
stares for operating modes. The control also includes an alarm
history which can be accessed fioln the display. In addition,
through the Scrolling Marquee, the user can access a built-in
test routine that can be used at start-up comlnissioning and to
dia_ose operational problems with the unit.

Fig. 1 -- Scrolling Marquee

Accessory Navigator TM Display-The accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the 48/50PG
units. See Fig. 2. The Navigator display operates the same way
as the Scrolling Marquee device. The Navigator display is
plugged into the LEN port on either TB2 or the ECB board.
Operation -- All units are shipped tiom the factory with
the Scrolling Marquee display, which is located in the main
control box. See Fig. 1. In addition, the Col_/brtLink TM control
also supports the use of the handheld Navigator display.
Both displays provide the user with an interface to the
ComJbrtLink control system. The displays have [] and []
arrow keys, an _
key and an _
key. These
keys are used to navigate through the different levels of the display structure. The Navigator and the Scrolling Marquee operate in the same manner, except that the Navigator display has
multiple lines of display and the Scrolling Marquee has a single
line. All further discussions and exmnples in this document will
be based on the Scrolling Marquee display. See Table 2 for the
1rlenu

strllcture.

The four keys are used to navigate through the display
structure, ,ahich is organized in a tiered mode structure. If the
buttons have not been used for a period, the display will default

to the AUTO VIEW display category as shown under the RUN
STATUS category. To show the top-level display, press the
key [] until
a keys
blmlkto display
is shown.
Then
and
arrow
scroll through
the top-level
categories. These are listed in Appendix A and will be indicated on the Scrolling Marquee by the LED next to each mode
listed on the face of the display.
When a specific mode or sub-mode is located, push the
key to enter the mode. Depending on the mode, there
may be additional tiers. Cominue to use the [] and [] keys
and the _
keys until the desired display item is found.
At any time, the user can move back a mode level by pressing
the _
key. Once an item has been selected the display
will flash showing the item, followed by the item value and
then t;_llowed by the item units (if any).
Items in the Configuration and Selwice Test modes are
password protected. The display will flash PASS and WORD
,ahen required. Use the _
and arrow keys to enter the
timr digits of the password. The default password is 1111.
Pressing the _
and _
keys simultaneously
will scroll an expanded text description across the display iMicating the full meaning of each display point. Pressing the
and _
keys ,ahen the display is blank
(MODE LED level) will return the display to its delhult menu
of rotating AUTO VIEW display items. In addition, the password will need to be entered again beli_re changes can be made.
ChanNng item values or testing outputs is accomplished in
the stone manner. Locate and display the desired item. If the
display is in rotating auto-vie,a; press the _
key to stop
the display at the desired item. Press the _
key again so
that the item value flashes. Use the arrow keys to change the
value of state of an item and press the _
key to accept
it. Press the _
key and the item, value or units display
wilt resume. Repeat the process as required for other items.
Depending on the unit model, factory-installed options and
field-installed accessories, some of the items in the various
Mode categories may not apply.

Fig. 2 -- Accessory Navigator Display

System PilotTM

Device -- The System Pilot (33PILOT01) device is a component of Ca_cier's 3VTM system and serves
as a user-interface and confimlration tool for all Carrier communicating devices. The System Pilot device can be used to install and commission a 3V zoning system, linkage compatible
air source, universal controllei; and all other devices operating
on the Canier comlnunicating network.
Additionally, the System Pilot device can sela_eas a waltmounted temperature sensor for space telnperature measurement. The occupant can use the System Pilot device to change
set points. A security t}amre is provided to limit access of features for unanthorized users. See Fig. 3 for System Pilot details.

value represents a confi_ration setting, an explanation will be
shown in parenthesis after the value. As an example, Configuration--_UNIT--_T.CTL = 1 (1 Stage Y1).
Pressing the _
and _
keys simultaneously
wilt scroll an expanded text description of the point nmne across
the display. The expanded descaiption is sho_s_ in the local display tables but will not be shown with the path nmnes in text.
The CCN point nmnes are also referenced in the local
display tables tbr users configuring the unit with CCN software
instead of the local display. The CCN tables are located in
Appendix A of this manual.

CCN Tables and Display -- In addition to the unitmounted Scrolling Marquee display, the user can also access
the same information through the CCN tables by using the
Service tool or other CCN pro malns. Details on the CCN
tables are smrnnarized in Appendix A. The variable names
used for the CCN tables and the Scrolling Marquee tables may
be different and more items are displayed in the CCN tables.
As a reference, the CCN variable names are included in the
Scrolling Marquee tables and the Scrolling Marquee names are
included in the local display tables in Appendix A.
Conventions
Used in This Manual -- The following conventions for discussing configuration points tbr the local display (Scrolling Marquee or Navigator TM accessory) will
be used in this manual.
Point names wilt be written with the Mode nmne thst, then
any submodes, then the point name, each separated by an
arrow sylnbol (-+). Names will also be shown th bold and
italics. As an example, the Thermostat Control Type which is
located in the Configuration mode, and Unit sub-mode would
be written as (bnfiguration--> UOgTT-->T.CTL.
This path name will show the user how to navigate through
the local display to reach the desired configuration. The user
would scroll through the modes and submodes using the
[] and [] keys. The arrow symbol in the path name represents pressing _
to move into the next level of the
menu structure.
When a value is included as part of the path nmne, it will be
shown at the end of the path name after an equals siN1. If the

_MODIFY/
SELECT

NAVIGATE/EXIT

"1o o
'.,

+
SCROLL

PAGE

Fig. 3 -- System Pilot User Interface

Table 2 -- Scrolling Marquee Menu Display Structure
RUN
STATUS
Auto View of
Run Status
(VIEW)

SERVICE
TEST
Service

Test

TEMPERATURES
Mode

(TEST)

¢
Software
Version
Numbers
(VERS)

¢
Test

Test

¢
Modes

(MODE)

Cooling
Status
(COOL)
¢

Refrigerant
Temperatures
(REFT}

Condenser
Rressu_A

(SCRA)

Occupied
Cool
Setpoint
(OCSR)
4,
Unoccupied
Setpoint
(UCSP)
4,

Cool

Cooling

Suction
Pressure B
(SSRB)
4,

Occupied Heat
Setpoint
(OHSP)

(COOL)

Control

INPUTS

Fans

(FANS)

Component
Starts
(STRT)

Temperatures
(AiR.T}

Suction
Pressure
{SSRA)

SETPOINTS

4,
Testlndependent
Outputs
(iNDR)

4,
Component
Run Hours
{HRS)

Air

PRESSURES

Test

Humidimizer
(HMZR)

¢
Test Heating
CHEAT)

Condenser
Rressu_B

(SCRB)
4,

Unoccupied
Heat Setpomt
(UHSP)
4,

¢
Economizer
Status
(LOON)

Fan

Outputs
(FANS)
4,

4,
General
Inputs
{GEN I)
4,
Current
Sensor
Inputs
(CS IN}
4,
Air Quality
Inputs
{AIR Q)

CONFIGURATION
Display
Configuration
(DISP)

4,
CooJ Outputs
{COOL)
4,
Heat Outputs
(HEAT)
4,
Economizer
Outputs
(LOON)
4,
Alarm
Relay
(ALRM)

Unit
Configuration
(UNIT)
4,
Cooling
Configuration
(COOL)
4,

TIME
CLOCK
Time of Day
(TIME)

4,
Month
Date
Day andYear
(DATE)

4,
Daylight
Savings
Time
{DST)

OPERATING
MODES
Control
Modes
{MODE)

4,
Cool

Diagnostic
(COOL)

4,
Humidimizer
{HMZR)

4,
Heat

Humidimizer
Config.
(HMZR}
4,

LocalTime
Schedule
(SCHL)

(SSRC)
4,
Condenser
Pressure
C
(SCRC)

Heat-Cool
Setpoint
(GAP)

Heating
Configuration
(HEAT)

SPT Offset
Range
{±)
(STO R)

Economizer
Configuration
(ECON)

Space RH
Setpoint
(RH SP)

Air Quality
Cfg.
(AIR.Q)

Space RH
Deadband
{RH.DB)

Alarm Relay
Conflg.
(ALM O)

4,
Reheat
Heat
SP Deadband
{RH.HB)

4,
Sensor
Calibration
(TRIM)

4,
CEcuRA
Lockout Temp
(CA.LO}
4,
Circuit B
Lockout Temp
(CBLO)

4,
Circuit C
Lockout Temp
{CC LO)

Heating
Lockout Temp
(HTLO)

Econo Cool Hi
Temp Limit
(EH.LO}

4,
Econo CoolLo
Temp Limit
(ELLO)

4,
Free Cool Low
Temp Limit
{FC LO)

Low Cool SAT
Set Point
{LCSR)
4"
High Cool SAT
Set Point
(HCSP)
4,
Minimum SAT
Upper Level
{SAT.U)

Minimum
SAT
Lower
Level
(SA'ZL)

CCN
Configuration
(CON)

Local
Holiday
Schedules
(HOL.L)

ALARMS
ResetAII
Current
Alarms
(R CURR)

Mode

Diagnostic
(HEAT)

4,
Economizer

Suction
Pressure

4,
Heating
Status
(HEAT)

Thermostat
Inputs
{STAT)

OUTPUTS

Diagnostic
{LOON)

Reset
Alarm
History
(RHIST)

4,
Currently
Active
Alarms
{CURR)

4,
Alarm
History
(HIST)

START-UP

various motor pulley settings. To alter tan performance, see
Evaporator Fan Performance Adjustment section on page 87.

Use the t'ollowing information and Start-Up Checklist on
page CL-1 to check out unit PRIOR to start-up.

Unit Preparation

-- Check that unit Ms been installed in
accor&mce with these installation instructions and all applicable codes.
Compressor
MountingCompressors are internally
spring mounted. Do not loosen or remove compressor holddown bolts.
Refrigerant
Service Ports -- Each independent reft-igerant system has a total of 3 Schrader-type service gage
ports per circuit. One port is located on the suction line, one on
the compressor dischaNe line, and one on the liquid line. Be
sure that caps on the ports are ti_lt.

Crankcase

Craalkcase heaters are energized as long as there is power to the unit and the compressor is
not operating.

Compressor

Return-Air
Filters -- Check that correct filters are installed in filter tracks (see Physical Data table in Installation
Instructions). Do not operate unit without return-air filters.
NOTE: For units with 4-in. filter option, units are shipped with
standard 2-in. filters. To install 4-in. filters, the filter spacers
must be removed.
Outdoor-Air Inlet Screens --Outdoor-air
must be in place before operating unit.

Heater(s)-

IMPORTANT: Unit power must be on for 24 hours prior
to start-up. Otherwise, damage to compressor may
result.

Condenser
Fans and Motors -- Condenser thns and
motors are factory set. Refer to Condenser-Fan Adjustment
section (page 88) as required.

Rotation

hnproper wiring wilt cause compressor stoppage and alarm.
Correct wiring by switching leads as indicated below.
It is important to be certain the compressors are rotating in
the proper direction. To determine whether or not compressors
are rotating in the proper direction, use a phase-rotation meter
on the unit input power to check tbr L1-L2-L3 or cloclcwise rotation or use the Service Test mode to energize a compressor. If
the compressor is rotating in the wrong direction, the controls
will stop the compressor and display alarm for "Circuit x Failure to Pressurize," where x is the corresponding A or B compressor circuit.
NOTE: Indoor or outdoor thn rotation direction may not indicate proper input power phase sequence, as some 3-phase units
use single-phase tan motors.
To correct the wrong compressor rotation direction, perform
the following procedure:
1. Turn offpower to the unit and lock out the power.
2. Switch any two of the incoming unit power leads.
3. Turn on power to the unit.
4. Verii_ corrected compressor rotation.

Gas Heat (48PG Only) -- Veril_ gas pressures before
turning on heat as follows:
1. Turn off field-supplied manual gas stop, located external
to unit.
2. Connect pressure gage to supply gas tap, located on fieldsupplied manual shutoffvalve (see Fig. 4).
3. Connect pressure gage to manifold pressure tap.
4. Turn on field-supplied manual gas stop. Enter Service
Test mode by setting TEST to "YES" using the Scrolling
Marquee display. Temporarily install the jumper wire
between "R" and "WI" on TB2. Use the Sin:ice Test
feature to set HT. 1 to ON (first stage of hea 0 using the
Scrolling Marquee.
5. After the unit has mn for several minutes, veri_ the supply gas press_ureis between 5.5 in. wg to 13.0 in. wg, and
the manitbld pressure is 2.95 in. wg on horizontal discharge applications and 3.00 on vertical dischaige applications. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, refer to
Gas _alve Adjustment section.
NOTE: Supply gas pressure must not exceed 13.0 in. wg.
6. Set HT. 1to OFF using Scrolling Marquee.
7. Remove jumper wire if the unit will be operating under
thermostat mode. The jumper must remain if a space temperature sensor (T-55, T-56, or T-58) wilt control the unit.
8. Exit Service Test mode by setting TEST to "NO" using
the Scrolling Marquee.
MANUALSHUTOFF
(FIELD SUP_

GAS

PRESSURE TAP
(1/8" NPT PLUG)

Internal Wiring--Check
all electrical connections in
unit control boxes; tighten as required.
Subcooler
Heat Exchanger
(SHX) -- The subcooler heat exchanger adds approximately 10 to 15° F of subcooling to the system. Check all valves aald TXM
Evaporator
FanFan belt and variable pulleys are
factory-installed. See Tables 3-26 for tan performance data. Be
sure that fans rotate in the proper direction. See Tables 27 and
28 for air quantity limits. See Tables 29 and 30 for evaporator
tan motor specifications. See Tables 31 and 32 for accessory
FIOP static pressure. See Tables 33 and 34 for tan rpm at

inlet screens

Fig. 4--

Field Gas Piping

connected to a 208-v power supply, the transformers (TRAN 1,
TRAN2 and TRAN3) must be rewired by moving the wire
fiom the 230-volt connection and moving to the 200-volt
terminal on the primary side of the transibnner. Rei}r to unit
label dia_am for additional inforlnation.

Orifice Change (48PG Only) -- This unit is factory
assembled for heating operation using natural gas at aal elevation lfom sea level to 2000 ft.
Use accessory high altitude kit when installing this unit at
an elevation of 2000 to 7000 ft. For elevations above 7000 ft,
refer to High Altitude section on page 90 to identit) the correct
orifice size for the elevation. Purchase

these orifices

Air Baffles -- The 48/50PG units with Humid-MiZer TM
option are equipped with Motonnastera) control to maintain
adequate discha_e pressure for proper unit operation during
low mnbient operation. Field-fabricated and installed wind bat'ties may be required. See Optional Humidi-MiZer Dehmnidification System section on page 45.

from your

local Carrier dealei_ Follow instructions in accessory Installation Instructions to install the correct orifices.
Use accessory LP (liquid propane) gas conversion kit when
converting this unit for use with LP fuel usage for elevations
up to 7000 ft. For elevations above 7000 ft, ret_r to High
Altitude section on page 90 to identit) the correct orifice size
for the elevation. Purchase these orifices fiom your local
Carrier dealer. Follow instructions in accessory Installation
Instructions to install the correct orifices.

Accessory Installation -- Check to make sure that all
accessories including space thermostats and sensors have
been installed and wired as required by the instructions and
unit wiring diagrams.

Power Supply -- All 208/230-v units are factory
wired for 230-v power supply. If the 208/230-v unit is to be

Table 3 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD020 -- Vertical Supply/Return
AVAILABLE

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

EXTERNAL

0.4
Bhp
1.47

Rpm

5000

Rpm
590

5500
6000

633
677

1.82
2.21

703

6500

722

2.67

7000

767

7500

Rpm

0.8
Bhp

1.0

Rpm

Bhp

Rpm
840

Bhp

872

294

727

201

786

2.26

764

240

820

2.67

803

284

857

3.13

907

342

942

3.95
453

252

744

211
253

786

301

842

333

894

3.64

3.17

828

353

883

388

933

4.21

813

3.74

871

412

924

4.48

972

4.83

979
1017

8000

859

4.36

915

966

515

1012

5.52

1056

588

8500

906

5.05

959

4.77
547

1008

587

1053

6.26

664

9000

952

5.81

1004

625

1051

667

1095

7.07

1096
1136

Rpm
1032

Bhp
3.52

Rpm
1076

Bhp
377

1057

401

1099

427

1084

455

1125

483

1114

514

1153

544

579

1183

610

1215

682

5000
5500

1.2

B
C

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

EXTERNAL

1.4

STATIC PRESSURE

1.8

Bhp
277

Rpm
940

Bhp
3.02

Rpm
987

3.27

Bhp

747

(in. wg)

1.6

Rpm
891

518

2.0

921

321

968

3.48

1014

3.74

6000

954

370

999

3.99

1042

4.27

6500

988

425

1032

4.55

1073

4.85

1024

485

1066

5.17

1106

5.48

7500

1060

551

1101

5.84

1140

6.17

1145
1178

8000

1098

623

1138

6.58

1176

6.92

1213

726

1249

760

1137
1176

701
786

1175
1214

7.38
8.24

1212
1250

7.74

1248
1285

809
899

1283
1319

845
9.36

7000

8500
9000

C
D

LEGEND
Bhp

(in. wg)

0.6

Bhp
1.74

663

STATIC PRESSURE

Units

Brake Horsepower

Input to Fan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426
Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,575
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
Att other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

Bhp (575-v)

8.61

650

Table 4 -- Fan Performance

-- 48PGE20 -- Vertical Supply/Return

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW

EXTERNAL

0.4

0.2

(Cfm)

1,53

Rpm
677

Bhp
1.80

Rpm

Bhp

5000

607

Rpm
740

Bhp
206

779

247

819

293

wg)
0.8

1.0

Rpm
797

Bhp
231

833

274

872

322

Rpm
850

Bhp
257

884

301

921

350

958

405

998

466

5500

652

1.90

719

219

6000

699

2.32

763

263

6500

746

2.79

8O7

312

861

344

911

375

7000

794

3.33

851

368

904

402

952

434

7500

842

3.93

897

4.30

947

4.65

994

500

1038

533

8000

891

4.59

943

4.98

991

535

1036

571

1079

607

8500

940

5.32

990

572

1036

611

1080

649

1121

687

9000

990

6.12

1037

654

1082

695

1124

735

1163

773

Bhp

356

Rpm
1083
1108

4.33

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2

EXTERNAL

1.4

STATIC PRESSURE

1.8

2.0

5000

900

5500

933

3.27

979

354

1023

380

6000

967

3.79

B 1011

407

B 1054

435

1095

462

1135

4.90

6500

1003

4.35

1046

465

1087

494

1127

524

1165

5.53

1041

4.98

1082

529

1122

560

1160

591

1197

6.22

7500

1079

5.67

1119

599

C 1158

632

1195

664

D 1231

6.96

8000

1119

6.42

1158

676

1195

710

1231

744

1267

7.78

1160

7.23

1198

759

D 1234

795

1269

830

1303

8.65

D 1202

8.12

1238

849

1273

887

1308

9.23

1341

9.60

7000

8500
9000

C
D

Bhp

(in. wg)

1.6

Rpm
949

Bhp
2.82

Rpm

Bhp

306

Rpm
995

331

Rpm
1040
1066

406

LEGEND
Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE(in.
0.6

Units

BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates fieId-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,575
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

Bhp (575-v)

C
D

381

Table 5 -- Fan Performance

--48PGF20

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rpm

EXTERNAL

0.4

Supply/Return

STATIC PRESSURE

(in. wg)
0.8

0.6

Rpm
677

Bhp
1.80

Units
1.0

5000

607

Bhp
1.53

5500

652

1.90

719

2.19

6000

699

232

763

6500

746

279

807

2.63
3.12

7000

794

333

851

3.68

904

4.02

7500

842

393

897

4.30

947

4.65

8000

891

4.59

943

4.98

991

5.35

1036

5.71

8500

940

5.32

990

5.72

1036

6.11

1080

649

99O

612

1037

6.54

1082

6.95

1124

735

1163

9000

Bhp
231

833

274

872

322

3.44

911

375

952
994

434
5.00

Bhp

740

2.06

779

2.47

819

2.93

861

B
C

EXTERNAL

1.4

1.2

Rpm
797

Rpm

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

STATIC PRESSURE

Rpm
850

Bhp
257

884

301

921

350

958

405

998

466

1038

533

1079

607

1121

687
773

(in. wg)

1.6

1.8

2.0

Rpm
995

Bhp
3.31

Rpm
1040

Bhp
356

Rpm
1083

Bhp

949

Bhp
3.06

979

3.54

1023

3.80

1066

406

1108

433

1011

4.07

1054

4.35

1095

462

1135

490

435

1046

4.65

1087

4.94

1127

524

1165

553

1041

498

1082

5.29

1122

5.60

1160

591

1197

622

7500

1079

567

1119

5.99

1158

6.32

1195

664

1231

696

8000

1119

642

1158

6.76

1195

1231

744

1267

778

1160

723

1198

1269

830

1303

8.65

1202

812

7.59
8.49

7.10
7.95

1308

9.23

1341

9.60

Rpm

Bhp

Rpm

900

282

933

327

6000

967

379

6500

1003

5000
5500

7000

8500
9000

D
1238

1234
1273

LEGEND
Bhp

--Vertical

Brake Horsepower

Input to Fan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426
Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,575
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

Bhp (575-v)

8.87

381

Table 6 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD24 -- Vertical Supply/Return
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

EXTERNAL

0.4

0.2
Rpm
7O3

Bhp
211

Rprn
764

Bhp
240

744

253

8O3

284

786

301

842

333

3.17

828

353

883

388

813

3.74

871

412

924

4.48

8,000

859

4.36

915

4.77

966

515

8,500

906

5.05

959

547

1008

587

9,000

962

5.81

1004

625

1051

667

9,500

999

6.63

1049

709

1094

753

10,000

1047

7.53

1094

800

1138

846

5,500

Rpm
633

Bhp
1.82

6,000

677

2.21

6,500

722

2.67

7,000

767

7,500

B
C

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

EXTERNAL

1.4

1.2
Rpm
921

Bhp
3.21

Rpm
968

Bhp

6,000

954

3.70

6,500

988

4.25

1024

7,500
8,000

C
D

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

348

Rpm
1014

Bhp
374

999

399

1042

1032

455

1073

427
485

4.85

1066

517

1106

1060

5.51

1101

584

1140

548
617

1098

6.23

658

1176

692

7.01

1212

774

9,000

1137
1176

1138
1175

7.86

1214

824

1250

9,500

1216

8.77

917

1256

9.75

1253
1292

1016

5,500

7,000

8,500

10,000

738

(in. wg)
0.8

1.0

Rpm
82O

Bhp
267

857

313

894

364

933

421

972

483

1012

552

1053

626

1095

707

1137

795

1180

890

Rpm
872

Bhp
294

9O7

342

942

3.95

979

453

1017

518

1056

586

1096

664

1136

747

1177

836

1219

933

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

Rpm
1057

Bhp

1084
1114

455

Rpm
1099

401

Bhp
4.27

1125

4.83

514

1153

5.44

1145
1178

579

1183

6.10

650

1215

6.82

1213

726

1249

7.60

1248

809

1283

8.45

861

1285

899

1319

9.36

1288

956

1322

9.95

1355

10.33

1327

10.57

1360

10.98

1393

11.38

LEGEND
Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Units

BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954, 575 Bhp (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

Table 7 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE24 -- Vertical Supply/Return
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rpm

EXTERNAL

0.4

5,500

652

Bhp
1.90

6,000

699

232

6,500

746

279

7,000

794

7,500

Rpm

(in. wg)

0.6

0.8

719
763

2.63

819

2.93

872

322

807

3.12

861

3.44

911

375

333

851

3.68

904

4.02

952

434

842

393

897

4.30

947

4.65

994

5.00

1038

533

8,000

891

4.59

943

4.98

991

5.35

1036

5.71

1079

607

8,500

940

532

990

5.72

1036

6.11

1080

6.49

1121

687

9,000

990

612

1037

6.54

1082

6.95

1124

7.35

1163

773

9,500

1039

700

1085

7.43

1128

7.85

1168

8.27

1207

867

10,000

1089

795

1133

8.40

1174

8.83

1213

9.26

1251

969

Rpm
1066

Bhp
406

Rpm
1108

Bhp
433

1095

462

1135

490

1127

524

1165

553

1160

591

1197

622

1195

664

1231

696

1231

744

1267

778
8.65

B
C

AVAILABLE

5,500

1.2

Rpm
933

B
C
D

Rpm
779

Bhp
2.47

1.0

Bhp
2.19

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

EXTERNAL

1.4
Bhp
3.27

C
D

STATIC PRESSURE

Bhp
274

979
1011

4.07

1046

4.65

435

1087

494

1122

560

1158

632

1195

710

1234

795

1269

830

1303

1273

887

1308

9.23

1341

9.60

1379

10.62

7,000

1041

4.98

1082

5.29

7,500

1079

5.67

1119

5.99

8,000

1119

6.42

1158

6.76

8,500

1160

7.23

1198

9,000

1202

8.12

1238

7.59
8.49

1244

9.07

1279

9.46

1314

9.85

1347

10.24

1287

10.10

1321

10.61

1355

10.91

1387

11.31

10,000

LEGEND
--

Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426
Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

466

1054

3.79

405

998

2.0

4.35

350

958

1.8

967
B

921

Bhp
380

1003

Bhp
301

Rpm
1023

6,000

Rprn
884

(in. wg)

1.6
Bhp
3.54

Rpm

Rpm
833

6,500

9,500

Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE

Units

575 Bhp (575-v)

B
C
D

Table 8 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF24 -- Vertical Supply/Return
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

EXTERNAL

0.4
Rpm
719

Bhp
219

Rprn

763

263

819

807

312

861

293
344

3.33

851

368

904

402

842

3.93

897

4.30

947

8,000

891

4.59

943

4.98

991

4.65
535

8,500

940

6.32

990

572

1036

611

9,000

990

6.12

1037

654

1082

695

9,500

1039

7.00

1085

743

1128

785

10,000

1089

7.95

1133

840

1174

883

5,500

Rpm
652

Bhp
1.90

6,000

699

2.32

6,500

746

2.79

7,000

794

7,500

B
C

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500

B
C

EXTERNAL

1.4

1.2

Rpm
933

779

Bhp
327

Rpm
979

Bhp

1011

407

1046

465

354

Bhp
247
A

Bhp
380

1054
1087

435
494

1122

560

1158

632

1195
1234

710
795

0.8

1.0

Rpm
833

Bhp
274

872

322

911

375

952

434
500

994
1036

571

1080

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

Rpm
1023

(in. wg)

1124

649
735

1168

827

1213

926

Rpm
884

Bhp
301

921

350

958

405

998
1038

466

1079

607

1121
1163

687

1207

867

1251

969

533

773

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

Rpm
1066

Bhp
406

Rpm
1108

Bhp
4.33

1095
1127

462
524

1135
1165

4.90

1160

591

1197

1195

664
744

6.22

1231
1267

6.96

830

1303

8.65

6,000

967

379

6,500

1003

435

7,000

1041

498

1082

529

7,500

1079

567

1119

599

8,000

1119

642

1158

676

8,500

1160

723

1198

759

9,000

1202

812

849

1273

887

1308

9.23

1341

9.60

1244

907

1238
1279

946

1314

9.85

1347

10.24

1379

10.62

1287

1010

1321

10.51

1355

10.91

1387

11.31

9,500
10,000

LEGEND
Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Units

BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan

1231
1269

5.53

7.78

Table 9 -- Fan Performance

-- 48PGD28 -- Vertical Supply/Return

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rprn
6,500

750

Bhp
2.84

797

3.38

7,500

845

3.99

8,000

892

4.65

8,500

939

5.38

9,000

986

6.17

1033

10,000
10,500

Rprn
A

0.8

Rpm
854

Bhp
349

899

409

945

476

Bhp
379

941
985

Rprn
943

Bhp
412

441

982

474

509

1024

543

1030

586

1067

620

1076

669

1112

705

1122

760

1157

798

1203

899

1249

1008

3.77
4.42

948

5.13

991

551

995

5.91

1038

632

1042

6.76

1085

721

7.03

1090

7.69

1132

817

1169

859

1079

7.95

1137

8.68

1180

921

1216

966

1126

8.94

1184

9.75

1227

1033

1263

1081

1296

11 25

1172

10.00

1232

10.90

1274

11.52

1310

12.04

1342

12.51

11,500

1219

11.13

1279

12,12

1322

12.80

1357

13.35

12,000

1265

12.34

1326

13.42

12,500

1311

13.63

11,000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Bhp
4.49

Bhp
4.89

7,000

1024

5.09

7,500

1063

5.78

1066

5.48

1101

6.15

8,000

1104

6.55

1140

8,500

1146

7.41

9,000

1190

8.35

9,500

1235

9.37

10,000

1280

10,500

1326

11,000

1372

12.95

EXTERNAL

(in. wg)

1109

590

1141

656

6.92

1176

732

1180

7.78

1214

817

1222

1255

1266

8.73
9.76

10.48

1310

11.67

1355

2.0
Rpm
1177

Bhp
632

1197

685

1222

746

774

1251

819

1249

858

1283

9.01

911

1287

952

1319

9.94

1296

1015

1327

10.55

1357

10.97

10.88

1340

11.28

1369

11.68

1398

12.10

12.08

1384

12.49

11,500
12,000
12,500
LEGEND
--

1.8
Bhp
533

STATIC PRESSURE

Rpm
1082

1.6

Rpm
1035

1.4

Rpm
988

6,500

1.0

Rpm
898

900

9,500

Bhp

(in. wg)

0.6
Bhp
3.18

806

STATIC PRESSURE

853

7,000

EXTERNAL

0.4

Units

Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-suppfled motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 687-873,575
Bhp
(B) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

Rpm
1130

Bhp
581

1153

635

1181

699

1213

Table 10 -- Fan Performance

-- 48PGE28 -- Vertical Supply/Return

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,500

0.2

Rpm
775

EXTERNAL

0.4
Bhp
299

826

358

878

424

8,000

929

8,500

Rpm
825

Bhp
330

Rpm
A

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

423

966

494

1015

572

1052

606

1064

658

1114

751

1100
1148
1198

893

1247

498

975

537

981

578

1026

620

1033

667

1076

712

9,500

1085

764

1128

812

1164

854

10,000

1137

869

1179

920

1214

964

10,500

1190

982

1230

1037

1265

1084

11,000

1242

1105

1282

11.63

1316

12.12

11,500

1294

12.37

1333

12.98

1367

13.50

12,000

1347

13.78

9,000

1.0

918

392
461

0.8

Rpm

871

925

7,500

(in. wg)

Bhp
360

875

7,000

Units

915

Bhp
391

959

455

1005

526

Rpm
959

Bhp
4.25

1000

4.88

1043

5.60

1088

6.40

693

1134

7.28

789

1181

8.25

1229

9.31

1005

1278

10.45

1297

1127

1327

11.68

1347

12.58

1376

13.01

Rpm
1145

Bhp
597

Rpm
1192

Bhp
6.49

1170

654

1214

7.04

1199

720

1240

7.68

797

1270

8.43

884

1304

9.28

12,500

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm
1004

Bhp
462

7,000

1041

524

7,500

1081

596

8,000

1124

8,500
9,000

6,500

EXTERNAL

1.4

Rpm
1050

Bhp

1083

564

1120

634

676

1160

713

1168

764

1202

802

1214

862

1245

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

Rpm
1098

Bhp
548

1126

607

1159

675

1196

754

1235

842

1233
1269

900

1277

939

1309

9.81

1341

10.24

1381

11.31

503
C

9,500

1260

969

1290

1007

1320

10.47

1351

10.88

10,000

1308

10.84

1337

11.23

1365

11.63

1394

12.05

10,500

1356

12.09

1384

12.49

11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
LEGEND
Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

B_keHorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(B) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

Table 11 -- Fan Performance

-- 48PGF28 --Vertical

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rprn
6,500

Bhp
2.99

775

7,000

826

3.58

7,500

878
929

4.24
4.98

8,500

981

5.78

9,000

1033

9,500

1085

6.67
7.64

10,000

1137

8.69

10,500

1190

9.82

11,000

1242

11,500
12,000

8,000

EXTERNAL

0.4
A

Rpm
825

STATIC PRESSURE

Bhp
3.30

0.8

Rpm
871

Bhp
360

918
966

423
494

1015

572

1064
1114

658
751

3.92

925
975

4.61

1026

6.20

1076
1128

7.12
8.12

1164

854

1179

9.20

1230

10.37

1214
1265

964
1084

11.05

1282

11.63

1316

12.12

1294

12.37

1333

12.98

1367

13.50

1347

13.78

5.37
C

Units

(in. wg)

0.6

875
B

Supply/Return

1.0

Rpm
915

Bhp
391

959

455

1005

526

1052
1100

606
693

1148

789

1198

893

1247

Rpm
959

Bhp
425

1000

488

1043

560

1088
1134

640

1181

825

728

1229

931

1005

1278

1045

1297

1127

1327

11.68

1347

12.68

1376

13.01

Rpm
1145

Bhp
597

Rpm
1192

Bhp
649

1170

654

1214

704

1199

720

1240

768

1233

797

1270

843

12,500
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm
1004

Bhp
4.62

7,000

1041

5.24

7,500

1081

5.96

8,000

1124

8,500
9,000

6,500

EXTERNAL

1.4
Bhp
5.03

1083
1120

5.64
6.34

6.76

1160

7.13

1168

7.64

1202

1214

8.02
9.00

1126
1159

607

1196

754

1235
1277

842

1269

884

1304

9.28

939

1309

9.81

1341

10.24

1381

11.31

548
C

675
D

1260

10.07

1320

10.47

1351

10.88

1308

10.84

1337

11.23

1365

11.63

1394

12.05

10,500

1356

12.09

1384

12.49

11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
LEGEND
Bhp

2.0

Bhp

10,000

1245
1290

1.8

Rpm
1098

8.62
9.69

9,500

(in. wg)

1.6

Rpm
1050
C

STATIC PRESSURE

Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan

Table 12 -- Fan Performance

-- 50PG20 --Vertical

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rpm

EXTERNAL

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

(in. wg)

Rpm

682

Bhp
1.82

0.4

5000

533

Bhp
1.27

5500

571

6000

610

6500

Rpm

611

Bhp
1.54

1.57

643

1.86

711

215

1.92

676

2.21

74O

252

650

2.31

712

261

772

7000

691

275

748

308

7500

732

324

788

8000

775

379

8500

817

9000

860

773

244

8OO

282

293

829

8O5

339

357

839

824

412

4.40

863

4.74

5.06

904

5.41

Rprn

Bhp

302

918
938

883

358

859

373

911

407

391

891

425

941

4.61

874

4.47

924

4.83

972

519

911

5.09

958

546

1003

584

948

577

993

615

1036

654

Bhp

344

Rpm
1065
1081

416

1099

465

EXTERNAL

910

344

6500

935

390

7000

961

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

988

359

1035

387

960

374

1008

405

1054

435

422
474

1030

454

1075

486

1118

518

440

984
1008

1054

508

1098

541

1140

575

989

496

1035

531

1079

566

1122

601

1163

636

1018

556

1062

593

1105

629

1147

666

1187

702

1048

622

1091

660

1133

698

1173

736

1212

773

1079

693

1121

732

1161

771

1201

811

1239

850

886

6000

317

LEGEND
Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

969

5500

9000

313

325

291
331

264

273

857

Rpm
1018

865

8500

832

Bhp

5000

8000

Bhp
237

Rpm

Bhp

Rpm
8O8

1.4

1.2
Rpm

7500

1.0

748

Units

0.8
Bhp
210

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

Supply/Return

Brake Horsepower

input to Fan

Boldface indicates fieId-supplied drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
575 Bhp 4 (575-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

370

Table 13-

Fan PerformanceAVAILABLE

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

50PG24EXTERNAL

0.4

5,500

Rpm
571

Bhp
1,57

6,000

610

6,500

650

7,000

Rpm

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

643

Bhp
1.86

Rpm
711

Bhp
2.15

1.92

676

2.21

74O

2.52

2.31

712

2.61

772

2.93

691

2.75

748

3.06

8O5

7,500

732

3.24

786

3.57

8,000

775

3.79

824

4.12

8,500

817

4.40

863

9,000

860

5.06

9,500

903

10,000

947

(in. wg)
0.8

1.0
Bhp
2.44

8O0

2.82
3.25

883

3.58

3.39

829
859

3.73

911

4.07

839

3.91

891

4.25

941

4.61

874

4.47

924

4.83

972

519

4.74

911

5.09

958

5.46

1003

584

904

5.41

948

5.77

993

6.15

1036

6.54

5.79

944

6.14

986

6.51

6.90

1070

7.29

6.57

985

6.93

1025

7.32

1028
1065

7.71

1105

8.11

1035

Bhp
3.87

Rpm
1081

4.16

1099

4.65

1118

5.18

1140

5.75
6.36

EXTERNAL

1.4

1.2

5,500

Units

Rpm
773

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
Rpm
886

Bhp
3.02

Rpm
938

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

Bhp
3.31

Rpm
988

Bhp
3.59

Rpm
832

Bhp
2.73

857

3.13

(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm

2.0
Bhp

910

3.44

960

3.74

1008

4.05

1054

4.35

6,500

935

3.90

984

4.22

1030

4.54

1075

4.86

7,000

961

4.40

1008

4.74

1054

5.08

1098

5.41

989

4.96

1035

5.81

1079

5.66

1122

6.01

8,000

1018

5.56

1062

5.93

1105

6.29

1147

6.66

1163
1187

8,500

1048

6.22

1091

6.60

1133

6.98

1173

7.36

1212

7.73

9,000

1079

6.93

1121

7.32

1161

7.71

1201

8.11

8.50

9,500

1112

7.70

1152

8.10

1191

1229

8.91

10,000

1145

8.52

1184

8.94

1222

8.51
9.36

1239
1266

1259

9.78

1295

10.20

6,000

7,500

LEGEND
Bhp

Vertical Supply/Return

Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 685-939,426
Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
5.75 Bhp (5.75-v)
(B) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(C) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIi other rpms require fieId-sapplied drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

7.02

9.32

Table 14 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG28 --Vertical
AVAILABLE

AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

6,500

Rpm
734

Bhp
274

7,000

728

7,500

746

288
315

8,000

786

362

8,500

827

9,000

870

415
474

913

540

987
1002

611
689

11,000

1047

11,500

1092
1137

961

1182

1065

9,500
10,000
10,500

12,000

12,500

Bhp

Rpm
752
A

285

803

316

844

370

388

884

429

869

445

925

9O5

504

94O

566

975

630

1010

887

928

430

966

494
564

964

563

1008

604

1046

640

1003

836

1049

683

1086

722

1042

713

1089

768

1127

811

698

1079

794

1128

857

1167

906

1047

772

1115

878

1167

952

1207

1006

773

1086

853

1150

965

1205

1050

1247

1113

863

1126

941

1185

1054

1242

11.53

1286

12,24

1168

1036

1220

11 47

1278

12.59

1325

13,40

1210

1139

1256

12.46

1314

13.68

EXTERNAL

1.4

7,500

1003

525

8,000

1041

596

440

1007

494

1048

530

1040

557

1078

1076

629

8,500

1081

674

1114

9,000

1121

759

9,500

1161

8 50

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6
Bhp
478

1.8

2.0

Bhp
522

1090

570

592

1116

1111

663

707

1147

742

1153

793

1184

828

1193

887

1223

1233
1273

987
1095

(in. wg)
Rpm
1071

Bhp
374

1006

461

Rpm
1119

Bhp

1134

615

630

1155

671

1146

699

1181

737

1179

777

1212

814

1215

864

1246

901

923

1253

959

1282

9.96

1263

1025

1291

1062

1319

11.00

1303

11.35

1331

11.73

1358

12.12

1371

12.92

1397

13.32

10,500

1242

948
1053

11,000

1282

11.64

1314

12.09

1343

12.52

11,500

1322

12.81

1354

13.30

1384

13.76

12,500
LEGEND
--

848

Rpm
891

530

12,000

Bhp

Bhp
345

968

Rpm
1023

1202

Rpm

494

967

1.0

0.8

Bhp

335

Bhp

10,000

Rpm

831

Rpm
978

wg)

401
463

Bhp
405

(in.

Units

927

Rpm
934

7,000

PRESSURE

792

1.2

6,500

STATIC
0.6

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

EXTERNAL

0.4

Supply/Return

B_keHorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor and drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(A) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(B) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 575 Bhp
(C) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(D) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor/drive
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

571

Table 15 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD20 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rpm
5000
5500

862

Bhp
2.55

937

326

6000

1013

358

6500

1089

4.48

1166

552

1243

671

8000

1320

807

8500

1398

9.60

7000

7500

EXTERNAL

0.4

Rpm

Bhp
2.93

917
F
G
H

988
1060

3.56

1133

4.89

1207

5.96

1282

7.18

1356

8.57

3.96
G
H

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Rpm
969

Bhp
3.21

1036

3.53

1105

4.35

1175

5.31

1247

6.41

1319

7.66

1392

9.08

(in. wg)
0.8

1.0

Rpm
1019

Bhp
3.17

1083

3.90

1149

4.75

1216

5.73

1285

6.86

1355

Rpm
1066

Bhp
352

1127

4 28

1191

516

1256

617

1323

732

8.14

1391

8.63

Bhp
502

Rpm
1280

Bhp
542

1331

630

1384

7.31

F
G

9000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm

5000

5500
6000
6500
7000

G
H

1112
1171

EXTERNAL

1.4
Bhp
388
467

1232

557

1295

661

1360

7.80

F
G
H

Rpm
1156

Bhp
4.25

1212

5.06

1271

6.00

1333

7.06

1396

8.27

G
H

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6
G

Rpm
1240

1253

5.47

1292

588

1310

6.43

1348

6.87

1369

7.52

8500
9000
LEGEND
Brake Horsepower

Input to Fan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108,575
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 8.63 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

2.0

Bhp
4.63

8000

1.8

Rpm
1199

7500

Bhp

(in. wg)

Bhp (575-v)

Table 16 -- Fan Performance

-- 48PGE20 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE

AIRFLOW

0.2

(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000

6500

Rpm
875

Bhp
2.74

962

3.38

1029

3.74

1106

4.67

7000

1184

5.75

7500

1262

7.00

1341

8.41

8000

EXTERNAL

0.4
Rpm
931
F
G
H

Bhp
304

1003

332

1077

415

1151

511

1226

623

1302

750

1378

8.95

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Rpm
F
G
H

984

Bhp
334

1053

370

1123

456

1194

556

1266
1340

(in. wg)
0.8

Rpm

1.0

1035

Bhp
333

1100

409

1167

498

1236

601

671

1306

719

8.01

1377

8.53

F
G
H

Rpm
1083

Bhp
369

1145

4.49

1210

541

1276

647

1344

7.68

8500
9000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm
1130

Bhp
4.07

1189

4.90

1251

5.85

6500

1315

6.94

7000

1381

8.18

5000
5500
6000

F
G
H

EXTERNAL

1.4

G
H

Rpm
1174

Bhp
445

1232

531

1292

629

1354

7.41

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

Rprn
1218

Bhp
484

1273

572

1331

674

1391

7.89

7500
8000
8500
9000
LEGEND
Bhp

BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates fieId-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v),
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 863 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

873-1108, 575 Bhp (575-v)

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

Rpm
1259

Bhp
523

1313

615

1369

7.19

Rpm
1300

Bhp

1352

6.58

5.63

Table 17 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF20 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rpm
5000
5500

875

Bhp
2.74

952

338

6000

1029

374

6500

1106

4.67

Rpm
F
G

931

Bhp
3.04

1003

3.32

1077

4.15

1151

5.11

1226

6.23

1184

575

7500

1262

700

1302

7.50

1341

8.41

1378

8.95

STATIC PRESSURE

(in. wg)

0.6

7000
8000

EXTERNAL

0.4

F
G
H

1.0

0.8

Rpm
984

1035

Bhp
333

3.34

1053

3.70

1123

4.56

1100

409

1167

498

1194

5.56

1236

601

1266

6.71

1306

719

1340

8.01

1377

8.53

Bhp

Rpm
F
G
H

F
G
H

Rpm
1083

Bhp
369

1145

449

1210

541

1276

647

1344

7.68

8500
9000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000

1.2
F
G
H

Rpm
1130

EXTERNAL

1.4
Bhp
407

1189

490

1251

585

1315

694

1381

8.18

Rpm
1174

1232

4.45
5.31

1292

6.29

1354

7.41

Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

Rpm

Bhp

1218
1273

4.84
5.72

1331

6.74

1391

7.89

1.8

2.0

Rpm

Bhp

1259

523

1313
1369

Rpm

Bhp

1300

563

615

1352

6.58

7.19

m
m

7500

8000

8500

9000

LEGEND
Bhp

(in. wg)

Brake Horsepower

Input to Fan

Bhp (575-v)

Table 18 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD24 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2
Rpm
937

Bhp
3.26

6,000

1013

3.58

6,500

1089

4.49

1166

5.52

1243

6.71

8,000

1320

8.07

8,500

1398

9.60

5,500

7,000

7,500

EXTERNAL

0.4

F
G
H

Rpm
988

Bhp
356

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Rprn
F

1036

Bhp
353

1105

4.35

1175

531

1247

641

1060

396

1133

489

1207

596

1282

718

1319

766

1366

8.57

1392

9.08

G
H

(in. wg)
0.8

Rpm
F
G
H

1.0

1083

Bhp
390

1149

475

1216

573

1285

686

1366

8.14

1391

Rpm
1292

Bhp
588

Rpm
1331

Bhp
630

1348

6.87

1384

7.31

Rpm
1127

Bhp
428

1191

516

1256

617

1323

732
8.63

9,000
9,500
10,000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
5,500

1.2

6,000
6,500
7,000

EXTERNAL

1.4

Rpm
1171

Bhp
4.67

1232

5.57

1295

6.61

1360

7.80

G
H

Rpm
1212

Bhp
506

1271

600

1333

706

1396

8.27

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

Rpm
1253

Bhp
547

1310

643

1369

7.52

7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
LEGEND
Bhp

Brake Horsepower

input to Fan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 426 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v),
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 863 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

873-1108, 575 Bhp (575-v)

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

Table 19 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE24 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rpm
952

Bhp
338

6,000

1029

374

6,500

1106

4.67

5,500

EXTERNAL

0.4

7,000

1184

575

7,500

H 1262

700

8,000

1341

8.41

Rpm
F
G
H

1003

Bhp
3.32

1077

4.15

1151

5.11

1226

8.23

1302

7.50

1378

8.95

F
G
H

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Rpm
1053

Bhp
3.70

1123

4.56

1194

5.56

1266
1340

(in. wg)
0.8

1.0

Rpm
1100

Bhp
4.09

1167

4.98

1236

8.01

6.71

1306

7.19

8.01

1377

8.53

G
H

Rpm
1145

Bhp
449

1210

541

1276

647

1344

7.68

8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Bhp
490

Rpm
1232

Bhp
5.31

1251

585

1292

8.29

6,500

1315

694

1354

7.41

7,000

1381

8.18

6,000

G
H

STATIC PRESSURE

5.72

1331

6.74

1391

7.89

8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
LEGEND
--

Brake Horsepower

1.8

Rpm
1273

7,500

Bhp

(in. wg)

1.6

Rpm
1189

5,500

EXTERNAL

1.4

Input to Fan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: Not Used
(F) Mid-Low Range: 896-1227, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 873-1108,575
(G) Mid-High Range: 1113-1414, 5.75 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1096-1339, 8.63 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

Bhp (575-v)

Bhp

2.0

Rpm
1313

Bhp
8.15

1369

7.19

Rpm

Bhp

1352

6.58

Table 20 -- Fan Performance

-- 48PGF24 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE

AIRFLOW

0.2

(Cfm)
5,500

Rpm
952

Bhp
3.38

6,000

1029

3.74

6,500

1106

4.67

7,000

1184

5.75

7,500

1262

7.00

1341

8.41

8,000

EXTERNAL

0.4

F
G
H

Rpm
1003

Bhp
332

1077

415

1151

511

1226

623

1302

750

1378

8.95

F
G
H

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Rpm
1053

Bhp
370

1123

456

1194

556

1266
1340

F
G

(in. wg)
0.8
Rprn
1100

1.0
Bhp
409

Bhp
449

1210

541

1276

647

1344

7.68

1167

498

1236

601

671

1306

719

8.01

1377

8.53

1145

Rpm

8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm
1189

Bhp
4.90

1251

5.85

6,500

1315

6.94

7,000

1381

8.18

5,500
6,000

G
H

EXTERNAL

1.4

G
H

Rpm
1232

Bhp
531

1292

629

1354

7.41

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

Rpm
1273

Bhp
572

1331

674

1391

7.89

7,500
8,000
8,500
9,000
9,500
10,000
LEGEND
Bhp

Brake Horsepower

input to Fan

873-1108, 575 Bhp (575-v)

(in. wg)
1.8
Rpm

1313
1369

2.0
Bhp
615
7.19

Rprn
1352

Bhp
6.58

Table 21 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGD28 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rprn
6,500

Bhp
3.06

786

7,000

842

3.69

7,500

898

4.40

955

5.20

1012

6.08

1069

8,000

8,500
9,000

E
F

871
925
979

4.61
5.40

1034

6.29

1090
1146

7.26
8.32

1202

9.49

1258

10.75

9,500

1127

10,000

1184

9.27

1242

10.52

11,000

1299

11,88

1315

12.11

11,500

1357

13.35

1372

13.58

Bhp
3.26
3.89

Rpm
819

STATIC PRESSURE

(in. wg)

0.6

7.05
8.11

10,500

EXTERNAL

0.4
Rpm
E 857
905
F

414
485

955
1007

585

1059
G

0.8
Bhp
351

853
750

1113
1167

857
H

1.0

Rpm
943

Bhp
412

442

983

474

513

1026

544

1037

592

1070

623

1087

680

1117

710

1138

777

1165

807

1190

884

1215

913

1243

1000

1266

1029

Rpm
899

Bhp
380

943
989

1221

973

1276

1099

1296

1126

1318

11.55

1332

12.36

1350

12.63

1370

12.92

Rpm
1129

Bhp
581

Rpm
1177

Bhp

1153

635

1197

684

1221
1250

746

902

12,000
12,500
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)
6,500

1.2

Rpm
988

Bhp
4.49

7,000

1024

5.09

7,500

1063

5.79

8,000

1105

8,500

Rpm
1035

Bhp
4.89
5.48

1102

8.16

8.57

1140

1149

7.44

9,000

1194

8.40

9,500

H 1242

10,000
10,500
11,000

Rpm
1082

1.8
Bhp
533
G

2.0

632

589

1141

656

1181

8.93

1176

732

1213

699
774

1181

7.79

1215

818

1249

858

1283

1225

8.75

1256

913

1287

953

1319

9.95

9.48

1270

9.80

1298

10.17

1328

10.57

1358

10.98

1290

10.61

1316

10.96

1343

11.32

1370

11.71

1399

12.12

1340

11.87

1364

12.21

1389

12.57

1391

13.23

12,000
12,500
LEGEND
--

(in. wg)

1109

11,500

Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

1066

EXTERNAL

1.4

Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-suppfled motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873,575
Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5.75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

818

Table 22 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGE28 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW

0.2

(Cfm)
6,500

Rpm
799
E

EXTERNAL

0.4
Bhp
314

Rpm
833
887

Bhp
335
400

941

474

Rpm
E

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

921

425

972

499

1024

580

1055

608

1078

671

1132

771

1106
1158

1187

880

1211

908

1243

1000

1265

856

379

913

452

971

533

996

555

1029

624

1052

1087

723

9,500

1145

832

1108
1165

646
746

10,000

1203

950

1222

974

10,500

1261

1079

1279

1103

1299

11.28

11,OOO

1320

12.18

1337

12.43

1355

12.70

11,500

1378

13.68

8,500
9,000

855
H

1.0

872

7,500
8,000

0.8

Rpm

Bhp
361

7,000

(in. wg)

914

Bhp
390

958

454

1006

527

Rpm
958

Bhp
4.24

999

4.87

1042

5.59

1088

6.40

699

1136

7.30

799

1185

8.29

1236

9.39

1028

1288

10.58

1319

11.58

1341

11,88

1374

12.98

1394

13.28

Rpm
1148

Bhp
600

Rpm
1195

Bhp
6.52

1217

7.08

1242

7.71
8.45

12,000
12,500

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm
1005

Bhp
462

Rpm
1052

Bhp

7,000

1041

524

7,500

1080

594

1084

564

1119

633

8,000

1122

674

1158

712

8,500

1167

763

1200

800

9,000

1214

863

1244

6,500

EXTERNAL

1.4

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

Rpm
1100

Bhp
551

1128

609

1172

657

1160

676

1201

722

1195

753

797

1272

1234

840

1233
1269

883

1304

8.29

899

1275

937

1308

9.79

1340

10,23

1379

11.28

505
G

9,500

1262

972

1290

1007

1319

10.45

1349

10.85

10,000

1312

10.91

1338

11.25

1365

11.63

1392

12.02

10,500

1363

12.20

1387

12.55

11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
LEGEND
Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

B_keHorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 575 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

Table 23 -- Fan Performance -- 48PGF28 -- Horizontal Supply and Return Units
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

Rprn
6,500

Bhp
3.14

799

Rpm
E

833

Bhp
3.35

887

4.00

941

4.74

3.79

913

4.52

8,000

971

5.33

996

5.55

8,500

1029

8.24

1052

8.46

1087

7.23

1108

7.46

9,500

1145

8.32

1165

8.55

10,000

1203

9.50

1222

9.74

10,500

1261

10.79

1279

11.03

11,000

1320

12.18

1337

12.43

11,500

1378

13.68

7,500

9,000

STATIC PRESSURE

(in. wg)

0.6

856

7,000

EXTERNAL

0.4
E
F

0.8

Rpm
872

Bhp
361

921
972

425
499

1024

580

1078

671

1132

771

1187

880

1243

1.0

Rpm
914

Bhp
390

958

454

1006

527

1055
1106

608
699

1158

799

1211

908

1000

1265

1299

11.29

1355

12.70

Rprn
958

Bhp
424

999

487

1042

559

1088

640

1136

7 30

1185

829

1236

939

1028

1288

1058

1319

11.58

1341

11.88

1374

12.98

1394

13.28

Rpm
1148

Bhp
600

Rpm
1195

Bhp
652

12,000
12,500
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm
1005

Bhp
4.62

1041

5.24

1080

5.94

8,000

1122

8,500
9,000

6,500

7,000
7,500

EXTERNAL

1.4
Bhp
5.05

1084

5.64

1119

6.33

6.74

1158

7.12

1167

7.63

1200

1214

8.63

1244

8.00
8.99

1.8

2.0

Rpm
1100

Bhp
551

1128

609

1172

657

1217

708

1160

676

1201

722

1242

771

1195
1234

753
848

1233

797

1272

845

1269

883

1304

9.29

1275

937

1308

9.79

1340

10.23

1379

11.28

9,500

1262

9.72

1290

10.07

1319

10.45

1349

10.85

10,000

1312

10.91

1338

11.25

1365

11.63

1392

12.02

10,500

1363

12.20

1387

12.55

11,000
11,500
12,000
12,500
LEGEND

Bhp

(in. wg)

1.6

Rpm
1052
G

STATIC PRESSURE

Brake Horsepower

Input to Fan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873,575
Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5.75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
Atl other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

Table 24 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG20 -- Horizontal Supply/Return
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

EXTERNAL

0.4
Rpm
642

Bhp
1.61

Rpm
7OO

Bhp
184

0.8

1.0

5000
5500

619

1.71

682

1.96

737

221

6000

663

2.09

723

235

776

262

6500

708

253

765

280

816

308

863

335

9O6

3.63

7000

753

302

8O7

330

857

359

9O2

388

944

4.17

7500

800

358

85O

386

898

416

942

4.47

8000

847

420

894

4.48

940

4.60

982

511

8500

894

4,88

939

5.17

982

549

1024

582

941

563

983

592

1025

624

1065

Bhp
1,37

(in. wg)

Rpm
575

9000

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

EXTERNAL

1.4

1.2

Bhp
289

Rpm
972

1103

6.92

(in. wg)
1.8

2.0

1096

4.61

1114

5.10

1100

534

1139

5.66

1131

598

1167

6.29

1165

667

1199

6.99

1200

743

1232

7.76

1237

826

1268

8.59

1005

419

1032

398
448

7000

984

446

1023

475

1062

504

7500

1021

507

1059

537

1095

567

8000

1059

574

1095

605

1130

636

1099

647

1133

679

1167

711

1138

726

1172

759

1205

793

6.14

658

478

369

990

BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan

5.43

1062

429

960

390

4.77

1073

341

949

Boldface indicates fieId-supplied drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 685-939, 4.26 Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
575 Bhp (575-v)
(F) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 575 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176 863 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied drive.
2. See page 30 for general fan performance notes

982
1022

1050

916

6500

LEGEND

3.14

4.21

6000

2.71

871

1086

355

9000

837

387

985

1035

325

288

Bhp

935

8500

245

825

Bhp
2.33

Rpm
1084

297

788

Rpm
8O8

Bhp
353

886

Bhp
208

Rpm
1028

260

5500

Rpm
754

Bhp
320

862

5000

Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

Rpm
917

Rpm

Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Units

G
H

3.89

Table 25 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG24 -- Horizontal Supply/Return
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2

EXTERNAL

0.4

Bhp
1.71

Rpm

5,500

Rpm
619

6,000

663

6,500

7O8

7,000

682

Bhp
1.96

Rpm
737

Bhp
2.21

2.09

723

2.35

776

2.62

2.53

765

2.80

816

3.08

753

3.02

807

3.30

857

7,500

8OO

3.58

850

3.86

8,000

847

4.20

894

4.48

8,500

894

4.88

939

5.17

9,000

941

5.63

983

5.92

9,500

989

6.45

1029

6.74

10,000

1037

7.34

1075

7.63

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

4.17

942

4.47

982

4.77

940

4.80

982

5.49

982

5.11

1022

5.43

1024

5.82

1062

1025

6.24

1065

6.58

6.14

1103

1069

7.07

1108

6.92

7.41

1144

1113

7.96

1150

7.77

8.32

H 1186

8.68

990

4.19

1032

4.48

4.46

1023

4.75

1062

1021

5.07

1059

5.37

1059

5.74

1095

6.05

1099

6.47

1133

1138

7.26

1179

8.12

1220

9.04

7,000

Bhp

1050

4.29

1096

4.61

1073

4.78

1114

5.10

5.04

1100

5.34

1139

5.66

1095

5.67

1131

5.98

6.29

1130

6.36

1165

6.67

1167
1199

6.79

1167

7.11

1200

7.43

7.76

1172

7.59

1205

1237

8.26

1212

8.46

1244

7.93
8.81

1232
1268

1275

9.15

1305

9.50

1252

9.40

1283

9.76

1313

10.11

1342

10.47

949

3.90

984

7,500
8,000

2.0

1.8

3.98

6,500

(in. wg)

1005

3.63

1035

3.41

LEGEND
--

944

3.69

916

10,000

4.16

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

3.88

960

6,000

898

EXTERNAL

9O2

Rpm
1086

935

9,500

3.59

871
9O6

3.14

3.35

3.25

2.97

9,000

2.88

863

Bhp
2.71

Bhp
3.87

Bhp

825

Rpm
837

Rpm

886

1.0
Bhp
2.45

Bhp
3.55

Rpm

8,500

0.8

Rpm
985

Bhp

(in. wg)

Rpm
788

1.4

1.2
Rpm

5,500

Bhp

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Units

Brake HorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied drive required
NOTES:
1 Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 685-939,426
Bhp (208/230 and 460-v), 751-954,
5.75 Bhp (575-v)
(F) Mid-Low Range: 949-1206, 5.75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 8.63 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 1150 Bhp
AIr other rpms require fieId-supplied motor or drive
2 See page 30 for general fan performance notes.

4.21

6.99

8.59

Table 26 -- Fan Performance -- 50PG28 -- Horizontal Supply/Return
AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

0.2
Rpm
759

6,500

EXTERNAL

0.4
Bhp

Rpm
8O4

Bhp
317

853

377

903

443

953

STATIC PRESSURE
0.6

Rpm
844

Bhp
342

891

404

939

472

518

988

548

1003

599

1037

1054

689

1087

632
723

1137

Units

(in. wg)
0.8

1.0
Rpm

Rpm
883

Bhp
368

928

430

922
964

974

500

1008

529

1021

577

1053

607

1069
1118

662

1100

693

755

1147

787

822

1167

856

1195

889

1187

930

1216

966

1243

1001

E
F

913

412
484

8,500

965

563

9,000

1017

650

1069

745

1105

786

1121

848

1156

892

1173

960

1207

1006

1238

1047

1266

1085

1292

1121

11,000

1226

1081

1259

1130

1288

11.72

1316

12.12

1342

12.50

11,500

1278

12.11

1310

12.62

1339

13.07

1366

13.49

12,000

1331

13.51

7,000

810
862

7,500
8,000

9,500
10,000
10,500

Bhp
396

289
347

458

12,500

AVAILABLE
AIRFLOW
(Cfm)

1.2
Rpm
962

Bhp
427

Rpm
1003

Bhp
461

7,000

1000

7,500

1041

488

1037

521

558

1075

590

1085

637

1116

8,500

1129

723

9,000

1175

818

9,500

1222

922

10,000

1270

10,500

1318

11,000

1366

6,500

8,000

EXTERNAL

1.4

STATIC PRESSURE
1.6

1115
1145

595
661

1180

736

1219

822

883

1260

918

1288

953

1276

988

1302

10.22

1329

10.58

1068

1321

11.02

1346

11.37

1371

11.72

11.90

1367

12.25

1391

12.61

13.22

1075
1110

556
624

668

1148

701

1159

755

1189

788

1204

850

1232

1249

955

1034

1296

11.56

1343

12.86

1390

2.0
Bhp
541

Bhp
498

1.8
Rpm
1090

Rpm
1045

(in. wg)

Rpm
1135

Bhp
587

1155

638

1182

701

1214

774

1249

859

11,500
12,000
12,500
LEGEND
Bhp

BrakeHorsepowerlnputtoFan

Boldface indicates field-supplied motor/drive required.
NOTES:
1. Motor drive ranges:
(E) Low Range: 687-873, 5.75 Bhp
(F) Mid-Low Range: 805-1007, 5,75 Bhp
(G) Mid-High Range: 941-1176, 863 Bhp
(H) High Range: 1014-1297, 11.50 Bhp
All other rpms require field-supplied motor or drive.
2. See betow for general fan performance notes.

GENERAL
1

NOTES

FOR FAN PERFORMANCE

Static pressure losses from accessories and options (HumidFMiZer TM,
economizer, etc.) must be added to externaI static pressure before entering Fan Performance table. Refer to Tables 31 and 32 for Accessory/
FlOP Static Pressure information
Extensive motor and electrical testing on these units ensures that the full
range of the motor can be utitized with confidence Using the fan motors
up to the bhp ratings shown wilt not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor faiture. Unit warranty will not be affected See Tables 29 and

DATA TABLES

30 (Evaporator-Fan
Motor Specifications) on page 31 and 32 for additional information.
3. Use of a field-suppIied motor may affect wire sizing. Contact your local
Carrier representative for detaits
4. InterpoIation is permissible. Do not extrapolate

Table 27 -- Air Quantity Limits (48PG20-28 Units)
COOLING
48PG

Minimum Cfm

GASHEAT
Maximum

5000

5500

6500

9,000

10,000

12,000

Cfm

HEATING
(NAT. GAS,
VERTICAL)
MINIMUM CFM

HEATING
(NAT. GAS,
HORIZONTAL)
MINIMUM CFM

HEATING
(PROPANE,
VERTICAL)
MINIMUM CFM

HEATING
(PROPANE,
HORIZONTAL)
MINIMUM CFM

High Heat (8 Cell)

5522

4920

V1edium Heat (8 Cell)

4977

4480

Low Heat (5 Cell)

4218

3796

High Heat (8 Cell)

5522

4920

4977

4480

Low Heat (5 Cell)

4218

3796

High Heat (8 Cell)

5522

5470*

5522

4920*

4977

4977*

4480

4480*

4218

3796

_edium

Heat (8 Cell)

Low Heat (5 Cell)
*7000 cfm minimum recommended

above 1 0 in wg external static pressure.

Table 28 -- Air Quantity Limits (50PG20-28 Units)
ELECTRIC HEAT
(Vertical)
MINIMUM CFM

ELECTRIC HEAT
(Horizontal)
MINIMUM CFM

4,500

5.400

3,756

4.800

Low Heat (25 kW)

3,750

3.750

High Heat (75 kW)

4,560

5.400

3,756

4.800

Low Heat (25 kW)

3,750

3.750

High Heat (75 kW)

4,560

5.400

3,756

4.800

3,750

3.750

COOLING
5OPG

Minimum

Cfm

Maximum

ELECTRIC

Cfm

HEAT

High Heat (75 kW)
20

5000

9,000

5500

Medium

I0,000

6500

Medium

I2,000

Medium

Heat (50 kW)

Low Heat (25 kW)

Table 29 -- Evaporator Fan Motor Specifications -- 48PG20-28 Units
UNIT
46PG

DRIVE

Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

ORIENTATION

Vertical

20
Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

Horizontal

High

Horizontal

Low

Vertical

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

Vertical

24
Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

Horizontal

NOMINAL

VOLTAGE

MAX WATTS

MAX EHP

MAX EkW

MAX AMPS

208

3700

858

426

3.17

I0.6

230

3700

858

426

3.17

460

3700

858

426

3.17

5
5

575
208

5015
4578

875
875

588
537

4.39
4.01

60
I5.8

230

5115

875

600

4.46

I5.4

460

5115

875

600

4.46

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

6456

885

766

5.71

22.0

230

7169

885

851

6.34

22.0

460

7586

885

900

6.71

I1.6

575

7586

885

900

6.71

208

8284

895

994

7.41

28.0

230

8708

895

10.45

7.79

28.0

460

9330

895

11.19

8.35

I5.0

575

9711

895

11.65

8.69

I2.0

N/A

208

N/A

230

N/A

460

N/A

575

N/A

208

3700

858

426

3.17

I0.6

230

3700

858

426

3.17

460

3700

858

426

3.17

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

4578

875

537

4.01

I5.8

230

5115

875

600

4.48

I5.4

460

5115

875

600

4.48

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

6458

885

766

5.71

22.0

230

7169

885

851

6.34

22.0

75
75

460
575

7586
7586

885
885

900
900

6.71
6.71

I1.6
94

208

3700

858

426

3.17

I0.6

230

3700

858

426

3.17

460

3700

858

426

3.17

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

4578

875

537

4.01

I5.8

230

5115

875

600

4.46

I5.4

460

5115

875

600

4.46

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

6458

885

766

5.71

22.0

230

7169

885

851

6.34

22.0

460

7586

885

900

6.71

I1.6

575

7586

885

900

6.71

208

8284

895

994

7.41

28.0

230

8708

895

10.45

7.79

28.0

460

9330

895

11.19

8.35

I5.0

575

9711

895

11.65

8.69

I2.0

N/A
N/A

208
230

N/A
N/A

N/A

460

N/A

575

N/A

208

3700

858

426

3.17

I0.6

230

3700

858

426

3.17

460

3700

858

426

3.17

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

4578

875

537

4.01

I5.8

230

5115

875

600

4.46

I5.4

460

5115

875

600

4.46

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

6458

885

766

5.71

22.0

230

7169

885

851

6.34

22.0

460

7586

885

900

6.71

I1.6

575

7586

885

900

6.71

EFFICIENCY

Table 29 -- Evaporator Fan Motor Specifications -- 48PG20-28 Units (cont)
UNIT
48PG

DRIVE

Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

ORIENTATION

Vertical

Horizontal

NOMINAL

MAX BHP

MAX BkW

MAX AMPS

VOLTAGE
2O8

MAX WATTS
4578

87.5

537

4.01

158

5
5

23O
46O

5115
5115

87.5
87.5

6.00
6.00

4.48
4.48

154
77

575

5015

87.5

5.88

4.39

2O8

4578

87.5

5.37

4.01

158

23O

5115

87.5

6.00

4.48

154

46O

5115

87.5

6.00

4.48

575

5015

87.5

5.88

4.39

2O8

6458

88.5

766

5.71

220

23O

7169

88.5

85I

6.34

220

46O

7586

88.5

8.00

6.71

116

575

7586

88.5

8.00

6.71

208

8284

89.5

9.94

7.41

280

230

8708

89.5

10.45

7.79

280

460

9330

89.5

1119

8.35

150

575

8711

89.5

1165

8.69

120

2O8

4578

87.5

537

4.01

158

230

5115

87.5

6.00

4.48

154

460

5115

87.5

6.00

4.48

575

5015

87.5

586

4.39

2O8

4578

87.5

537

4.01

158

230

5115

87.5

6.00

4.48

154

460

5115

87.5

6.00

4.48

575

5015

87.5

5.88

4.39

208

6458

88.5

766

5.71

220

230

7169

88.5

85I

6.34

220

460

7586

88.5

9.00

6.71

116

575

7586

88.5

9.00

6.71

208

8284

89.5

9.94

7.41

280

230

8708

89.5

10.45

7.79

280

460

9330

89.5

1119

8.35

150

575

8711

89.5

1165

8.69

120

NOTES:
1
Extensive motor and efactrical testing ensures that the motors can be uNized with confidence up to the maximum applied bhp, watts, and amps. Using the fan motor up to
the maximum ratings shown wi}l not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure. Unit warranty will not be affected
2
All indoor-fan motors 5 hp and larger meet the minimum efficiency requirements
as
established by the Energy Policy Act of 1892 (EPACT) effective October 24, 1997.

Table 30 -- Evaporator
UNIT
5OPG

DRIVE

Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

ORIENTATION

Vertical

Vertica_

Horizontal

Hobzontal

Horizontal

NOMINAL

watts =

bhp to watts using the following

6.0

8.4

6.0

8.4

formula:

bhp (746)
motor efficiency

Fan Motor Specifications -- 50PG20-28 Units
MAX BHP

MAX BkW

MAX AMPE

VOLTAGE
2O8

MAX WATTS
3700

85.8

4.26

317

10.6

23O

3700

85.8

4.26

317

9.6

46O

3700

85.8

4.26

317

4.8

575

5015

87.5

5.88

439

6.0

2O8

4578

87.5

5.37

401

15.8

23O

5115

87.5

6.00

448

15.4

46O

5115

87.5

6.00

448

7.7

575

5015

87.5

5.88

439

6.0

2O8

6458

88.5

7.66

571

22.0

23O

7169

88.5

8.5I

634

22.0

46O

7586

88.5

8.00

671

11.6

575

7586

88.5

9.00

671

9.4

208

8284

89.5

9.94

741

26.0

230

8708

89.5

10.45

779

26.0

460

9330

89.5

11.19

835

15.0

575

9711

89.5

11.65

869

12.0

208

3700

85.8

4.26

317

10.6

230

3700

85.8

4.26

317

9.6

460

3700

85.8

4.26

317

4.8

575

5015

87.5

5.88

439

6.0

2O8

4578

87.5

5.37

401

15.8

230

5115

87.5

6.00

448

15.4

460

5115

87.5

6.00

448

7.7

575

5015

87.5

5.88

439

6.0

208

6458

88.5

7.66

571

22.0

230

7169

88.5

8.5I

634

22.0

460

7586

88.5

9.00

671

11.6

575

7586

88.5

9.00

671

9.4

208

8284

89.5

9.94

741

26.0

230

8708

89.5

10.45

779

26.0

460

9330

89.5

11.19

835

15.0

575

9711

89.5

11.65

869

12.0

NOTES:
I.

Convert

EFFICIENCY

Extensive motor and electrical testing ensures that the motors can be utilized with confidence up to the maximum applied bhp, watts, and amps. Using the fan motor up to
the maximum ratings shown will not result in nuisance tripping or premature motor failure Unit warranty will not be affected

All indoor-fan motors 5 hp and larger meet the minimum efficiency requirements
established by the Energy Policy Act of 1892 (EPACT) effective October 24. 1997
Convert bhp to watts using the following formula:
watts =

EFFICIENCY

bhp (746)
motor efficiency

Table 30 -- Evaporator Fan Motor Specifications
UNiT
50PG

DRIVE

Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

ORIENTATION

Vertical

24
Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

Horizontal

Vertical

28
Low

Mid-Low

Mid-High

High

Horizontal

NOMINAL

VOLTAGE

MAX WATTS

MAX BNP

MAX BkW

MAX AMPS

208

3700

858

426

3.17

10.6

37
37

230
468

3700
3700

858
858

426
426

3.17
3.17

9.6
4.8

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

4578

875

537

4.01

158

230

5115

875

800

4.48

154

468

5115

875

800

4.48

575

5015

875

588

4.39

208

6458

885

766

5.71

220

230

7169

885

851

8.34

220

468

7586

885

900

8.71

118

575

7586

885

900

8.71

2O8

8284

895

994

7.41

280

23O

8708

89.5

10.45

7.79

280

488

9330

89.5

1119

8.35

150

575

9711

89.5

1165

8.89

120

2O8

3700

858

426

3.17

10.8

23O

3700

858

426

3.17

9.8

488

3700

858

426

3.17

4.8

575

5015

875

588

4.39

2O8

4578

875

537

4.01

158

23O

5115

875

600

4.48

154

488

5115

875

600

4.48

575

5015

875

588

4.39

2O8

6458

885

766

5.71

220

230

7169

885

851

8.34

220

488

7586

885

900

8.71

118

575

7586

885

900

8.71

2O8

8284

895

994

7.41

280

230

8708

89.5

10.45

7.79

28.0

488

9330

89.5

1119

8.35

150

575

9711

89.5

1165

8.69

120

2O8

4578

875

537

4.01

158

23O

5115

875

600

4.48

154

488

5115

875

600

4.48

575

5015

875

588

4.39

2O8

4578

875

537

4.01

158

230

5115

875

600

4.48

154

488

5115

875

600

4.48

575

5015

875

588

4.39

2O8

6458

885

766

5.71

220

23O

7169

885

851

6.34

220

488

7586

885

900

8.71

116

575

7586

885

900

8.71

2O8

8284

895

994

7.41

280

23O

8708

89.5

10.45

7.79

28.0

488

9330

89.5

1119

8.35

15.0

575

9711

89.5

1165

8.69

120

2O8

4578

875

537

4.01

158

23O

5115

875

600

4.48

154

488

5115

875

600

4.48

575

5015

875

588

4.39

2O8

4578

875

537

4.01

158

23O

5115

875

600

4.48

154

488

5115

875

600

4.48

575

5015

875

588

4.39

2O8

6458

885

766

5.71

220

23O

7169

885

851

6.34

220

488

7586

885

900

8.71

116

575

7586

885

900

8.71

2O8

8284

895

994

7.41

280

23O

8708

89.5

10.45

7.79

28.0

488

9330

89.5

1119

8.35

15.0

575

9711

89.5

1165

8.69

120

NOTES:
1

-- 50PG20-28 Units (cont)

6.0

9.4

6.0

9.4

6.0

9.4

6.0

9.4

All indoor-fan motors 5 hp and larger meet the minimum efficiency requirements
established by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT) effective October 24, 1997
Convert bhp to watts using the following formula:
watts =

EFFICIENCY

bhp (746)
motor efficiency

Table 31 -- Accessory/FlOP

Static Pressure (in. wg)* -- 48/50PG20-28

Units

CFM
4,500
Economizer

0.02

Humidi-MiZer
COMPONENT(20, 24)
Humidi-MiZer
(28)

8.03

004
-5,000

4,000

005

006

0.10
5,500

017
6,000
--

7,009

7,500

8,000

0.87

0.08

0.09

0.10

0.25
6,500
0.05

0.32

0.40

0.47

0.I3

0.21

0.29

CFM
9,909
Economizer
Humidi-MiZer
COMPONENT
(20, 24)
Humidi-MiZer
(28)

0.11

8.12

013

8,500
0.54
0.38

8.60
8.44

068
9,500
0.5I

015

0.I6

074
10,009
059

....
19,500
0.66

LEGEND
FlOP

Factory-Installed

Cfm

Nominal Heater
Size (kW)

Pressure Drop
(in. wg)

HEATERS

Nominal Heater
Size (kW)

Pressure Drop
(in. wg)

0.02

0.03

5,000

0.01

0.02

0.04

6,000

0.02

0.04

0.06

7,000

0.03

0.06

0.08

8,000

0.04

0.08

0.12

9,000

0.05

0.10

0.15

I0,000

006

0.13

0.20

11,500

009

0.18

0.27

4,800

0.01

0.02

0.03

5.800

0.01

0.02

0.04

6,000

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.12

7,000

480-3-60

0.03

8,000

0.04

9,000

0.05

0.10

0.15

I0,000

006

0.13

0.20

11,500

009

0.18

0.27

4,800

0.01

0.02

0.03

5,000

0.01

0.02

0.04

6,000

0.02

0.04

0.06

7,000

0.03

0.06

0.08

8,000

0.04

0.08

0.12

9,000

0.05

0.10

0.15

I0,000

006

0.13

0.20

11,500

009

0.18

0.27

LEGEND
Factory-Installed

12,OOO
086

001

575-3-60

020
I

4,800

208/240-3-80

FlOP

0.19
11,500
0.80

Electric Heat Static Pressure (in. wg) -- 50PG20-28 Units
ELECTRIC

Unit Voltages
2081240

20, 24,
28

0.17
11,900
0.72

*The static pressure must be added to the external static pressure. The sum and the evaporator entering-air
cfm should then be used in conjunction
with the Fan Performance
tables to determine blovcer rpm and watts

Option

Table 32 -- Accessory/FlOP
UNIT
5OPG

NOTES:
1. Heaters a_ _ted at240v,
480 v, and 600v.
2. The static pressure must be added to external static pressure. The sum and the evaporator entering-a9
cfm shoutd then be used in conjunction with the Fan Performance
tame to determine blower rpm, bhp, and watts.

Option

Table 33 -- Fan RPM At Motor Pulley Settings* -- 48PG20-28 Units
UNIT
48PG

DRIVE

Vertical
20 and 24
(230 and 460 volt)

11/2

21_

Low

685

706

727

749

770

791

812

Mid-Low

949

970

992

1013

1035

I056

Mid-High

941

961

980

1000

1019

1039

1014
n/a

1038
n/a

1061
n/a

1085
n/a

1108
n/a

Mid-Low

20 and 24
(575 volt)
Horizontal

918

939

I078

1099

1120

1142

1163

1185

1206

1059

1078

1098

1117

1137

1156

I176

1132
n/a

I156
n/a

I179
n/a

1203
n/a

1226
n/a

1250
n/a

1273
n/a

1297
n/a

979

1006

1034

I062

I089

1117

1144

1172

1199

1227

1213

1238

1264

1289

1314

1339

1364

1389

I414

High
Low

1096
751

1116
768

1137
785

1157
802

1177
819

1197
836

I218
853

I238
869

1258
886

1278
903

1299
920

1319
937

1339
954

Mid-Low

949

970

992

1013

1035

I056

I078

1099

1120

1142

1163

1185

1206

Mid-High

941

961

980

1000

1019

1039

1059

1078

1098

1117

1137

1156

I176

1014
n/a

1038
n/a

1061
n/a

1085
n/a

1108
n/a

1132
n/a

I156
n/a

I179
n/a

1203
n/a

1226
n/a

1250
n/a

1273
n/a

1297
n/a

Mid-Low

873

893

912

932

951

971

991

1010

1030

1049

1069

1088

1108

Mid-High

II13
1096

I138
1116

1163
1137

1188
1157

1213
1177

1238
1197

1264
I218

1289
I238

1314
1258

1339
1278

1364
1299

1389
1319

I414
1339

687

703

718

734

749

765

780

796

811

827

842

858

873

805

822

839

856

872

889

906

923

940

957

973

990

1007

Mid-Low

Mid-Low
Mid-High
High

*Approximate

51_

897

1188

High
Low
Horizontal

876

951

Mid-High
28
(all voltages)

41/2

854

1163

High
Low
Vertical

924

833

I138

High
Low

896

OPEN
3t/2

II13

Mid-High

Vertical

TURNS

I/2

High
Low
Horizontal

MOTOR PULLEY
O

941

961

980

1000

1019

1039

1059

1078

1098

1117

1137

1156

I176

1014

1038

1061

1085

1108

1132

I156

I179

1203

1226

1250

1273

1297

687

703

718

734

748

765

780

796

811

827

842

858

873

805

822

839

856

872

889

906

923

940

957

973

990

1007

941

961

980

1000

1019

1039

1059

1078

1098

1117

1137

1156

I176

1014

1038

1061

1085

1108

1132

I156

I179

1203

1226

1250

1273

1297

fan rpm shown.

NOTE: Factory pulley speed se_ing

is at 3 turns open

Table 34 -- Fan Rpm At Motor Pulley Settings* -- 50PG20-28
50PG

MOTOR

DRIVE

685

Range Vertical

Mid-High Range Vertical
High Range Vertical

Low Range Vertical
Mid-Low
20 and 24
(230 and
460 volt)

Low Range HodzontN
Mid-Low Range HodzontN
Mid-High

Range Horizontal

High Range

Horizontal

Low Range Vertical

20 and 24
(575 Volt)

Mid-Low

Range Vertical

Mid-High

Range Vertical

High Range Vertical
Low Range

HodzontN

Mid-Low

Range

Mid-High

Range Horizontal

High Range

HodzontN
Horizontal

Low Range Vertical

Mid-Low

Range Vertical

Mid-High

Range Vertical

High Range Vertical

(all voltages)

Low Range

HodzontN

Mid-Low

Range

Mid-High

Range Horizontal

High Range
*Approximate fan rpm shown
NOTE: Factory pulley speed setting

HorizontN
Horizontal

21/2

3q 2

41/2

706

727

749

770

791

812

833

854

876

897

918

949

970

992

1013

1035

1056

1078

1099

1120

1142

1163

1185

I206

941

961

980

1000

1019

1039

1059

1078

1098

1117

1137

1156

I176

1085

1108

1132

1156

1179

1203

1226

1250

1273

I297

1014

I038

106I

5tt2

6
939

685

706

727

749

770

791

812

833

854

876

897

918

949

970

992

1013

1035

1056

1078

1099

1120

1142

1163

1185

I206

980

1000

1019

1039

I059

I078

1098

1117

1137

1156

1176

1085

1108

1132

1156

1179

1203

1226

1250

1273

I297

941

961

1014

I038

106I

939

751

768

785

802

819

836

853

869

886

803

920

937

949

970

992

1013

1035

1056

1078

1099

1120

1142

1163

1185

I206

980

1000

1019

1039

1059

1078

1098

1117

1137

1156

I176

1085

1108

1132

1156

1179

1203

1226

1250

1273

I297

941

961

1014

I038

106I

954

751

768

785

802

819

836

853

868

886

903

920

937

949

970

992

1013

1035

1056

1078

1099

1120

1142

1163

1185

I206

980

1000

1019

1039

I059

I078

1098

1117

1137

1156

1176

1085

1108

1132

1156

1179

1203

1226

1250

1273

I297

941

961

1014

I038

106I

954

687

703

718

734

749

765

780

796

811

827

842

858

805

822

839

856

872

889

906

923

940

857

973

980

I007

980

1000

1019

1039

1059

1078

1098

1117

1137

1156

I176

1085

1108

1132

1156

1179

1203

1226

1250

1273

I297

941

961

1014

I038

106I

873

687

703

718

734

749

765

780

796

81I

827

842

858

805

822

839

856

872

889

906

923

940

957

973

980

I007

980

1000

1019

1039

I059

I078

1098

1117

1137

1156

1176

1085

1108

1132

1156

1179

1203

1226

1250

1273

I297

941

961

1014

I038

106I

QUICK

START

873

wire in the instalter's packet must be connected between R and
W1 for heating mode to operate.
Installation of an accessory supply air temperature (SAT)
sensor in the supply duct is recommended for Linkage applications. A supply duct SAT measurement is valid for heating
mode display, while the factory-standard internal SAT is not
valid for heating due to its location upstream of the heating section. When installing the supply duct SAT, the heating mode
display is enabled by setting (bnfigm'ation---_HEAT---agAT.H
to ENBL.

The tbllowing infonnation will provide a quick guide to
setting up and confignring the 48/50PG series units with
('omfbrtLink TM controls. Unit controls are pre-configured at
the factory tbr factory-installed options. Field-installed accessories will require configuration at start-up. Additionally,
specific job requirements may require changes to delhult
configuration values. See the CCN and Display parameter
tables and other sections of these instructions for more details.
Thermostat
ControlWire accessory thermostat to
the conesponding R, Y1, Y2, Wt, W2, and G terminals on the
field connection terminal board located at the unit control box.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
--+UNIT---_U.(TL, defimlt value is for Thermostat (2) so there
is no need to configure this item.

Space Humidity Control -- Humidistat
-- Wire
the Humidistat accessory to terminals Humidistat 1and 2 located on the field connection tenninal strip in the bottom of the
control box. The Space Humidity Switch setting is located at
(bnfiguration--_Unit--_RH.SVK The factory default for units
with Humidi-MiZer TM system is 1 (normally open).

Space Temperature
Sensor Control
-- Direct
Wired (T-55 or T-56) -- Wire accessoryspace temperature sensor(s) to the T-55 terminals on the field connection
tenninat board located at the unit control box. Rel}r to FieldInstalled Accessories section.
The l_Mt Control Type configuration, Configuration
---_UNIT--_U.(TL, must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper
wire in the installer's packet must be connected bewveen R and
W1 for heating mode to operate.
Temperature

TURNS OPEN

11t2

is at 3 turns open.

CONTROLS

Space

PULLEY

Sensor

Control

Space Humidity Control -- Thermidistat
TM
-Wire the Thennidistat accessory Dehum output to tenninat
Humidistatl located on the field connection terminal strip in
the bottom of the control box. The Space Humidity Switch setting is located at (bnfiguration-->Unit-->RH, gVKThe factory
default for units with Humidi-MiZer system is 1 (normally
open).
Space Humidity ControlRelative Humidity
Sensor -- Wire the humidity sensor to terminals 3 () and
4 (+) located on the field connection terminal strip in the
bottom of the control box. The RH Sensor on OAQ Input setting is located at (bnfigttration--_Unit--_RH.S.
The setting
must be configured to YES to use the relative humidity sensor.

CCN

(T-58) -- Install the T-58 colrnnunicating thermostat. Con-

nect the CCN colrnnunication bus fiom the T-58 to the CCN
terminals on the field connection tenninat board located at the
unit control box. Configure the 48/50PG unit CCN communication element number, bus numbei; and baud rate. Configure
the T-58 thermostat CCN communication dement number and
also configure the T-58 with the 48/50PG unit element number.
The tMt Control Type configuration, Configuration
---_UNIT--_U.(TL, must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper
wire in the instatler's packet must be connected bewveen R and
W1 for heating mode to operate.

CCN Communication
-- Configure (bnfigttration-->
C(W_,C(DC_A to desired element number. (Default is 1.) Conl]gure (bnfiguration_'(W_'CN.B
to desired bus number.
(Dethult is 0.) Configure (bnfiguration_'CN---_BAUD
to
desired code number for baud rate. (Default is 3 9600 baud.)
Accessories
-- See the Field-Installed Accessories section, control connection tables, and CCN or Display parmneter
tables for required connections and configurations.
Service
Test -- The Service Test function can be used to
verit) proper operation of compressors, heating stages,
indoor tan, outdoor _ans, power exhaust tans, economizer,
Humidi-MiZer system, and alann relay. Use of Selaqce Test is
recolrnnended at initial system start-up and during troubleshooting.

Space
Temperature
Control
-CCN Linkage -- The CCN colrnnunication must be properly configured
for the 48/50PG unit and all devices. Linkage configuration is
automatically done by the supervisory CCN Linkage device.
The Unit Control Type configuration, Configuration
---_UNIT---_U..CTL
must be set to Space Sensor (3). The jumper
35

SERVICE

Control Configuration
ChecklistRefer to checklist CL- 1 for recording site specific unit control configurations.

The Service Test function can be used to verify proper operation of compressors, heating stages, indoor tan, outdoor finis,
power exhaust tans, economizer, and atann relay. Use of
Service Test is recommended at initial system start up and during troubleshooting. See Table 36.
Sin:ice Test modeehas the following changes fiom nonnal
operation:
• Normal compressor timeguards and other staging delays
are reduced to 30 seconds or less.
• Circuit alerts are limited to 1 strike (versus 3) before
changing to alarm shut down state.
• The status of ALM.N is iNlored so all alerts and alarms
are broadcast on CCN.
• The words "SERVICE TEST" are inserted into every
atann message.
Smqce test can only be turned ON/OFF at the unit display.
Once mined ON, other entries may be made with the display or
through CCN.
NOTE: Service Test mode may be password protected. Refer
to Scrolling Marquee section on page 3 for more information.
To tum Service Test on, change the value of TEST to ON.
To turn service test off; change the value of TEST to OFF.
The independent (INDP) submenu is used to change output
stares for the economizer, power exhaust stages, and the alarln
relay. These independent outputs can operate simultaneously
with other Service Test modes. All outputs return to norlnal
operation when Smqce Test is mined off When the economizer is using the factory default Digital Control Type (_bnfiguraIion--gECON--gE.(TL is 1 or 2) then the Economizer Calibration feature may be used to automatically check and reset the
economizer actuator range of motion.
The fans (FANg) submenu is used to change output status
for the indoor thn and outdoor tan stages.
The cooling (COOL) submenu is used to change output stares for the individual compressors. Compressor starts are staggered by 15 seconds. The thns (FA_Ig) and heating (HEAl)
service test outputs are reset to OFF for the cooling service test.
Indoor fans and outdoor tans are controlled nonnalty to maintain proper unit operation. All normal cooling alarms and alerts
are functional.

Programming

Operating
Schedules
-- The
ComJbrtLink
TM controls wilt accomlnodate up to eight different schedules (Periods 1 through 8), and each schedule is
assigned to the desired days of the week. Each schedule
includes an occupied on and offtilne. As an example, to set an
occupied schedule for 8 AM to 5 PM tbr Monday through
Friday, the user would set days Monday through Friday to ON
for Period 1. Then the user would configure the Period 1
Occupied From point to 08:00 and the Period 1 Occupied To
point to 17:00. To create a difl_em weekend schedule, the user
would use Period 2 and set days Saturday and Sunday to ON
with the desired Occupied On and Offthnes.
NOTE: By default, the time schedule periods are pro mmnlned
for 24 hours of occupied operation.
To create a schedule, perform the following procedure:
1. Scroll to the Configuration mode, and select CCN
CONFIGURATION (CCN). Scroll down to the Schedule
Number (Configuration_C_--x_CH.O=SCH.3_).
It"
password protection has been enabled, the user will be
prompted to enter the password before any new data is
accepted. S(_/L.N has a range of 0 to 99. The default value is 1. A value of 0 is always occupied, and the unit will
control to its occupied set points. A value of 1 means the
unit wilt follow a local schedule, and a value of 65 to 99
means it will tbltow a CCN schedule. Schedules 2-64 are
not used as the control only supports one internal/local
schedule. If one of the 2-64 schedules is confimlred, then
the control will tbrce the number back to 1. Make sure the
value is set to 1 to use a bcal schedule.
2. Enter the Time Clock mode. Scroll down to the LOCAL
TIME SCHEDULE (S(_.L)
sub-lnode, and press
. Period 1 (PER.l) will be displayed.
3. Scroll down to the MON point. This point iMicates if
schedule 1 applies to Monday. Use the _

TEST

com-

mand to go into Edit mode, and use the [] or [] key to
change the display to YES or NO. Scroll down through
the rest of the days and apply schedule 1 where desired.

When charging unit, all outdoor thns may be tbrced on in
cooling service test modes by setting the Outdoor Fan Override
(OEOIO to on.
NOTE: Circuit A is always operated with Circuit B in
Humidi-MiZer TM system equipped units.
For units with the factory Humidi-MiZer option, the
Humidi-MiZer (HZMR) submenu is used to change the output
stares to operate the circuits in different Humidi-MiZer modes
or to separately test the Humidi-MiZer valve operations. The
tans (FANS), cooling (COOL), and heating (HEAT) semce
test outputs are reset to OFF for the Humdi-MiZer service test.
Indoor and outdoor thns are controlled normally to maintain
proper unit operation. All normal cooling alarms and alerts are
functional.

The schedule can also be applied to a holiday.
Configure the beginning of the occupied time period for
Period 1 (OCC). Press _
to go into Edit mode,
and the first two digits of the 00.00 will start flashing. Use
the [] or [] keyto display the correct value for hours,
in 24-hour 0nilitary) time. Press _
and hour value
is saved and the minutes dints will start flashing. Use the
saane procedure to display and save the desired minutes
value.
5. Conllgnlre the unoccupied time for period 1 (UN{). Press
to go into Edit mode, and the first two digits of
the 00.00 wilt start flashing. Use the [] or [] key to
display the correct value for hours, in 24-hour (military)
time. Press _
and hour value is saved and the
minutes digits will start tlashing. Use the same procedure
to display and save the desired minutes value.

The heating (HEAl) submenu is used to change output stares for the individual heat stages, gas or electric. The thns
(FANS) and cooling (COOL) smqce test outputs are reset to
OFF for the heating service test. Indoor and outdoor fmls are
controlled norlnalty to maintain proper unit operation. All normal heating alarlns and alerts are functional.
NOTE: Field terlninal strip terlninal R must be connected to
W1 for the heat to operate in service test. Alert number T410
will occur as a relninder if not done. If the normal unit control
mode is therlnostat mode, then relnove the R-W1 jumper after
completing service test.

6. The first schedule is now complete. If a second schedule
is needed, such as tbr weekends or holidays, scroll do,am
and repeat the entire procedure for period 2 (PER.2). It"
additional schedules are needed, repeat the process for as
many as are needed. Eight schedules are provided. See
Table 35 for an example of setting the schedule.

Table 35 -- Setting an Occupied Time Schedule -- Weekdays Only for 7:30 to 22:30
DISPLAY
MENU
TIMECLOCK
SCH.L

SUB-SUB
MODE

PER.1

KEYPAD
ENTRY

[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]

ITEM

DISPLAY

ITEM EXPANSION
Local Occupancy

OCC.I

COMMENT

Schedule

Period Occupied

Time

00.00

Scrolling

00.00

Hours Flash

07.00

Select

07.00

Change

07.30

Select

07.30

Change

OCC. I

07.30

UNC.1

00.00

Period
Period

Occupied

Time

Unoccupied

Item/Value/Units

Select

22.00

Change

22.30

Select

22.30

Change

Monday

scrolls

again

Time

22.00

Unoccupied

flash

accepted

Hours Flash

Period

minutes

Scrolling

MON.I

Time

stops

22
accepted,

minutes

flash

30
accepted

Item/Value/Units

scrolls

again

scrolls

again

scrolls

again

scrolls

again

scrolls

again

scrolls

again

In Period

Scrolling

YES

stops

Select YES

YES

Change

MON.I

YES

Monday

in Period

TUE.1

Tuesday

In Period

accepted

ItemNalue/Units

Scrolling

stops

YES

Select YES

YES

Change

YES

Tuesday

Wednesday

in Period

accepted

ItemNalue/Units

In Period

Scrolling

YES

stops

Select YES

YES

Change

WED. I

YES

Wednesday

THU.I

Thursday

in Period

accepted

item/Value/Units

In Period

Scrolling

stops

YES

Select YES

YES

Change

THU.1

YES

Thursday

FRI. I

Friday

in Period

accepted

item/Value/Units

In Period

Scrolling

YES

stops

Select YES

YES
FRI. I

accepted,

00.00

22.30

WED.I

00.00

UNC.1

TUE. I

stops

Change

YES

Friday

In Period

accepted

ItemNalue/Units

Table 36 -- Service Test Modes and Submodes Directory
DISPLAY MENU/
SUB-MENU/NAME
SERVICE
TEST

EXPANDED
NAME

VALUES

UNITS

TEST

MAINTENANCE

Field Service Test Mode

On/Off

Test Independent Outputs
Economizer Position Test
Calibrate Economizer
Power Exhaust 1 Test
Power Exhaust 2 Test
Alarm Retay Test
Crankcase Heat Test

FANS
IDF
OFC1
OFC2
OFC3

Test Fans
Indoor Fan Test
Outdoor Fan 1 Test
Outdoor Fan 2 Test
Outdoor Fan 3 Test

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

Off
Off
Off
Off

COOL
CMRA
CMRB
CMRC
OROV

Test Cooling
Cool A Test
Cool B Test
Cool C Test
Outdoor Fan Override

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

Off
Off
Off
Off

HMZR
RH1 .A
RH1 .B
RH1 C
RH2.A
RH2.B
RH2C
CRC
RHVA
RHVB

Test Hamidimizer
Reheat1 A Test
Reheat1 B Test
Reheat1 C Test
Reheat2 A Test
Reheat2 B Test
Reheat2 C Test
Cool->Reheat1 Valve Test
Reheat2 Vaive A Test
Reheat2 Valve B Test

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

HEAT
HZ1
HT2

Test Heating
Heat Stage 1 Test
Heat Stage 2 Test

THIRD
Third

(TEST = display onty)
TESTINDP

0to100
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

0
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

S ECONO
S-ECOCAL
S-PE
1
S-PE-2
S-ALh4OUT
S-CCH
TESTFANS
S

IDF

SZOFC_I
S OFC

SZOFC:3
TESTCOOL

S COMP A
S-COMP_B
S COMP C
S:OFC_(SV
TESTHMZR

Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

S RH1A
S-RH1-B
S-RH1-C
S2 RH2 A
S2 RH2
B
S2 RH2
C
S CRC
S-RH2
A
S:RH2:B
TESTHEAT

On/Off
On/Off

Off
Off

PARTY CONTROL

S_HEAT_I
S_H EAT_2

Fire Shutdown

-- The fire shutdo,a_ input is provided
for unit shutdown in response to a tire alarln or smoke detector.
The Fire Shutdown Switch conlignration, Configuration
-+UNIT-+FS.SW, identifies the norlnalty open or nonnatly
closed status of this input when there is no fire alarln.
For 48/50 units without Humidi-MiZer system, input at field
connection terlninal board (TB2)
Fire Shutdown 1 24 VAC source for dry contact
Fire Shutdo,am 2 24 VAC si_at input
For 50 series units with Humidi-MiZer system, input at wire
harness plug 19 (PL 19)
PL 19-3 24 VAC source for dry contact
PL 19-5 24 VAC signal input for fire shutdown

party

controls may interface with the unit
controls tba'ough the connections described
belo,a: See other sections of these instructions for more
intbnnation on the related unit control confignrations.
('Ol//Jbrtkink

DISPLAY

Off

INDP
ECON
E.CAL
PE1
PE2
ALRM
CCH

CCN
NAME

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

DEFAULT

Thermostat

-- The therlnostat inputs are provided on the
field connection terlninat board (TB2). The Therlnostat
Connol Type configuration, Configuration -+UNIT---_T.(TL,
selects the unit response to these inputs.
Y1 first stage cooling
Y2 second stage cooling
W1 first stage heating
W2 second stage heating
G indoor tan

For 48 series units with Humidi-MiZer system, input at wire
harness plug 19 (PL 19)
PL 19-3 24 VAC source for dry contact
PL 19-5 24 VAC signal tbr Fire Shutdown
PL 19-4 24 VAC power for indoor fan contactor control
circuit

Humidistat

-- For units with the factory Humidi-MiZer TM
option, the humidistat input is provided on the field connection
terminal board (TB2). The Space Humidity Switch confignration, Configumtion---_UNIr---_RH.SW, identities the nonnalty
open or normally closed status of this input at high humidity.
Humidistat 1 24 VAC signal input
Hmnidistat 2 24 VAC source for dry contact

NOTE: For 48 series units with Humidi-MiZer system, if the
indoor fan must be shut down without any delay upon Fire
Shutdown input, then the factory julnper between PL 19-3 and
PL19-4 must be replaced with a norlnally closed contact when
there is no atann (open with atann).

Humidity

Sensor -- For units with the factory HumidiMiZer option and the economizer option with the ECB (economizer control board), the humidity sensor input is provided on
the field connection terminal board (TB2). The sensor can be
used instead of a humidistat. The RH Sensor on OAQ Input
confignration, Configumtion--_UNIT--_RH, q=YES, identifies the sensor use. Default conversion to 0 to 100% relative
humidity can be changed in the confignrations.
4 4-20 mA + signal input
3 4-20 mA colrnnon

Alarm Output-

The alarln output is provided on the
field connection terminal board (TB2) to indicate a current
atann status. The output will be 24VAC if a current atann
exists.
C 24 VAC comlnon
X 24 VAC signal output
Outdoor EnthalpyFor units with the economizer
option or accessory and the ECB control board, the outdoor
enthalpy input is provided on the field connection terminal
board (TB2). The Enthalpy Switch confignration, (bnfiguration---_E{DN--+EN..SW, identifies the nonnalty open or
normally closed status of this input when the outdoor enthalpy
is low.

Remote Occupancy -- The remote occupancy input is
provided on the field connection terminal board (TB2). The
Remote Occupancy Switch conlignration, (bnfiguration
--->U_ClT---yRM..SVV,
identifies the nonnalty open or normally
closed status of this input when unoccupied.
5 24 VAC signal input
6 24 VAC source for dry contact

6
7
38

24 VAC source for dry contact
24 VAC signal input

IAQ Switch -- For units with the economizer option or
accessory and the ECB control board, the IAQ switch input
is provided on the field connection terminal board (TB2). The
IAQ Switch Input configuration, Configuration-->AIR.Q
--->I!.CEidentifies the nonnatly open or nonnatly closed status
of this input when the indoor air quality value is low (good)
and also selects the unit response to this input.
6 24 VAC source for dry contact
7 24 VAC simaal input
NOTE: An IAQ switch cannot be used if an enthalpy switch is
already on this input.

Operating Modes, system mode is displayed as expandable
text.
NUMBER

submenu

Disabled

Unit Operation Disabled

2
3

Enabled
Test

Unit Operation Enabled
Serv ce Test Enab ed

NUMBER

RUN STATUS
EXPANDED TEXT

1
2

Disabled
Fan Only

3
4

Cool
Heat

OPERATING MODES
EXPANDED TEXT
HVAC Operation Disabled
Ventilation (Fan Only)
Cooling or Free Cooling
Heating

NOTE: Optional Humidi-MiZer TM operation is included
within Cooling 1node.
Currently Occupied (OI5'153 Displays the current state of
assumed space occupancy based on unit configuration and
inputs.
Timed Override in Effect (T.OVR)
Displays if the state of
occupancy is currently occupied due to an override.
Linkage Active (LINK)
Displays if a linkage master in a
zoning system has established "linkage" with this unit.
Circuit OAT Lockout (C.L0153
Displays if one or more
refiigerant circuits operation is prevented due to outdoor
temperature limit lockout.
Heat OAT Lockout (H.L0153
Displays if heating operation
is prevented due to outdoor temperature limit lockout.
Econo Cool OAT Lockout (E.LOC)
Displays if economizer operation for cooling is prevented due to outdoor
temperature limit lockout.

OAQ Sensor -- For units with the economizer option or
accessory and the ECB control board, the OAQ sensor input is
provided on the field connection tenninat board (TB2). The
OAQ Analog Input configuration, Configumtion--_AIR.Q
--->OA.15Tselects the unit response to this input. Default conversion to 0 to 2000 ppm can be changed in the configurations.
3 4-20 mA COlranon
4 4-20 mA + simaat
NOTE: An OAQ sensor cannot be used ifa humidity sensor is
used.

Display

OPERATING MODES
EXPANDED TEXT

HVAC Mode (HVA153
In Run Status, the current allowed
HVAC mode is displayed as a number with expandable text. In
Operating Modes, HVAC mode is displayed as expandable
text.

IAQ Sensor -- For units with the econolnizer option or
accessory and the ECB control board, the IAQ sensor input
is provided on the field connection terminal board (TB2). The
IAQ Analog Input configuration, Configumtion-->AIR.Q
---_IA.(T selects the unit response to this input. Default conversion to 0 to 2000 ppm can be changed in the configurations.
2 4-20 mA + simnat
3 4-201hA colrnnon

CONTROLS

RUN STATUS
EXPANDED TEXT

OPERATION

Configuration
-- The Configuration-->DISP
is used to configure the local display settings.

Metric Display (METR)
This variable is used to change
the display tiom English units to Metric units.
Language Selection (LANG)
This variable is used to
change the language of the ComJortLink display. At this time,
only English is available.
Password Enable (PROT)
This variable enables or disables the use of a password. The password is used to restrict
use of the control to change configurations.

Unit Configuration-

Many configurations that indicate what factory options and/or field accessories are installed
and other colrnnon operation variables are included in Unit
Configuration (15bnfiguration--+UNII). Configuration will be
done at the factory for any factory-installed option (FIOP).
Start-Up Delay (S.DLI)
This configuration sets the control start-up delay after the power is interrupted. This can be
used to stagger the start-up oflnultipte units.
Unit Control Type (U.CTL)
This configuration defines if
temperature control is based on thermostat inputs or space
temperature sensor input.
• U.CTL = 2 (Thermostat)
The unit determines cooling
and heating demand by the state of G, Y1, Y2, W1, and
W2 inputs from a space therlnostat. This value is the
factory default.
• U.CTL = 3 (Space Sensor) The unit determines cooling
and heating delnand based on the space temperature and
the appropriate set point.
Thermostat Control Type (T..CTL)
This configuration applies only if Unit Control Type is Therlnostat (15bnfigumtion
--->Un#-->U.15TL= 2). The value determines alternative cooling and Hmnidi-MiZer circuit staNng. See the Cooling and
Humidi-MiZer sections for more il_'onnation. The factory
default value is T.15TL= 0 (Adaptive).
Fan On When Occupied (OC.FN)
This configuration applies only if Unit Control Type is Space Sensor (Configm.ation
_Un#--+U.15TL = 3). A YES value wilt operate the indoor t_an
whenever the unit is in the Occupied mode. A NO value wilt
operate the indoor tan only when heating or cooling is necessalT. The factory default value is YES.

Selwice Password (PSWD)
This variable is the 4-digit
numeric password that is required if enabled.
Test Display LEDs (TEST)
This is used to test the operation of the ComJbrtLink display.
M odes
-- The ComJortLink controls operate under a hierarchy of colrnnand structure as defined by tbur main elements:
the System Mode, the HVAC Mode, the Occupied stares, and
the Unit Control Type.
The System Mode is the top level that defines three main
states of the control system: Disabled, Enabled, or Test.
The HVAC Mode is the next level that defines four main
states of functional operation: Disabled, Fan Only, Cool, and
Heat.
The Occupied stares affects set points for cooling and
heating in Space Sensor control mode and operation of the
economizer for indoor air quality ventilation and fiee cooling.
The Unit Control Type (Configutvttion-->U?CTT-->U.CTL)
de151es if temperature control is based on thermostat inputs or
space temperature sensor input.
The general operating mode of the control and the stares of
some related operation lockouts are located on the display at
two locations: Run Status _ MODE and Operating Modes---_
MODE.
System Mode (SYS)
In Run Stares, the current system
mode is displayed as a number with expandable
text. In

Shut Down on IDF Failure (IDF..F)
This conli_ration
applies only ifa tan switch is installed and configured. A YES
value wilt enable diagnostic Alert T409 to shut down the unit
when incorrect tan status is sensed. A NO value will still
permit Alert T409 but will not cause unit shutdown. The
factory default value is YES.
Economizer Installed (ECEN)
This confimlration identifies if an economizer is installed. A YES value enables
economizer operation. A NO value disables economizer operation. This point is repeated in the Economizer Conlimlration
men u ( (_onfiguratio n ---_E( ON ---_EC E?€).
Fan Status Switch (FN.SW)
This conliguration identifies
if a fan status switch is installed, and what status (normally
open, normally closed) the input is when the indoor fan is OFF.
Filter Status Switch (FL.SW)
This conlimaration identifies
if a filter status switch is installed, and what status (normally
open, nonnalty closed) the input is when the filter is CLEAN.
Fire Shutdown Switch (FS.SW)
This conliguration identifies if a tire shutdo,a_ switch is installed, and what status
(normally open, normally closed) the input is when the fire or
smoke alarm is OFF (no alarm).
Remote Occupancy Switch (RM.SW)
This configuration
identifies if a relnote occupancy switch is installed, and what
status (normally open, nonnatly closed) the input is when
UNOCCUPIED.

unoccupied. If the unit is operating with a space temperature
sensor (T-55, T-56 or T-58), occupancy affects the unit set
points and the operation of the economizer. If the unit is
operating under thermostat control, occupancy only affects the
operation of the economizer. The factors affecting occupancy
are listed below fiom highest to lowest priority.
1. The CCN point OCCUPIED is forced via an extemat
device such as a ComfortID TM controller: When OCCUPIED is forced to YES, the unit is considered occupied.
When OCCUPIED is forced to NO, the unit is considered
unoccupied. If OCCUPIED is not being forced, proceed
to the level 2 priority.
2. Remote Occupancy Switch should be conlimared to either
Normally Open or Normally Closed when the user would
like to control the occupancy with an external switch.
This switch is field-supplied (24-v, single pole, single
throw [SPST]). There are three possible confimarations
for the remote occupancy switch: No Switch (0), Normally Open (1) or Nonnalty Closed (2). This confimlration is
accessible on the display at Cot*figuration--_UNIT--_
RM.SPK If the switch is conlim,lred to No Switch (0), the
switch input value will be ignored and software will
proceed to the level 3 priority. For each type of switch,
the appropriate confimlration and states are listed in the
table below.

SAT Settling Time (SAI:13
This configuration sets a supply air temperature settling time before using the reading for
compressor staDng in some units with multiple circuits. See
Adaptive Thermostat Control (U.CTL = 2, ECTL = 0) and
Space Sensor Control (U.(TL = 3) within the Cooling operation section for more information. The factory default value is
240 seconds.

TYPE OF SWITCH

SAT Heat Mode Sensing (SAT.H)
This conlimlration controls the display of the supply-air temperature during heating
operation. A DISABLE value wilt force the displayed supplyair temperature (SAT) to zero when heat is ON and for 5 lninutes after. A ENABLE value will display the temperature at all
tilnes. See the Heating sections for more intbnnation. The
factory delhult is DISABLE due to the factory SAT sensor
location. This point is repeated in the Heating Conligmration

SWITCH
CONFIGURATION

Occupied when
closed or Unoccupied
when open

Normal Open (1)

Occupied when
open or Unoccupied
when closed

Normal Close (2)

STATE OF
SWITCH AND STATE
OF OCCUPANCY
Open and Unoccupied
Closed and Occupied
Open and Occupied
Closed and Unoccupied

NOTE: To perform relnote occupancy, an Econolnizer Control
Board must be installed in the unit.
3. The tbltowing occupancy options are determined by the
state of Occupancy Schedule Number (Configmvttion--_
CCN---_CH..O---_CH..N)
and the Global Schedule
Broadcast (Configuration _'C(W-->BROD -->B.GS).
a. SCH.N = 0: The unit is always considered occupied
and the pro m'mnmed schedule is ignored. This is the
factory default.
b. SCH.N = 1-64: Follow the local progrmrnned schedule. Schedules 1 to 64 are local within the controller.
The 48/50PG unit can only store one local schedule
and therefore changing this number only changes the
title of the schedule table.

menu.

RAT Sensor On SPTO Input (RAT.S)
This conliguration
identifies if a return air temperature (RAT) sensor is installed
on the space temperature oft;et (SPTO) input. A YES value
enables RAT display. A NO value disables RAT display.
RH Sensor On OAQ Input (RH.S)
This conlimaration
identifies if a space relative humidity sensor is installed on the
outdoor air quality (OAQ) input. A YES value enables SP.RH
display. Ifa Humdi-MiZer TM unit, then the unit determines dehumidification demand based on this input and the appropriate
set point. A NO value disables SERH display and use.
Space Hmnidity Switch (RH.SW)
This conlimaration
identifies if a space relative hmnidity switch is installed on the
ENTHALPY input, and what status (normally open, normally
closed) the input is when the space humidity is LOW.
Temperature Compensated Start Coolin_ Factor (TCS.C)
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for cooling. A setting of 0 minutes
indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Cooling is not
permitted.
Temperature Compensated Start Heating Factor (TCS.H)
This factor is used in the equation of the Temperature Compensated Start Time Bias for heating. A setting of 0 minutes
indicates Temperature Compensated Start in Heating is not
permitted.

c. SCH.N = 65-99: Follow the global pro_mrnned
schedule. If the 48/50PG unit is configured as a
Global
Schedule
broadcaster
(Configuration
_CCN--+BROD--+B.GS = YES), the unit will tbllow the unit's pro mmrnned schedule and broadcast
the schedule so that other devices pro mmrnned to follow this schedule number can receive the schedule. If
the 48/50PG unit is not programmed as a
Global
Schedule
broadcaster
(Configuration
_CCN--+BROD--+B.GS = NO), the unit will receive
its intbnnation fiom the unit programmed to broadcast this schedule nmnber.
While using a pro mmrnned schedule, occupancy can
be temporarily switched fiom unoccupied to
occupied by pressing the override button for
approximately 3 seconds on a T-55, T-56, or T-58
device. Override will only occur if Configuration
_'(W---_qCH..O_OV.SP
is set to YES. The length
of the override period is determined by the setting of
Configuration _'CCN---_qCH. 0 _'0 VEX.

Occupancy
Determination--Many
factors determine whether the unit considers the building occupied or
40

Indoor Fan -- The indoor thn is controlled by the indoor
tan relay output (Outputs--->FA?_i9--->IDF)on the MBB (main
base board) control, wNch then operates the indoor tan contactor. The indoor fan may operate during cooling with compressors mode, fiee cooling with outdoor air mode, heating mode,
or for ventilation with outdoor air mode.

ensure proper time delays and SAT control when the economizer is cooling. Cooling begins when the Y1 input is energized. The economizer will try to provide cooling as described
in the Economizer section. If the economizer is not available
for cooling or the economizer has been at 100% tbr 5 minutes,
compressor staging will beNn.

The indoor tan operation can be affected by configurations
for thermostat control type (Configuration---_UNIr---_T.CrL),
the occupancy thn configuration (Configuration---_UNIT---_
OC.FN), the indoor air quality sensor tan configuration
(Configuration--+AIR.Q---_IA.F?€), the indoor air quality
switch tan configuration ((bnfiguration---_AIILQ---_ILF?€),
and the tan status switch configuration ((bnfiguration---_
UNIT--+ F?V:SW). For 48PG gas heating units without
Humidi-MiZer device, the IGC control tan output is also monitored by the MBB control. This can result in additional modification of fan delays or other operation due to safety functions
of the IGC control. See the Indoor Air Quality section if using
IAQ (indoor air quality) accessory sensors.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
ha thermostat mode, the IDF
relay will be on in the following situations:
• If tan request G in ON, the IDF wilt be ON.
• If cooling request Y1 or Y2 is ON, the IDFwill be ON.
• If heating request W1 or W2 is ON, the IDFwill be ON.

Con[iguration---_UNIT---_T.CTL
= 0 (Adaptive)
When
T.(TL = 0, additional timers mad supply air temperature limits
apply to control the compressor staNng. In Adaptive mode, a
stage of colnpression wilt be turned off if the Supply-Air Temperature ( Temperatures --+AIR. T---a7AI) is less than Minilnum
Supply Air Temperature Lower Level (Setpoints--_AT.L).
In
addition, a stage of compression will be turned on if the SATis
greater than the Minhnum
Supply Air Temperature
Upper
Level (Setpoin ts ---_qAT.U). If SA T.L and SAT. U are con figured
so that they axe close together, the last stage of compressor
might cycle rapidly, slowed only by its minimum on and
off-tilne requirements.
Configurable
time delays also apply
when adding stages (Configuration_'COOL_.INO
or
removing stages (Configuration_DOL
_.DE
O. C.INC
aald C.DEC are accessible via the Scrolling Marquee at
Configuration_'OOL.
Compressor
minilnmn
on-time
(Configuration
_,COOL ---_MRT.0 and compressor minimmn
oil'-time (Configuration
_'OOL--_AIOT.
0 do apply.
T..CTL
1 (1 Stage Y1)
When T.CTL
1, no additional
compressor
staging timers or supply air temperature limits
apply. Compressor staging will follow the thermostat inputs
directly. Y1 will turn on refrigerant circuit A. Y2 will add refiigerant circuit B. Compressor
minimuln on-tilne (MRT. 0
mad compressor minilnmn off-time (MOT.O do apply.

SPACE SENSOR CONTROL
In Space Sensor Control
mode, the IDF (indoor tan) relay will be on in the following
situations. If the unit is in Occupied mode and the indoor fan is
configured to always run while occupied ((bnfiguration-->
UNIT _'OC.FN= YES), the indoor l_aalwilt be ON. If OCFN
equals NO or the unit is unoccupied, the indoor tan will operate
only when heating or cooling is necessary.

SPACE SENSOR CONTROL
To operate
the unit in
Space Sensor mode, set the Unit Control Type to 3 (Configumtion--+UNIT---_U.CTL=3).
To enable heating during space
telnperamre control, a jumper wire must be added bewveen R
mad W1 on the field connection terminal strip (see Major System Components section for wiring diagrams).
Because Space Sensor mode is ml "Auto" 1node, the control
will switch bewveen cooling and heating to maintain space
temperature. However, to lninimize unnecessary changes, there
is a 10-1ninute 1node select tilnegumd (Operating Modes---_
COOL---_MS. TG), after the last stage of heat rams off before
cooling is allowed.

Coo[in 0 -- Compressors will not operate if the outdoor
temperature is less than the value configured for the circuit
lockout
temperatures
((bnfiguration_DOL_'A.LO;
Configuration _'OOL _B.LO;
and Configuration
COOL _,CC.LO;). The Mthilnmn On Time (Configuration
(DOL ---_IR T..O, and Minhnum Off Time (Configuration --+
COOL---_MOT.0 time guards apply to all compressors. Facto131default values are 3 minutes for Minilnum On Time and
5 minutes for Minilnuln OffTime.
If the indoor tan control is configured to cycle with the
cooling demand (Configumtion---_UNIT_OC.FN=
No),
the tan will stop after a configured delay (Configuration
_DOL---_FOD.C).
Factory default value is 60 seconds.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
To operate the unit in The>
mostat mode, the Unit Control Type (Configuration
_UNIT--+U.(TL) configuration must be set to 2 (Thermostat). There are up to fore types of thermostat control depending on model size. These are configured with the Thermostat
Control Type (Configuration--+UNIT---_T.CTL).
For
economizer
equipped
units
(Configuration
_UNIT--+ECEN = Yes), the Adaptive control atgorithln is
used whenever the economizer can provide cooling. TNs will

The unit tries to maintain the space temperature at the Occupied Cool Set Point (Setpoints_O(SP)
or the Unoccupied
Coot Set Point (Setpoints--+UCSP).
See the Occupancy
Determination section for factors that affect the Occupied stares (Run Stams---_VIEW_OC
O. The Cooling Demmld (Operating Modes_DOL---A7PT---_DMD.
0 is equal to Space
Temperature (Operating Modes _'OOL
---AqPT---_qP1) minus
the occupied or unoccupied set point (DMD.C
SPY
set
point). See Table 37 for ml example of reading and chmlging
the occupied set point (OCSP).

Table 37 -- Reading and Changing Cooling Occupied Set Point
DISPLAY
MENU

KEYPAD
ENTRY
]

ITEM

DISPLAY

ITEM EXPANSION

OCSP

Occupied CooI Set point

COMMENT
Default: 78

]

Scrolling Stops

]

Value flashes

SETPOINTS
]

Select 75

]

75
OCSP

Change accepted
Occupied CooI Set point

Item/Value/Units

scroll again

Two methods are used to add and relnove stages of cooling
for units with more than one compressor. The first method
causes the unit to operate around its steady-state number of
stages. For example, if the correct number of stages is between
0 and 1, this method wilt cause the first stage to cycle. If the
correct number of stages is between 1 and 2, this method will
cause the second stage to cycle. The second method causes the
unit to find the steady-state nulnber of stages. Details of these
methods are provided below.
The control uses two methods to add a stage of compressor
cooling. The first method will add a stage of cooling when the
Cooling Delnand
(Operating
Modes _'OOL---_gPT--+
DMD. 0 plus the change in cool delnand (Operating
Modes4DOL_9Pr-+rm).()
times the Cool Therlnal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes4DOL---_9PT4_.LA6)
is greater
than the SPY Cool Demand (+) Level (Operating Modes_

level 1when Fan LEV0 Max Pressure limit is reached. Changes between levels 1 to 3 are initially selected based on outdoor
air temperature (OAT) input and the level On and Off temperarare limits. The levels may be further adjusted based on the
circuit saturated
condensing
temperatures
(Tempemtures--+REET--_7CT.x) and the level Max and Min pressure
limits.
Units With Humidi-MiZer System
Outdoor tan control for
Humidi-MiZer units includes a Motonnaster,_a)variable-speed
control for OFM 1 and OFM4. Contactor OFC 1 controls power
to the Motonnaster control. The Motorlnaster control automaticalty adjusts the outdoor thn speed to maintain approximately
80 to 100 F condenser telnperature for circuit A at all outdoor
ambient temperatures. Contactor OFC2 controls the relnaining
two Pans (48/50PG20) or relnaining 4 _ans (48/50PG24 and
28). The tan level operation is detennined by some or all outdoor thn control configurations described above, plus additionat Humidilnizer confimlrations ((bnfiguration--->HZMR).

cOOL _gPr _(_z.PO).

DMD.C+ rRD.C* C.LAG> (Z.PD
This method is only used after the Compressor Settling
Time ((bnfiguration--_U?_gT--_qAT.I),
has been exceeded
and the supply-air temperature is slowly increasing. The secoM method will add a stage of cooling when Cool Demand is
greater than the SPT Cool Delnand (+) Level plus 0.5° F
(DMD.C > (Z.PD + 0.5) and the supply-air telnperature
(Operating Modes_,COOL--_AT--_AI)
is changing at a
rate greater than 0.3 ° F per minute.
The control uses two methods to relnove a stage of compressor cooling. The first method will relnove a stage of cooling when the Cooling Demand (Operating Modes4DOL
_gPT_OMO.
_) plus the change in cool demand (Operating
Modes4DOL---_qPT_TRD._)
times the Cool Therlnal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes_OOL--_7PT_'.LAG)
is less
than the SPY Cool Demand @) Level (Operating Modes_
COOL---_gPT4Z.ND).
DMD.C+ fRO.C* C.LAG< (Z.ND

Table 38A -- Outdoor Fan Level Transitions
without Humidi-MiZer System
FAN LEVEL

OUTDOOR

TEMPERATURE

(F)

Level 2 On

55 (size 20), 45 (sizes 24, 28)

Level 2 Off
Level 3 On

50 (size 20), 40 (sizes
65

Level 3 Off

24, 28)

Table 38B -- Outdoor Fan Level Transitions
with Humidi-Mizer System

This method is only used after the Compressor Settling
Time (SAT.!), has been exceeded and the supply air temperature is slowly decreasing. The second method will relnove a
stage of cooling when Cool Demand is less than the SPY Cool
Demand @) Level minus 0.5° F (DMD.C < (Z.ND
0.5) and
the supply air telnperature (SA!) is changing at a rate less than
0.2° F per minute.
Configurable delays also apply when adding stages
((bnfiguration_COOL_.IN
0
or relnoving
stages
((bnfiguration_COOL
_.DE O. Compressor minimum
on-time (Configumtion_'COOL--_lIRT.
0 and minimum
off-time (Configuration _'OOL---_MOT..() also apply.
OUTDOOR FANS
Each unit has a means for variable
outdoor airflow to control condenser pressure control within an
acceptable range by responding to varied operating modes and
alnbient temperatures. This is implemented dift_rently on
different units using multi-speed motors, multiple outdoor tans,
or variable-speed motor controllers.
NOTE: Factory default configurations account for these lnodel
ditthences and should not be changed. The default configurations have been qualified over a lane range of conditions and
are provided in case a field replacement of a control board
occurs and the settings need to be checked or manually configured. Outdoor fan operation is further described below to assist
in troubleshooting.
Units Without Humidi-MiZer TM System
The outdoor fan
speed, number, and location for each of three levels is defined
tbr each cooling circuit in the Circuit submenus (Configuration_COOL_CIR.x).
Results of the factory configurations
are sho,a_ in Tables 38A-39B. The tan level selected during
operation is based on factory configurations of outdoor
temperature limits and condenser pressure limits. These are in
the Outdoor Fan Control submenu (Configuration--+
COOL _OF O. Initial thn level starts at zero and increments to

FAN LEVEL

OUTDOOR

Level 2 On
Level 2 Off

88 (size 20), 8! (size 24 and 28)
57

TEMPERATURE

(F)

Level 3 On

88 (size 20), 88 (size 24 and 28)

Level 3 Off

78 (size 20), 82 (size 24 and 28)

Table 39A -- Fan Level Control of Outdoor Fan
Contactors (1, 2, 3)without
Humidi-MiZer System
FAN LEVEL

CIRCUIT
A

1 (20, 24)
1,3 (28)

1,2 (20)
2 (24, 28)

2, 3(20)
2 (24, 28)

1,2 (20, 24) 1, 2, 3 (28)

2, 3

Table 39B -- Fan Level Control of Outdoor Fan
Contactors (1 and 2) with Humidi-Mizer System
FAN LEVEL

CIRCUITS A and B

0
1

1,2 (20)
2 (24-28)

1,2

Gas Heating (48PG Units)-For 48PG units, the
heat type confi_ration Configuration -+HEAT---_HT..TY will
be thctory set to a value of 1.
Heat will not operate if the outdoor temperature is
greater than the value configured for the heat lockout telnperature, (bnfiguration---yHEAT---yHT..LO. Minimum on-time,
Configumtion---yHEAT---yMRT.H,
and lninilnum off-time,
Configulvttion---yHEAT---yMOT..H, tilnemmrds apply to both
stages of heating. Factory default values are 2 minutes On and
2 lninutes Off The IGC lninimum on-time of 1 lninute will be
followed even ifMRT.His lower and during Sel_:ice Test.
42

If theindoor
tancontrol
isconfigured
tocyclewiththeheating demand
((bnfiguration---_UNIr_OC.FN
= No) the

is satisfied, the MBB will mm off HT. 1 which will turn off gas
to the main burners.

thn will stop after a conligured
delay, (bnfiguration---_
HEAT---_FOD.G Factory dethutt value is 45 seconds. If the
IGC temperature limit switch opens within 10 minutes of the
end of the gas heating, the next thn off delay wilt be extended
by 15 seconds. The maximum delay is 3 minutes. Once modified by the IGC, the thn off delay will not change back to
FOD.G unless power is reset to the control.
A light-emitting-diode (LED) is provided on the It_R2
(intemated gas controller) to indicate its status. During normal
operation the LED is continuously on. See the Troubleshooting
section if the LED is offor flashing. The IGC is located behind
gas section access panel. See Fig. 5 for location.
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
When the thermostat calls
for heating, the MBB senses that W1 is On and closes the HT.1
relay. When the relay is closed, it sends power to W on the It_R2
(intemated gas unit controller) board. An LED (light-emitting
diode) on the IGC board will be on during normal operation.
A check is made to ensure that the rollout switch and limit
switch are closed. The induced-draft motor is then energized.
When speed is proven with the Hall Effect sensor on the motor,
the imlition activation period begins.
The burners will i_ite within 5 seconds. If the burners do
not light, there is a 22-second delay betbre another 5-second
attempt. If the burners still do not light, this sequence is repeated
for 15 minutes. After the 15 minutes have elapsed, ffthe burners
still have not imlited, heating is locked out. The control wilt
reset when the request for heat is temporarily removed.
When ignition occurs, the IGC board wilt continue to monitor the coMition of the rotlout switch, limit switches, Hall
Effect sensor, and the flame sensor. If the unit is controlled
through a room thermostat set for tan auto, 45 seconds after
ignition occurs the indoor-fan motor wilt be eneNized (and the
outdoor-air dampers wilt open to their minilnum position). If
for some reason the overtelnperamre limit opens prior to the
start of the indoor tan blower, on the next attempt, the
45-second delay will be shortened to 5 seconds less than the
time fiom initiation of heat to when the limit tripped. Gas will
not be interrupted to the burners and heating wilt continue.
Once modNed, the thn on delay will not change back to
45 secoMs unless power is reset to the control.
When additional heat is required and the MBB senses that
W2 is On, the MBB will turn on the HT.2 relay which sends
power to the second stage of the main gas valve. If the thennostar relnoves the call for W2, the unit wilt turn offHT.2. If W1

If the user has selected Adaptive (see Cooling section) for
its thermostat mode, the algorithin will follow the configurable
delays for adding and relnoving stages. When adding additional heat stages, the delay is measured ftom when the last stage
was added (Configumtion---_HEAT---_H.IN().
When relnoving stages, the delay is measured ftom when the last stage was
removed
(Configuration--_HEAT--_H.DEO.
Therefore,
if
W1 and W2 turn on simultaneously, the second stage wilt turn
on after a H.INC delay.
NOTE: ff the mode is not Adaptive,
tbr adding and relnoving stages.

SPACE SENSOR CONTROL
To operate
the unit in
Space Sensor 1node, set the Unit Control Type to 3 (Configuration--+U?ClT--+U.CTL
3). To enable heating during space
temperature control, a jumper wire must be added between R
and W1 on the field connection terminal strip (see Major
System Components section tbr wiring diam'ams).
Because Space Sensor mode is an "Auto" mode, the control
will switch between cooling and heating to maintain space
temperature. However, to lninimize unnecessary changes, there
is a 10-minute mode select tilne_ard
(Operating Modes---_
HEAT--+MS.TG)
after the last stage of cool rams off before
heating is allowed.
The unit tries to maintain the space temperature at the Occupied Heat Set Point (Setpoints_OHSP)
or the Unoccupied
Heat Set Point (Setpoints--+UHSP).
See the Occupancy Determination section for thctors that affect the Occupied stares
(Run Status---_VIEW_'OC
O. Heating Demand (Operating
Modes--+HEAT---_qPT---_DMD.H)
is equal to the occupied or
unoccupied set point minus the Space Temperature (Operating
Modes -+HEA T---_gP T---_gP I).
DMD.H

setpoint

SPT

Two lnethods are used to add and relnove stages of heating
for units with lnore than one heat stage. The first method causes the unit to operate around its steady-state number of stages.
For example, if the correct number of stages is between 0
and 1, this method will cause the first stage to cycle. If the correct number of stages is between 1 and 2, this method will
cause the second stage to cycle. The second method causes the
unit to find the steady-state number of stages. Details of these
methods are provided below.

SCREEN
(HIDDEN)

PEM 1

CONTROLBOX

OUTLET

then there are no delays

CO2SENSOR
FI_ER
RETURNSMOKE
DETECTOR
SMOKECONTROL
MODULE

ACCESS

GAS

SECTION

DOOR

Fig. 5 -- Panel and Filter Locations (48PG Unit Shown)
43

The control uses rvvomethods to add a stage of heating. The
first method will add a stage of heating when the
Heating
Demand
(Operating
Modes-+HEAT---aqPT-+
DMD.H) plus the change in heat demand (Operating
Modes -+HEAT_SPT-+TRD.H)
times the Heat Thermal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes-+HEAT---)_7PT-+H.LAG) is greater
than the SPT Heat Demand (+) Level (Operating Modes-+
HEAT---_qPT -+HT..PD ).
DMD.H + TRD.H * H.LAG > HT..PD

indoor tan wilt follow the HT. 1 output. During cominuous tan,
the indoor tan will follow the G input.
If the user has selected Adaptive (see Cooling section) tbr
thermostat mode, the algorithln will follow the configurable
delays for adding and relnoving stages. When adding additional heat stages, the delay is measured from when the last stage
was added (Configurntion-+HEAT-+H.IN O. Wheal relnoving stages, the delay is measured from when the last stage was
removed ((bnfiguration-+HEAT-+H.DEO.
There_bre, if
W1 and W2 turn on silnultaneously, the second stage wilt turn
on after a H.INC delay.
NOTE: If the 1node is not Adaptive, then there are no delays
tbr adding and removing stages.
SPACE SENSOR CONTROL
During Space Sensor control, the electronic conuol uses in_bnnation froln the space
sensor to determine the nmnber of heat stages. Once the nmnber of stages needed tbr heating is determined, either HT.1 or
HT. 1 and HT.2 outputs will be turned on. See Space Sensor
Control section for gas heat units for more information.
NOTE: The jumper wire in the installer's packer must be connected between R and W1 when using a T-55, T-56, or T-58
device. See Major System Components section.
SUPPLY-MR TEMPERATUP, E (SAT) SENSOR
The SAT
Heat Sensing Confimlration affects the SAT value displayed.
SAT Heat Sensing (SAT.H) Configuration is accessible via the
Scrolling Marquee at Configumtion-+Unit---_AT.H.
Configuration -+HEAT---_qAT.H = DSBL
When SAT.H =
DSBL, the SAT value on the Scrolling Marquee and CCN
tables wilt be forced to zero when heat outputs come ON and
for 5 lninutes after. The default SAT sensor location is at the
tan inlet, upstream of the heat section.
Configuration -+HEAT---_qAT.H = ENBL
When SAT.H =
ENBL, the supply-air temperature measured by the SAT sensor is displayed at the scrolling marquee and the CCN tables
during heating mode. This setting should only be used if the
original SAT sensor is replaced by an accessory SAT sensor
located in the supply duct, downstream of the heat section.

The second method will add a stage of heating when Heat
Delnand is greater than the SPT Heat Demand (+) Level plus
0.5° F (DMD.H> HT..PD + 0.5) and the heat demand is changing at a rate greater than 0.3° F per minute.
The control uses two methods to relnove a stage of heating.
The first method will relnove a stage of heating when the
Heating
Demand
(Operating
Modes-+HEAT---afPT-+
DMD.H) plus the change in heat demand (Operating
Modes -+HEAT---_7PT-+TRD.H) times the Heat Thermal Lag
Factor (Operating Modes-+HEAT---afPT-+H.LAG)
is less
than the SPT Heat Demand _) Level (Operating Modes-+
HEAT---a7PT -+HT.ND).
DMD.H + change TRD.H * H.LAG < HT.ND
The second method wilt remove a stage of heating when
Heat Demand is less than the SPY Heat Demand @) Level
minus 0.5 ° F (DMD.H< HL.ND
0.5) and the heat demand is
changing at a rate less than 0.3 ° F per minute.
Confimlrabte delays also apply when adding stages
(Configumtion-+HEAT-+H.IN 0
or removing
stages
((bnfiguration-+HEAT-+H.DE
O. Heat stage minimuln
on-time ((bnfiguration-+HEAT-+MRT.H)
and minilnmn
off-tilne (Configuration -+HEAT+MOT.H) also apply.
SUPPLY-AIR TEMPERATURE (SAT) SENSOR
The SAT
Heat Sensing Configuration affects the SAT value displayed.
The confi_ration is accessible via the Scrolling Marquee at
Configuration -+Unit _AT.H.
(bnfiguration-+HEAT---aqAT.H
= DSBL
When SAT.H =
DSBL, the SAT value on the Scrolling Marquee and CCN
tables will be forced to zero when heat outputs come ON and
for 5 minutes after. The dethult SAT sensor location is at the
thn inlet, upstream of the heat section.
(bnfiguration-+HEAT---aqAT.H
= ENBL
When SAT.H =
ENBL, the supply-air telnperature measured by the SAT sensor is displayed at the scrolling marquee and the CCN tables
during heating mode. This setting should only be used if the
original SAT sensor is replaced by an accessory SAT sensor
located in the supply duct, downstream of the heat section.

Economizer--If
an economizer is installed, then
Econolnizer
Installed
configuration
((bnfiguration-+
U?ffT-+EC.E?€) should be set to YES. The economizer is
controlled by the economizer output simaal (Outputs'-+
E(DN-+ECCP)
on the ECB control. If the indoor tan is offor
the building is unoccupied, the economizer position is zero. If
in Occupied mode and the unit is heating or cooling and the
economizer cannot provide flee cooling, the econolnizer
position is the confimlred economizer minilnum position
(Configuration-+E(DN-+EC.MN)
or the position specified
by the IAQ algorithin. If in Unoccupied lnode, the position is
0% open.
The economizer will be allowed to help with cooling if the
outdoor-air telnperamre (Temperature-+AIR.T_OAT)
is less
than the confi_red
economizer high temperature lockout
(Setpoints-+EH.LO) and greater than the configured economizer low temperature lockout (Setpoints-+ELLO).
It" an
enthalpy sensor is installed, the outdoor telnperamre must be
below the econolniZer high temperature lockout and the
enthalpy (Inputs'.+GEPC:I-+ENTH) must be LOW. For cooling, the econolnizer position can vary bewveen the configured economizer minilnum position ((bnfigumtion-+
E(DN-+EC.MN)
and the economizer maxilnum cooling
position ((bnfigumtion -+E_ON-+ECMX).
THERMOSTAT CONTROL
ff the unit is in cooling,
operating under thermostat control, Y1 ON, and the economizer is available tbr cooling, the economizer wilt control the
supply-air temperature
to the low cool set point
(Setpoints-+L(SP). When Y2 = ON, the economizer will control the supply-air temperature to high cool set point
(Setpoints -+IICSP).

Electric
Heat (50PG
Units) -- For 50PG units with
factory-installed
electric heat, the heat type confim_ration
(bnfiguration-+HEAT-+HT.TY
will be factory set to a
value of 2 and the number of heat stages confimaration
(bnfiguration-+HEAT-+?c:HTR
wilt be thctory set to match
the installed heater. If electric heat is installed in the field, the
value of HT.TYmust
be changed.
Heat will not operate if the outdoor
temperature
is
greater than the value configmred tbr the heat lockout temperarare, Configm.ation-+HEAT-+HT.LO.
Minilnum
on-time,
(bnfigumtion-+HEAT.+_lIRT.H,
and minimum
off-tilne,
(bnfiguration-+HEAT.+3/IOT.H,
timeguards apply to both
stages of heating. Factory default values are 2 minutes On and
2 minutes Off
If the indoor fma control is confimared to cycle with the heating demand ((bnfiguration-+UNIT.+OCFN
= No) the
tan will stop after a configured
delay (Configuration
-+HEAT-+FOD.E).
The factory de_hult value is 30 seconds.
THERMOSTAT
CONTROL
The first stage of electric
heat (HT.1) will follow the W1 input and the second stage
(HT.2) of heat will follow the W2 input. During auto tan, the

SPACE
SENSOR
CONTROL If theunitis in cooling,
operating
underspace
tcnnperature
control,
theeconomizer
is
available
forcooling,
andnocompressors
areoperating,
the
economizer
willcontrol
theSATtoeither
Setpoints--->LCgP or

Free Cooling ((bnfiguration--+E_DN--+UEFC),
Free Cooling Preoccupancy Time (Configuration--_E(ON--_FC. TM)
and Free Cool Low Ternp Limit ((bnfiguration--_
ECON--_FC.LO).
(bnfiguration--_E_ON--_UEFC
= 0 (Disabled)
When
UEFC = 0, unoccupied fiee cooling is disabled.
(bnfigurafion-->ELON-->UEFC= 1 (Unoccupied)
When
UEFC = 1, unoccupied fiee cooling can occur whenever the
building is unoccupied.
(bnfigurafion--_ECON_UEFC=
2 (Preoccupancy)
When
UEFC = 2, unoccupied fi'ee cooling can only occux when the
time to the next occupied period is less than Configumtion--_
ECON--_FC. TMminutes.

Setpoints---_HCSP (see Table 40). If a compressor is ON, the
economizer will try to position itself at the economizer maximum cooling position (Configuration ---_EL_ON
--_ECMX).
If the control senses low suction pressure for any active refi-igerant circuit when the economizer is also providing cooling,
the maximmn allowable economizer position will be reduced.
Factory default confi_rations have been qualified over a lane
range of conditions and should only be changed with care. For
unit troubleshooting, factory default maximum economizer
limits for this condition are provided in Table 41.

Configumtion---_E_ ON---_F(: TM
FC TM is the configuration that determines how many minutes before occupancy that
fiee cooling can occur.
Configumtion--_ECON--_FCLO
Unoccupied flee cooling
cannot occur if the Outdoor Air Temperature (Temperature--_AIR. T_OA1) is less than FCLO.
POWER EXHAUST
To enable power exhaust, Configuration--+E_ON--_PE.EN must be set to ENBL. If power exhaust is enabled, Power Exhaust 1 will turn on when the economizer position is reeater than the value of Configuration--_
E_DN---_PE.1. If power exhaust is enabled, Power Exhaust 2
will turn on when the economizer position is re'eater than the
value of Configuration--_ELON--_PE.2. There are small time
delays to ensure that rapid cycling does not occur.

Table 40 -- LCSP and HCSP Transitions for
Space Temperature Mode
CURRENT SAT
SET POINT

COOL

DEMAND

(AF)

LCSP

>05

HCSP

LCSP

<-0.5

SET

SAT
POINT

HCSP
LCSP
Exit Cooling

LEGEND
HCSP
LCSP
SAT

----

High Coot Set Point
Low Cool Set Point
Supply-Air Temperature

Table 41 -- Maximum Economizer Limits During
Low Suction Pressure
COOLING

STAGE

Middle
Bottom
Top

]

LIMIT (%)

]

50
50
0

Optional Humidi-MiZer
TM Dehumidification
System--Units
with the thctory-equipped Humidi-MiZer
option are capable of providing multiple modes of improved
dehumidification as a variation of the normal cooling cycle.
The Humidi-MiZer option includes additional valves in the
liquid line and discharge line of each refiigerant circuit, a small
reheat condenser coil downstream of the evaporator, and
Motonnaster, _R)variable-speed control of some or all outdoor
fans. Operation of the revised refiigerant circuit for each mode
is described belo,a:

ECONOMIZER ACTUATOR COMMUNICATIONS
The
confi_ration
Economizer Control Type determines the
colrnnunication method, either digital or analog, used to
colrnnunicate between the ECB and the economizer actuator.
Economizer Control Type is accessible via the Scrolling
Marquee at Configurations--_E(DN--_E.CTL.
The power to
the unit must be cycled after E. CTL is changed.
E. CTL = 1 (Digital/Position)
When E.(TL is set to 1, the
ECB will co_rnnunicate with the economizer actuator using the
digital protocol. The ECB 4 to 20 mA output will represent the
actuator's actual position. Because the wiring has a built-in
500-ohin resistor, the 4 to 20 mA signal is converted to a 2 to
10-v signal that is accessible via field connection terminal board
TB2-8 aald TB2-9. However, before this signal coal be read, the
violet wire that connects the actuator to field connection terminal board TB2-J10-8 must be removed or cut.

NOTE: x

refrigerant circuit A or B.

Normal Coolina
Ret}igerant flows t}om the outdoor
condenser through the de-energized 3-way vane (RHI.x) to
the expansion device. Reheat2 Valve (RH2.x) is closed. See
Fig. 6.
Reheat 1 (Subcoolin_ Mode)
This mode incaeases latent
cooling and decreases sensible cooling compared to normal
cooling. Refi-igerant flows fiom the outdoor condense1;
through the energized 3-way Valve (RH1 .x), and throu_l the
reheat condenser coil to the expansion device. Reheat2 _alve
(RH2.x) is closed. See Fig. 7.
Reheat 2 (Hot Gas Reheat Mode)
This mode provides
maximum latent cooling with little to no sensible capacity.
This mode can operate to provide dehmnidification when there
is no cooling demand. Like Reheat 1 mode, refiigerant flows
fi'om the outdoor condenser, through the energized 3-way vane
(RH1 .x), and through the reheat condenser coil to the expansion device. Reheat2 Valve (RH2.x) is open which provides
some compressor discharge gas to the reheat condenser to further increase the reheat of the evaporator air stream. See Fig. 8.
Units with multiple circuits can operate with additional
staging of the cooling and dehumidification capacity. When
there is only cooling demand, based on a space temperature
sensor or thermostat, one or more circuits will operate in
normal cooling mode. When there is only dehumidification
demand, based on a space humidity sensor or switch, all
circuits will operate in reheat2 mode. When there is both
cooling demand and dehumidification demand, all circuits will
operate in either reheatl or reheat2 mode, with the portion of
reheat 1 circuits determined fiom the cooling demand.

E.CTL = 2 (Digital/Command)
When E.(TL is set to 2,
the ECB will communicate with the economizer actuator using
the digital protocol. The ECB 4 to 20 mA output will represent
the actuator's colrnnanded position. Because the wiring has a
built-in 500-ohm resistor, the 4 to 20 mA signal is converted to
a 2 to 10-v signal that is accessible via field connection terminal board TB2-8 and TB2-9. However, betbre this signal can
be read, the violet wire that connects the actuator to field connection terminal board TB2-J10-8 must be removed or cut.
E. CTL = 3 (Analog Control)
When E.(TL is set to 3, the
ECB wilt colrnnunicate with the economizer actuator using the
4 to 20 mA analog signal wired to TB2-8 and TB2-9 along
with the 500-ohin resistor producing a 2 to 10-v signal for the
actuator. While in this mode, the actuator's built-in 2 to 10-v
feedback signal is accessible via TB2-9 and TB2-10.
UNOCCUPIED FREE COOLING
The unoccupied fiee
cooling algorithin attempts to maintain the building space at
the occupied cooling set point during unoccupied periods if the
coMitions in the building and the outdoors are suitable. Three
different confimlrations define this algorithm: Unoccupied
45

Outdoorfan controlfor Humidi-MiZer
sTstem
units
includes
aMotonnaster(r9
variable-speed
control
ofsome
orall
outdoor
Pans,
depending
onunitmodelsize.TheMotonnaster
control
automatically
adjusts
theoutdoor
fanspeed
tomaintain
approximately
80to100Fcondenser
temperature
forcircuitA
atalloutdoor
mnbient
temperatures.
Some
modelsizeshave
additional
on!offstaging
ofsome
outdoor
fans.Thisstaging
is
controlled
by bothoutdoor
temperature
andcondenser
coil
temperature.

Compressor
staNng
control
forHumid-MiZer
unitsrequires
thatcircuitA always
operate
whencircuitBison.Thisapplies
tonormal
operation,
service
test,andforcontrol
alarm
responses.Thisoperation
difference
isrequired
duetothetactthatthe
Motonnaster
outdoor
tancontrol
senses
circuitAonly.
SETTING
UPTHESYSTEM The system requires installation mid confimlration of either a space relative humidity
sensor or a relative humidity switch input.

RH2.x

.... ""..............................................
I?

-,, L

.................

OUTDOOR AIR

._
METERING
DEVICE

EVAP COIL

_l_"_ CLOSED VALVE
[_

OPEN VALVE
3-WAY VALVE

INDOOR ENTERING
AIR

Fig. 6 -- Normal Cooling Mode -- Humidi-MiZer

System

HUMIDI-MIZER

COIL

I?
METERING
DEVICE
EVAP COIL

_l,_,,_ CLOSED VALVE
[_

OPEN VALVE

3-WAY VALVE

INDOOR ENTERING
AIR

Fig. 7-

Subcooling Mode (Reheat1)46

Humidi-MiZer System

RH2.x

)

_,-_,_ CLOSED VALVE
OPEN VALVE
[_

METERING
DEVICE

3-WAY VALVE

INDOOR ENTERING
AIR

Fig. 8 -- Hot Gas Reheat Mode (Reheat2) -- Humidi-MiZer

Space Humidity Switch (Configuration --yUNIT--yRH.SVV)
Set to 1 for use of a normally open switch, or 2 tbr normally
closed switch. The switch is wired to field connection terminal
board terminals labeled HUMDISTAT.

System

multiple circuits in Reheat2 mode. This delay is overridden by
a zero demand t;_r dehumidification or a positive delnmld for
cooling.
Reheat2 Stage Incr. Time (R.INC)
If using adaptive control mode, then this is a time delay in staged increase of multiple circuits in Reheat2 mode.
Reheat Fan Control (RH.FN)
Enables model specific
outdoor fan control for certain models equipped with
Humidi-MiZer system.
Reheat ODF Fan On Level (RELV)
Sets the Reheat2
mode outdoor fan level in some lnodel specific thn control.
Reheat20DF Fan On Temp (REON)
Sets the Reheat2
mode change temperature to increased outdoor fro1level.
Reheat20DF Fan OffYemp (REOF)
Sets the Reheat2
mode change temperature to decrease outdoor fro1level.
Reheat2 OAT Limit A (RA.LO)
This configuration is the
low outdoor air temperature limit for Reheat2 mode tier circuit
A. It will disable or enable circuit A.

RH Sensor on OAQ Input (Configuration--yUNIT--yRH.S)
Set to Yes tbr use ofa 4 to 20 mA output RH sensor wired to
field connection terlninal board terminals 3 and 4. If using an
RH sensoi; the following configurations also apply:
Space RH Setpoint (Setpoints--yRH.SP)
This sets the
taiget % relative humidity.
Space RH Deadband (Setpoints--yRH.DB)
This sets the
control ± deadband for % relative humidity.
RH Sensor Value at 4ma (Coq!_guration--yAIR.(J--yH.gM)
This sets the % display for a 4mA input fiom the relative
humidity sensor.
RH Sensor Value at 20ma (Coq!_guration--yAIR.Q--y
H.2OM)
This sets the % display for a 20mA input fiom the
relative humidity sensor.
Reheat Heat SP Deadband (Setpoints--yRH.HB)
If the
unit is configured for use of a space temperature sensor instead
of a thermostat (Configumtion--yUNIT--yU.CTL = Yes), then
this confi_ration applies. This configuration sets the oit;et
above the heating set point at which a unit in Reheat2 mode
will turn off This is a protection against over cooling the space
and causing a heat demand.
Other configurations affecting the Hmnidi-MiZer operation
are located at Configuration--yHMZR. See Appendix A.
NOTE: These configurations are dependent on the specific
unit and should not be changed. The configurations are
provided in case a field replacement of a control board occurs
and the settings need to be checked or manually confi_red.
Hmnidilnizer Equipped (REHT)
Set to Yes tbr HmnidiMiZer equipped units. Enables Humidi-MiZer operating
modes and service test.

Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit A (RA.LP)
This confimlration is
the low pressure limit for Reheat2 mode for circuit A. It wilt
turn valve RH2.A off
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit A (RA.HP)
This confimlration is
the high pressure limit tbr Reheat2 mode for circuit A. If low
pressure limit previously occurred, this limit will turn valve
RH2.A back on after 2-minute delay.
Reheat2 OAT Limit B,C (RB.LO)
This configuration is
the low outdoor air temperature limit for Reheat2 mode for
circuit B. It will disable or enable circuit B.
Reheat2 SSP Lo Limit B,C (RB.LP)
This configuration is
the low pressure limit for Reheat2 mode for circuit B. It will
turn valve RH2.B off
Reheat2 SSP Hi Limit B,C (RB.HP)
This confimlration is
the high pressure limit for Reheat2 mode for circuit B. If low
pressure limit previously occurred, this limit wilt turn valve
RH2.B back on after 2-minute delay.

Reheat2 Stage Decr. Time (R.DEC)
If using adaptive control mode, then this is a time delay in staged decrease of
47

REHEAT
MODESELECTION
PROCESSSelection
ofthe
reheat
modeforeach
refi-igerant
circuitisdetermined
fiomthe
space
humidity(tiomRHsensor
or switchinput)andthe
circuitcooling
delnand
(fiomspace
temperature
sensor
orthermostat
input).Table
42shows
theconesponding
circuitmode
andoutput
status
forthedifferent
demand
combinations.
Figure9 showsthevalvelocations
of Humidi-MiZer
TM
equipped units. Units with multiple circuits can operate with a
combination of Reheat 1and Reheat2 circuits, as determined by
the amount of space cooling demand. See Appendix B for
complete tables of unit operation response to thermostat and
humidity inputs.
REHEAT MODE DIAGNOSTIC HELP
The status of
reheat mode sensor inputs may be viewed within the display
Inputs menu. The status of reheat mode outputs may be viewed
within the display Outputs or Run Status--yCOOL menus.
Additional diagnostic help, including status of circuit reheat
temperature limit lockouts may be viewed within the
Humidi-MiZer sub-menu of the cooling mode diagnostic table
at Operating Modes _'OOL --yHMZR.
The Sel_giceTest mode may be used to force the system to
operate in various stages of Reheatl oi Reheat2 mode, or to
independently operate the reheat valve control outputs.
The following forced operating states are changed oi added
to the available sel_qce test operation for a Hmnidi-MiZer
equipped unit:
Setwice Test-+COOL-+CMP.A (Cool A Test)
A value of
On wilt turn on circuit A in Normal Cooling mode.
Setwice Test-+COOL-+CMP.B (Cool B Test)
A value of
On will turn on circuits A and B in Normal Cooling mode.
Setwice Test-+COOL-+CMP. C (Coot C Test)
Not used.
Service Test-+HMZR-+RH1.A (Reheat1 A Test)
A value
of On wilt turn on circuit A in Reheat 1mode.

R}!I

I
RH2A

Fig. 9 -- Humidi-MiZer System Valve Locations
Service Test-+Fans-+OFC.2 (Outdoor Fan 2 Teso
Turn on
OFC2. Outdoor fans 2, 3, 5, and 6 will operate.
Service Test-+Fans-+OFC.3 (Outdoor Fan 1 Test)
Not
used.

Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH1.B (Reheatl B Test)
A value
of On will turn on circuits A and B in Reheat 1 mode.
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH1.C(Reheatl
C Test)
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH2.A (Reheat2 A Test)
of On will turn on circuit A in Reheat2 mode.
Setwice Test-+HMZR-+RH2.B (Reheat2 B,C Test)
of On will turn on circuits A and B in Reheat2 mode.

Not used.
A value

Service Test-+INDP-+(L7t
(Crankcase Heat Test)
Not
used. Compressor crankcase heaters are wired directly to line
powe£
AIR BAFFLES
The 48/50PG units with Humidi-MiZer
option are equipped with Motonnaster,¢9 control to maintain
adequate dischaNe pressalre for proper unit operation during
low ambient operation. This becomes especially c_-iticalin the
Reheat2 mode of operation. Wind could have a detiimental
effect depending on the orientation and the expected design
latent load of the space. If the unit is oriented with the vertical
condenser coil toward the prevailing wind, then the fieldfabricated wind baffles are required. If the unit is not oriented
as described above, but there is expected long operational
periods in the Reheat2 mode, then the field-fabricated wind
banes are recommended. See Fig. 10 for dimensions of the
field-fabricated wind baffles.

A value

Service Test-+HMZR-+CRC (Cool-Reheatl Valve Test)
A value of On will turn on the CRC relay. This will energize
RH1.A and RH1.B.
Set'vice Test-+HMZR-+RHV.A
(Reheat2 Valve A Test)
A value of On will turn on the RH2.A valve.
Setwice
Test-+HMZR-+RHV.B
(Reheat2
_alve
B,C
Test)
A value of On will turn on the RH2.B valve.
Service Test-+Fans-+OFC.1 (Outdoor Fan 1 Test)
Turn on
OFC1, providing power to the Motonnaster,¢9 controller.
Outdoor fans 1 and 4 will operate under the control of the
Motonnaster controller.

Table 42 -- Control Modes with Humidi-MiZer System
Output and Valve States versus Circuit Mode .x = Circuit A or B identifier
DEMAND AND MODE
Space
Humidity

OUTPUTS

Circuit
Cooling
Demand

Circuit
Mode

VALVES

Circuit

Cooling-Reheat

Reheat2

Indoor Fan
(IDF)

Compressor
(CMP.x)

Control
(CRC)*

Valve
(RH2.x)

RHI,x Valve
3-way

RH2.x Valve
2-way

No power

OFF

Off

Off (closed)

Low

Off

Per control
ventilation

OFF

Off

Off (closed)

Low

Yes

Coot

OFF

Off

Off (ctosed)

High

Yes

Reheat1

OFF

Off (closed)

High

Reheat2

On (open)

*NOTE: One CRC state for all circuits per space humidity.

\
\\\

\\\\

\\\\\\\\\\
\

_\\\\\

\\\

\\\\\\\\\
\

8
_9

PLACES
PLACES

ON 020

O_ 628

Et_CHS_E

Fig. 10-

Wind Baffle Dimensions

relnove contaminants and CO 2generated by sources other than
people. The ECMN should be set to an economizer position
that brings in enough flesh air to remove contaminants and
CO2 generated by all sources including people. The ECMN
value is the design value for maximum occupancy.
The ComJbrtLink control will begin to open the damper
tiom the AQ.MNposition when the IAQ level begins to exceed
the Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ) level by a configurable
mnount. This amount is referred to as AQ Differential Low
((bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+AQD.L).
When the differential
between IAQ and OAQ reaches AQ Differential High
((bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+AQD.H),
the economizer position
will be ECMN. When the IAQ/OAQ difl'erential is between
AQD.L and AQD.H, the control will modulate the damper
bewveen AQ.MN and EC.MN in a linear manner as shown in
Fig. 11. The damper position wilt never exceed the bounds
specified by AQ.MN and EC.MN during IAQ control.
IA.(T = 2 (Override IAQ)
When IA.(T = 2, the IAQ
algorithm
maintains
the damper
at
(bnfiguration
-+AIR.Q-+ECMN until the override condition triggers. The
override triggers when the IAQ/OAQ differential is reeater
than Configumtion-+AIR.Q-+AQD.H.
The override position
is Configuration-+AIR.Q_OVR.P
(Economizer Override
Position). The economizer position will return to ECMN
when the IAQ/OAQ differential is less than (bnfiguration
-+AIR. Q-+A QD.L .
The Override algorithm will operate whenever the building
is occupied and the indoor tan is operating or whenever the
IAQ algoritban has caused the indoor tan to operate. The
configuration IA.FN determines whether or not the IAQ atgurithm can turn on the indoor fan.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) -- The (7omfbrtLinkTM control has the capability for several methods of demand ventilation control, hldoor air quality is typically measured using a
CO2 sensor whose measurelnents are displayed in parts per million (ppm). Outdoor air quality may be measured with a CO2
sensor for indoor-outdoor differential demand ventilation
control, or with other sensor types for the outdoor air lockout
function. The factory-installed indoor air quality CO2 sensor is
mounted in the return section. A field-installed indoor air
quality CO2 sensor may be mounted in the retum or directly in
the occupied space, per job requirements. The indoor air quality
modes of operation can be afl_cted by configurations for iMoor
air quality sensor (Conftguration-+AIR. Q-+IA. CF), indoor air
quality switch ((bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+IZCF),
outdoor air
quality sensor (Configuration-+AIR.Q_OA.CF)
and other
related fan madlimit configurations as described below.
IAQ (Analog Input)
The ComfbrtLink TM control is configured tbr indoor air quality sensors which provide 4 to
20 mA for 0 to 2000 ppm. If a sensor has a diflhent range,
the ppm display range must be reconfigured by entering new
values for (bnfiguration-+AIR.Q-+L4M
and (bnfiguration -+AIR. Q -+L2OM.
IA. (T = 0 (No IAQ)
IA. (T = 0 signifies that there is
no IAQ sensor installed. The damper will operate at the
Configumtion-+AIR.Q-+ECMN
position when the space is
occupied and the indoor t_aaa
is on.
1A. CF = 1 (DCV)
When Lt.(T = 1, the IAQ algoritban is
set tbr Demand Control Ventilation (DCV). During DCV, the
damper modulates between two user confignrations depending
upon the relationship bewveen the IAQ and the Outdoor Air
Quality (OAQ). The lower of these two positions is referred to
as the Minimmn IAQ Damper Position (Configuration
-+AIR.Q-+AQ.MN) while the higher is referred to as Economizer Minhnum Position (ECMN). The AQ.MN should be set
to an economizer position that brings in enough fiesh air to

If the indoor tan is not operating, the economizer position
will be zero. If the oven-ide is not active and the building
is unoccupied, the economizer position will be zero.
The damper position may exceed (bnfigumtion-+AIR.Q
49

---_ECMN
or Configuration---_AIR.Q_OVR.P
to provide
economizer cooling.
IA.CF = 3 (Control Minilnmn Position)
When IA.CF =
3, an external 4 to 20 mA somce is used to set the minilnum
position. The 4 mA signal corresponds to 0% and the 20 mA
signal corresponds to 100%. In this mode, confignrations such
as Configutvttion---_AIR.Q---_EC.MN and Configuration---_
AIR. Q---_AQ.MN are not used.
If the indoor fian is not operating, the economizer position
will be zero. The damper position may exceed the economizer
minilnum position to provide economizer cooling.
IAQ (Switch Input)
Indoor air quality can also be lneasured
using a switch input. For the purpose of speci_ing the type of
switch input, low CO2 levels are considered normal. ]?he IAQ
switch input is defined by the configuration by Configuration
---_AIR.Q---_ILCF IAQ Level (Switch Input). Enthalpy and
IAQ are controlled by the saane switch input and therefore they
calmot be used simultaneously.
Configuration---_AIR.()---_IL(T
= 0 (No IAQ)
ThelLCF
= 0 confignration signifies that there is no IAQ switch input.
The damper will operate at the EC.MN position when the
space is occupied and the indoor fan is on.
Configuration---_AIR.Q---_IL CF = 1 (DCV NO) or IL CF = 2
The Demand Control Ventilation (DCV) allows
the economizer minimum position to be decreased when there
is no IAQ probleln. If IAQ is lo,a; the economizer minilnmn
position is Minilnum IAQ Dmnper Position ((bnfigumtion
_AIIL Q--+AQ.M?€). If IAQ is high, the economizer minilnmn
position is the Economizer Minilnmn Position ((bnfiguration
-->AIR.Q-->ECM?€).
Configuration---_AIR.Q---_IL(T
= 3 (Override NO) or
IL (T = 4 (Override NC)
The damper override function
permits absolute positioning of the economizer damper for
ventilation purposes. The ovenide is active when IAQ is
high and inactive when IAQ is low. The override position
is configurable by the configuration by (bnfigumtion
_AIR.Q_OVR.P
(Economizer Override Position).

OUTDOOR
AIR QUALITY
(Analog
Input)
The
ComJbrtLink control is configured for outdoor air quality sensors which provide 4 to 20 mA for 0 to 2000 ppm. If a sensor
has a different range, the ppm display range must be reconfigured by enteI_lg new values for (bnfiguration---_AIR.Q
_0. 4M and (bn figuration--+AIR.
Q _0.2(131.
Con[iguration---_AIR.Q_OA.(T
signifies there is no outdoor
value of OAQ is 400 ppm.

= 0 (No OAQ)
This
air sensor installed. The delhult

Con[iguration---_AIR.Q_OA.(T
= 1 (DCV)
The outdoor
air quality sensor analog input is for the value of OAQ.
Con[iguration---_AIR.Q_OA.(T
= 2 (OAQ Lockout)
The outdoor air quality sensor analog input is only used to lock
out the outdoor ventilation. The economizer colrnnanded position is set to 0% when the ppm exceeds the OAQ lockout value
configured tbr Configumtion---_AIR.Q_OAQ.L.
The dethult
value of OAQ.L is 600 ppm.
FAN ENABLE (Analog IAQ Sensor)
The DCV algoritban
will operate whenever the building is occupied and the indoor fan
is operating or whenever the IAQ algoritban has caused the
indoor fro1 to operate. The configuration
Configuration
---_AIR.Q---_IA.FN (Fan Enable tbr IAQ), determines whether or
not the IAQ algorithm can turn on the indoor tSal.ff the indoor I'm1
is not operating, the economizer position wilt be zero. The dmnper
position may exceed Configumtion---_AIR.Q---_ECMN
to provide eccmomizer cc×_ling.
Con[iguration---_AIR.
Q---_IA.FN = O (Never)
When lA.FN
= 0, the IAQ algoritban can never turn on the fmL
Configumtion---_AIR.Q---_IA.FN=
1 (Occupied)
When
IA.FN=
1, the IAQ algorithln will turn on the indoor fan
whenever the building is occupied and IAQ/OAQ differential
is geater than the configuration
Configumtion---_AIR.Q---_
DEON (Fan On AQ Differential). The indoor fma wilt rum off
when the IAQ/OAQ differential is less than the configuration
Configuration --+AIR. Q--+DEOF (Fan Off AQ Differential).

ECONOMIZER
MINIMUM
DAMPER
POSITION

(EC.MN)

MINIMUM
IAQ
DAMPER
POSITION

(AO.MN)

lOO
AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
LOW (AQD.L)

700

AQ
DIFFERENTIAL
HIGH

(AQD.H)

Fig. 11 -- IAQ Control
50

INSIDE/OUTSIDE

CO 2 DIFFERENTIAL

Compensated mode wilt stay on until the unit goes into the
Occupied mode. The Start Bias Time will be written into the
CCN Linkage Equipment Table if the unit is controlled in DAV
mode. If the Unoccupied Economizer Free Cool mode is active
when temperature compensated start begins, the Unoccupied
Free Coot mode will be stopped.

Configuration--+AIR.Q--+IA.FN=
2 (Always)
The indoor
tan performance for IA.FN = 2 is the sane as the perforlnance
when IA.FN = 1 except the algorithm is not limited to occupied periods only. The fan can be triggered on ,ahen the space
is occupied or unoccupied.
FAN ENABLE (IAQ Switch Input)
The DCV algorithm
will operate whenever the building is occupied and the indoor
tan is operating or the whenever the IAQ algorithm has caused
the indoor tan to operate. The configuration
Configuration
--->AIR.Q-->ILFN (IAQ Switch Input Fan CFG) determines
whether or not the IAQ algorithin can turn on the indoor fan.
If the indoor fan is not operating, the economizer position
will be zero. The dalnper position may exceed (bnfiguration
--->AIR.Q-->EC.MN to provide economizer cooling.

Carrier
Comfort
Network®
(CCN) Configuration -- It is possible to confignre the ComJortLink TM control
to participate as an element of the Can-ier Comtbrt Network
(CCN) system directly fiom the local display. This section will
deal with explaining the various pro m_mrnnableoptions which
are found under the CCN sub-menu in the Conti_ration mode.
The major confignrations for CCN pro_amming are
located in the local displays at Configuration_,CCN.
See
Appendix A.
CCN Address (C(DC]A)
This configuration is the CCN address the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Bus Number (CCN.B)
This confi_ration
is the
CCN bus the rooftop is assigned.
CCN Baud Rate (BAUD)
This configuration is the CCN
baud rate.

Configuration-->AIR.Q-->II.FN
= 0 (Never)
When ILFN
= 0, the IAQ algorithin can never turn on the tan.
Configuration-->AIR.Q-->II.FN=
1 (Occupied)
When
ILFN = 1, the IAQ algorithm will turn on the indoor fan whenever the building is occupied and IAQ is high. The indoor thn
will mrn offif IAQ reams to nonnat.
(bnfiguration-->AIR.Q-->II.FN=
2 (Abvays)
The indoor
thn performance for ILFN = 2 is the sane as the performance
when ILFN = 1 except the algorithin is not limited to occupied
periods only. The tan can be triggered on when the space is
occupied or unoccupied.

CCN Time/Date Broadcast (BROD--+B.TIM)
If this confignration is set to ON, the control will periodically send the
time and date out onto the CCN bus once a lninute. If this
device is on a CCN newvork then it will be important to make
sure that only one device on the bus has this confignration set
to ON. If more than one time broadcaster is present, pmblelns
with the time will occur.

Temperature
Compensated
Start -- This logic is
used when the unit is in the unoccupied state. The control will
calculate early Start Bias time based on Space Temperature
deviation tiom the occupied cooling and heating set points.
This wilt allow the control to start the unit so that the space is at
coMitioned
levels when the occupied period starts. This is
required for ASHRAE 90.1 compliance. This control function
requires a valid occupancy schedule. A space sensor is required
for non-linkage applications.

NOTE: Only the time and date broadcaster can perform
daylight savings time adjustlnents. Even if the rooftop is stand
alone, the user may ,a_antto set this to ON to accolnplish the
daylight/savings function.
CCN OAT Broadcast (BROD--+B.OAI)
If this confignration is set to ON, the control will periodically broadcast its
outside-air telnperamre at a rate of once every 30 minutes.
Global Schedule Broadcast (BROD--+B.GS)
If this configuration is set to ON and the schedule nmnber (S(TL.N) is between 65 and 99, then the control will broadcast the internal
time schedule once evelT 2 minutes.
CCN Broadcast Acknowledger (BROD-->B.ACIG
If this
confignration is set to ON, then when any broadcasting is done
on the bus, this device will respond to and ackalowledge. Only
one device per bus can be configured tbr this option.

SETTING UP THE SYSTEM
The settings for temperature compensated
start can be found in the bcal display uMer
Configuration -->UNIT.
ITEM

EXPANSION

TCS.C
TCS.H

Temp.Cmp.Strt.Cool
Temp.Cmp.Strt.Heat

Factrl0-60
Factr 10- 60

Imin
I min

ITCSTCOOL
ITCSTHEAT

Temp Comp Strt Cool Factr (TC£O
This is the factor for
the start time bias equation for cooling.
Temp Lamp Strt Heat Factr (T(A£//)
This is the i_actorfor
the start time bias equation for heating.
NOTE: Temperature compensated start is disabled when these
factors are set to 0.
TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED START LOGIC
The
following conditions must be met for the algorithin to an:
• Unit is in unoccupied state.
• Next occupied time is valid.
• Current time of day is valid.
• Valid space temperature reading is available (sensor or
CCN network).
The algorithm will calculate a Start Bias time in minutes using the following equations:
If (space temperature > occupied cooling set point)
Start Bias Time (space temperature occupied cooling set
point)* TCS.C
If (space temperature < occupied heating set point)
Start Bias Time
(occupied heating set point
space
temperature) *T(_'S.H
When the Start Bias Time is greater than zero the algorithm
will subtract it from the next occupied time to calculate the new
start time. When the new start time is reached, the Temperature
Compensated Start mode is set, the tan is started a11dthe unit
controlled as in an occupied state. Once set, Temperature

Schedule Number (SCH.O_NCH.N)
This confignration
determines what schedule the control may follo,a:
SCH.N 0
The control is always occupied.
SCH.N
1
The control follows its internal time schedules. The user may enter any nmnber
between 1 and 64 but it wilt be overwritten
to "1" by the control as it only has one
internal schedule.
SCH.N 65-99 The control is either set up to receive to a
broadcasted time schedule set to this nmnber
or the control is set up to broadcast its internal thne schedule (B.GS) to the newvork and
this is the global schedule nmnber it is
broadcasting. If this is the case, then the control still tbllows its internal time schedules.
Accept Global Holidays? (SCH.O--->HOL.G)
If a device
is broadcasting the time on the bus, it is possible to accept the
time yet not accept the global holiday tiom the broadcast
message.
Override Time Limit (SCH.O_OV.TL)
This configuration allows the user to decide how long an override occurs
when it is initiated. The ovemde may be confignred tiom 1 to
4 hours. If the time is set to 0, the override function will
become disabled.
51

Timed Override Hours (SCH.O_OV.EX)
This displays
the current number of hours left in an override. It is possible to
cancel an override in pr%mess by writing "0" to this variable,
thereby relnoving the override time left.
SPY Override Enabled? (SCH.O_OV.SP)
Ifa space sensor is present, then it is possible to ovm_ide an unoccupied
period by pushing the override button on the T55 or T56
sensor. This option allows the user to disable tNs function by
setting this configuration to NO.

ALARM RELAY OUTPUT
The alarm relay output is a
nonnalty open 24 vac output between field connection terminal
board terminals C and X. Selection of which alerts and alarms
will result in dosing of the alarm relay may be set in the Alarm
Relay Configuration ((bnfiguration -+ALM.O). Setting a configuration to YES will result in the alarm output relay, ALRM,
status of ON and 24 vac between C and X when that particular
condition is in an atann state. Setting a configuration to NO
will result in no action by the alarm output relay for that particular condition.

Alarm Handling
-- There are a variety of difl'erent alerts
and alarms in the system. Alerts are indicated by Tnnn (where
nnn is the alert number) on the display and generally simnify
that the improperly functioning circuit can restart without human interaction. If an alarm occurs, indicated by Annn (where
nnn is the alarm number), the dumaged circuit will generally
not restart without an alarm reset via the Serolling Marquee
display or CCN.
The response of the control system to various alerts and
alarms depends on the seriousness of the particular alert or
atann. In the mildest case, an alert does not affect the operation
of the unit in any manner. An alert can also cause a "strike." A
"striking" alert will cause the circuit to shut do,a_ for 15 minutes. This feature reduces the likelihood of False atanns causing
a properly working system to be shut down incorrectly. If three
strikes occur before the circuit has an opportunity to show that
it can function properly, the circuit will be deactivated, causing
the shutdown alarm for that particular circuit. Once activated,
the shutdown alarm can only be cleared via an alarm reset.
Howevei; circuits with strikes wilt be given an opportunity
to reset their strike counter to zero. As discussed above, a strike
typically causes the circuit to shut do,a_. Fifteen minutes later,
that circuit will once again be allowed to ran. If the circuit is
able to run for 1 minute, its replacmnent circuit will be allowed
to shut down (if not required to mn to satisfy requested stages).
However, the "troubled, circuit must mn continuously for
a user defined time ((bnfiguration _'OOL--+RST.. 0 with no
detectable problems before the strike counter will be reset to
zero. DeFault value is 5 lninutes.

NOTE: An accessory filter switch can be used along with the
alarm relay output function to indicate dirty filter service need.
See the Troubleshooting section tbr more information on
viewing, diamaosing, and clearing alerts and alarms.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The Scrolling Marquee display shows the actual operating
coMitions of the unit while it is running. If there are alarms or
there have been atanns, they will be displayed in either the
current alarm list or the history alarm list. See Table 43. The
Sela_iceTest mode allows proper operation of the compressors,
tans, and other components to be checked while the unit is not
operating. See Sea:ice Test on page 36.
Complete
Unit Stoppage
-- There are several coMitions that can cause the unit not to provide heating or cooling:
• If an alarm is active which causes the unit to shut do,a_,
diagnose the problem using the information provided in
Alarms and Alerts section below.
• Cooling and heating loads are satisfied.
• Programmed occupancy schedule.
• General power t;aihire.
• Tripped CB1, CB2, or CB3 (24-volt transformer circuit
breakers).
• Blown fuse (FU1 or FU2)
• Unit is turned offthrough the CCN network.
• If supply-air temperature is less than the Minimmn SAT
Lower Level (SAT.L) configuration value, unit cannot
cool.
• If outdoor-air temperature is less than the Compressor
Lockout Temperature (CA.LO, CB.LO, (_'.LO) configuration value, unit cannot cool.
• If outdoor-air temperature is greater than the Heating
Lockout Temperature (HT..LO) configuration value, unit
cannot heat.

CCN ALARM BROADCAST
Operators of CCN networks might not want to be notified of "striking" alerts for
refiigerant circuits until the circuit has been shut do,a_ due to
3 strikes. Set the cooling configuration of Alert Each Strike
((bnfiguration4DOL--_ALM.N
on display, ALM NOW
on CCN) to YES to broadcast each circuit strike alert. Set Alert
Each Strike to NO to broadcast only circuit shut down. Alert
Each Strike configuration is ignored during Sel_TiceTest and all
alerts are broadcast. The default is YES.

Table 43 -- ComfortLink
ALARM OR
ALERT
NUMBER
T051

DESCRIPTION

Compressor

A1 Safety Trip

Compressor

A1 Current

Compressor
Compressor
Compressor

B1 Safety Trip

Compressor

B1 Current Detected

T059

Compressor

T064

Compressor Cl Current Detected After Turnoff
Circuit A Saturated Condensing Tamp Thermistor
Failure

T052

T055

Alarm Codes

ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL

RESET
METHOD

PROBABLE

Add Strike for Circuit A

Automatic

errorHigh-pressure
switch open Compressor

Turn off all compressors

Automatic

Welded

A2 Safety Trip

Add Strike for Circuit A

Automatic

High pressure
Wiring
error.

A2 Current Detect After Turnoff

Turn off all compressors

Automatic

Welded

Detected

After Turnoff

Safety Trip

T065

Circuit B Saturated
Failure

Condensing

TO73

Outdoor Air Temperature

TO74

Space Temperature

TO75

Supply Air Temperature

Tamp Thermistor

Thermistor

Failure

Thermistor

Failure

TO76

Return Air Thermistor

Failure

TO77

Space Relative Humidity

TO8O

Circuit C Saturated
Failure

T092

Circuit A Suction Pressure

Transducer

Failure

T093

Circuit B Suction Pressure

Transducer

TfOl

Circuit C Suction

Pressure Transducer

Sensor

Condensing

Failure
Tamp Thermistor

Compressor

A1 Current

Sensor

Failure

open. Wiring

switch open. Compressor

internal

protection

open.

contactor

Add Strike for Circuit B

Automatic

errorHigh-pressure
switch open Compressor

Automatic

Welded

internal protection

open. Wiring

Add Strike for Circuit C

Automatic

High-pressure
error

internal protection

open. Wiring

Turn off all compressors

Automatic

Welded contactor
Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor
connection.

caused by wiring error or faose

contactor
switch open Compressor

Use OAT to control Outdoor fans

Automatic

Use OAT to control Outdoor fans

Automatic

Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor
connection.

caused by wiring error or faose

Automatic

Fauity, shorted, or open thermistor
connection.

caused by wiring error or loose
caused by wiring error or loose

Automatic

Fauity, shorted, or open thermistor
connection.

No cooling with economizer

No cooling with economizer and
No adaptive compressor
staging

Automatic

Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor
connection.

caused by wiring error or loose

If RAT.S = Yes, then
no return air display

Automatic

Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor
connection.

caused by wiring error or loose

If RH.S = Yes, then no
indoor humidity control

Automatic

Faulty sensor or wiring error

Use OAT to control Outdoor fans

Automatic

Faulty, shorted, or open thermistor
connection.

caused by wiring error or faose

Shutdown

Circuit A

Manual

Faulty transducer,

faulty 5-V power supply, or loose connection

Failure

Shutdown

Circuit B

Manual

Faulty transducer,

faulty 5-V power supply, or loose connection

Failure

Shutdown

Circuit C

Manual

Faulty transducer,

faulty 5-V power supply, or loose connection

If CS.A1
T051
If CS.A2
T052

T102

= Enable, then no
current alarm
= Enable, then no
current alarm

Automatic

Faulty current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection

Compressor

A2 Current Sensor

Failure

Automatic

Fauity current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection

T103

Compressor

B1 Current Sensor

Failure

If CS.B1 = Enable, then no
T055 current alarm

Automatic

Fauity current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection

T104

Compressor

C1 Current

Sensor Failure

If CSC1 = Enable, then no
T059 current alarm

Automatic

Faulty current sensor caused by wiring error or loose connection

TI 10

Circuit A Loss of Charge

Shutdown

Circuit A

Manual

Low refrigerant

or faulty suction

pressure

transducer

TI 11

Circuit B Loss of Charge

Shutdown

Circuit B

Manual

Low refrigerant

or faulty suction

pressure

transducer

T126

Circuit A High Refrigerant

Pressure

Shutdown

Circuit A

Automatic

T127

Circuit B High Refrigerant

Pressure

Shutdown

Circuit B

Automatic

T133

Circuit A Low Refrigerant

Pressure

Add Strike for Circuit A

Automatic

T134

Circuit B Low Refrigerant

Pressure

Add Strike for Circuit B

Automatic

T140

Circuit C Loss of Charge

T141

Circuit C Low Refrigerant

Pressure

Add Strike for Circuit C

T142

Circuit C High Refrigerant

Pressure

T143

Circuit A Failure To Pressurize

Add Strike for Circuit A

T144

Circuit B Failure To Pressurize

T145

Circuit C Failure To Pressurize

T153

Real Timeclock

A154

Serial BBPROM

Hardware
Storage

An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high-pressure switch
An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high-pressure switch
Low refrigerant

charge,

Shutdown

Hardware

charge,

dirty filters, evaporator

fan turning bacle_vards,

loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air. or stuck open economizer when the ambient fam_erature is low.
Low refrigerant

or faulty suction

pressure

transducer

Low refrigerant charge, dirty fi]fars, evaporator fan turning backwards,
loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air. or stuck open economizer when the ambient fam_erature is faw.

Automatic

An overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with
dirty outdoor coil, plugged filter drier, or a faulty high-pressure switch

Automatic

Wiring causing reverse rotation

or faulty compressor

Add Strike for Circuit B

Automatic

Wiring causing reverse rotation

or faulty compressor

Add Strike for Circuit C
No time and date
schedule operation

Automatic

Wiring causing reverse rotation

or faulty compressor

Automatic

No time/date

Unit Shutdown

Automatic

Software

failure or MBB failure

Failure

Circuit C

Critical Serial

EEPROM

A157

AJD Hardware

Failure

A163

Circuit A Down Due to Failure

Shutdown

Circuit A

Manual

Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another

alarm

A164

Circuit B Down Due to Failure

Shutdown

Circuit B

Manual

Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another

alarm

A165

Circuit C Down Due to Failure

Shutdown

Circuit C

Manual

Circuit has 3 strikes or has been locked out by another

alarm

T179

Loss of Board
communication
Control

with the Economizer

No economizer

operation

Automatic

Communication

wiring problem with BCB or faulty MBB or BCB

with the Economizer

No economizer

operation

Automatic

Communication

wiring problem with actuator

Automatic

Smoke detected

T180

Loss of communication
Actuator
Fire Shutdown

T408

Dirty Filter

Automatic

Software

failure or MBB failure

Unit Shutdown

Automatic

Software

failure or MBB failure

Unit Shutdown

Automatic

Software

failure or MBB failure

failure, or MBB failure

Serial BBPROM

Fail Error

errors

software

T155

Storage

Unit operation

configured,

A156

A404

Failure Error

Manual

fan turning backwards,

Automatic

Shutdown

Failure

Circuit C

dirty filters, evaporator

loose or broken fan belt, plugged filter drier, faulty transducer, excessively cold return air. or stuck open economizer when the ambient fam_erature is low.
Low refrigerant

Unit Shutdown

Automatic
If IDF.F = YES,

Dirty Filter

then Manual,
othe/_vise
automatic
If IDF.F = YES,
then Manual,
othel_vise
automatic

Bad Fan Status Switch.
Configuration incorrect

Fan Status Switch ON, Contactor

OFF

If ]DFF = Yes,
then Unit Shutdown

Fan Status Switch OFF, Contactor

If ]DFF = Yes,
then Unit Shutdown

LEGEND
---

Economizer
Control Board
Integrated Gas Controller

MBB
OAT

---

by smoke detector

T409

ECB
IGC

internal protection

contactor

Turn off all compressors

If U.CTL = 3, then no
heating or coofing

Failure

CAUSE

Main Base Board
Outdoor-Air Thermistor

Tripped Circuit Breaker
Broken belt.
Bad indoor fan motor.
Configuration incorrect. Bad fan status switch

Table 43 -- ComfortLink
ALARM OR
ALERT
NUMBER
T410

DESCRIPTION
R-Wf Jumper

Not InstNled

R-Wf Jumper
Service Test

Must Be Installed to Run Heat In

in Space Temp Mode

T411

Thermostat
Activated

Y2 Input Activated

T412

Thermostat
Activated

W2 Input Activated

T413

Thermostat Y and W Inputs Activated
Simultaneously

T414

without
without

Yt
Wl

Economizer

Damper Actuator

Out of Calibration

Economizer
Limit

Damper

Actuator

Torque Above Load

Economizer

Damper Actuator

Hunting Excessivel_

Economizer
Economizer

Damper Stuck or Jammed
Damper Actuator MechanicN

Economizer
Wrong

Damper Actuator

Direction

Alarm Codes (cont)

ACTION TAKEN
BY CONTROL

RESET
METHOD

PROBABLE

UnaNe to run heat

Automatic

Vlissing jumper wire

UnaNe to Test Heat Outputs

Automatic

Vlissing jumper wire

Run unit as if Y2 and Yt are On

Automatic

3ad Thermostat

or Thermostat

Wiring

Run unit as if W2 and W1 are On

Automatic

3ad Thermostat

or Thermostat

Wiring

Run unit in mode activated first

Automatic

3ad Thermostat

or Thermostat

Alert Generated

Automatic

Dalibrate economizer
s limiting economizer

Alert Generated

Automatic

Actuator load too high

Alert Generated

Automatic

Damper position changing

Alert Generated

Automatic

Alert Generated

Automatic

_o economizer
Dheck actuator

Failure

Switch

(E.CAL).
rotation.

CAUSE

Wiring
If proNem

Check damper

stiN exist then determine

what

load.

too quickly

motion Check damper blades, gears,
and replace if necessary

and actuator.

Alert Generated

Automatic

Actuator direction

T415

IAQ Input Out of Range

No IAQ Operations

Automatic

3ad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured

incorrectly.

T416

OAQ Input Out of Range

No OAQ Operations

Automatic

3ad sensor, bad wiring, or sensor configured

incorrectly.

control switch (CCW, CW) wrong.

LEGEND
ECB
IGC

---

Economizer Control Board
integrated Gas Controller

MBB
OAT

---

Main Base Board
Outdoor-Air Thermistor

Alarms---_R.HIST (Reset Alarm History)
Change to YES
to reset the atann history. Turning unit power offwitl not reset
the alarm history.
Alarms+CURR
(Currently Active Alarms)
Use the ENTER key, then scroll through any alarm numbers using the up
and down arrow keys. Alarms are displayed in numerical order.
Alarms---,*HIST(AtarmHistory)
Use the ENTER key,
then scroll through any atann numbers using the up and down
arrow keys. Up to 20 alarms are displayed in order of occurrence, with time and date.
The description for an atann can be viewed on the Scrolling
Marquee display by pressing ESCAPE and ENTER keys
simultaneously while displaying the alarm code number. Be
sure to expand description for each code, because in some
cases there are different possible descriptions and causes for
the same code number.
DIAGNOSTIC
ALARM
CODES AND POSSIBLE
CAUSES

Restart ProcedureBefore attempting to restart the
machine, check the alarm list to determine the cause of the shut
down. It"the shutdown alarm for a particular control function
has occurred, determine and correct the cause before allowing
the unit to run under its own control again. When there is problem, the unit should be diamlosed in Service Test mode. The
ataxms must be reset before the control function can operate in
either Normal mode or Service Test mode.
Control

Module

Communication

RED LED
Proper operation of the MBB and ECB control
boards can be visually checked by looking at the red status
LEDs. When operating correctly, the red status LEDs should
blink in unison at a rate of once every 2 seconds. If the red LED
on the ECB is not blinking, check the DIP switch positions on
the board. If the red LEDs are not blinking in unison, verify that
correct power is being supplied to all modules. Also, be sure that
the board is supplied with the current software. If necessary, reload current sotBvare. A board LED that is lit continuously or
blinking at a rate of once per second or thster indicates that the
board should be replaced.

Alert Codes T051, T052, T055 and T059 (Compressor
Safetxl
Alert codes T051, T052, T055, and T059 are tbr
compressors A1, A2, B1, and C1, respectively, These alerts
occur when the Current Sensor (CS) does not detect compressor current during compressor operation. When this occurs, the
control turns oit'the compressor and logs a strike for the respective circuit. These alerts reset automatically.
The possible causes are:
1. Hi,l-pressure switch (HPS) open. The HPS is wired in
series with compressor relays on the MBB. If the highpressure switch opens during compressor operation, the
compressor stops, and the CS no longer detects current,
causing the control to activate this alert.
2. Compressor internal protection is open.
3. Wiring error. A wiring error might not allow the compressor to start.
To check out alerts T051, T052, T055, and T059:

GREEN LED
The MBB and ECB each have one green
LED. The Local Equipment Network (LEN) LED should always be blinking whenever power is on. If LEN LED is not
blinking, check LEN connections for potential colrnnunication
errors (J3 and J4 connectors). Colrnnunication between
modules is accomplished by a 3-wire sensor bus. These 3 wires
run in parallel tiom module to module. The J4 connector on the
MBB also provides both power and colrnnunication directly to
the Scrolling Marquee display.
YELLOW LED
The MBB Ms one yellow LED which is
used to indicate CCN communication activity. The Carrier
Comfort Network,_R)(CCN) LED will blink during times of
network communication.
Alarms and Alerts
VIEWING AND CLEARING UNIT ALARMS
Presence
of active alarms will be indicated on the Serolling Marquee display by the Atann Status light turning on and by the number of
active alarms being displayed in the automatic View of Run
Status. Presence of active alarms may also be sLmmledon the
Atann Output terminals. Each alarm may also be broadcast on
the CCN network. Active alarms and past atann history can be
reviewed and cleared via the local display or a CCN device.
The following menu locations are used for the local display:
Alarms---_R.CURR (Reset All Current Alarms)
Change to
YES to reset all active alarms. Turning unit power offwill also
reset all current alarms.

1. Turn on the compressor in question using Service Test
mode. It"the compressor does not start, then most likely
the problem is one of the following: HPS open, open
internal protection, incorrect safety wiring, or incorrect
compressor wiring.
2. If the compressor starts, verii_ that the indoor and outdoor tans are operating properly,
3. If the CS is always detecting current, then veri_ that the
compressor is on. If the compressor is on, check the contactor and the relay on the MBB. If the compressor is oil"

andthereis nocurrent,
verilyCSwiringandreplace
if
necessary.
4. Return
toNormalmodeandobsmTe
compressor
operationtoverifythatcompressor
current
sensor
is working
andcoMenser/hns
areenergized
aftercompressor
starts.

240 F (40 to 116 C). This alert wilt only occur if the unit is
confimlred for a return air sensor. There is no control action as
a result of this alert. This alert resets automatically. The cause
of the alert is usually a thulty thennistoi; a shorted or open
thennistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T077 (Space Relative Humidit¥ Sensor Failure)
This alert occurs when the input is less than 3.5 mA and the
sensor is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This
alert clears automatically.
Alert Code T080 (Condensin_ Temp. Failure)
See Alert
T064.

Alert Codes T051. T052, T055 and T059 (Current Detected
After TurnofI)
Alert codes T051, T052, T055, and T059
are for compressors A1, A2, B1, and C1, respectively. These
alerts occur when the Current Sensor (CS) detects current
when the compressor should be off'.When this occurs, the control turns off all of the compressors. Use the Scrolling Marquee
to reset the alert.

Alert Codes T092, T093, T101 (Suction Pressure Transducer
Failure)
Alert codes T092, T093, and T101 are for circuits
A, B and C, respectively. These alerts occur when the pressure
is outside the range 0.5 to 134.5 psig. A circuit cannot mn
when this alert is active. Use the Scrolling Marquee to reset the
alarm. The cause of the alert is usually a thulty transducer,
thulty 5-v power supply, or a loose connection.
Alert Codes T 102, T 103, and T 104 (Current Sensor Failure)
Alert codes T102, T103, and T104 are for compressors A1
and A2, B 1, and C1, respectively. These alerts occur when the
output of the current sensor (CS) is a constant high value.
These alerts reset automatically. The cause of the alert is a
wiring error or a loose connection. If the problem calmot be
resolved and the CS board must be replaced, the CS board can
be temporm-ily disabled while securing a replaced board. A CS
board is disabled by setting the corresponding configuration to
DISABLE ( (bnfiguration _'OOL _IR.A _'S.A1, CS.B1
or CS. (7).
Alert Codes Tll0, Tl11, T140 (Loss of Charge)
Alert
codes Tll0, Tlll, and T140 are for circuits A, B and C, respectively. These alerts occur when the compressor is OFF and
the suction pressure is less than 5 psig and OAT is meater than
F for 1 continuous minute. Use the Scrolling Marquee to
reset the alert. The cause of the alert is usually low refrigerant
pressure or a thulty suction pressure. These alerts only occur
when the compressor is OFF because the low refiigerant pressure alarms (alerts T133, T134 and T141) handle this situation
when the compressor is operating.
Alert Codes T126. T127, T142 (High Refi-i_erant Pressure)
Alert codes T126, T127, and T142 axe for circuits A, B, and C,
respectively. These alerts occur when alerts T051, T055, or
T059 are active while the appropriate condensing temperature
is reeater than 150 F. These alerts reset automatically. The
cause of the alert is usually an overcharged system, high outdoor ambient temperature coupled with dirty outdoor coil,
plugged filter drier, or a thulty high-pressure switch. See Alerts
T051, T055 and T059 for diagnostic procedure.
Alert Codes T133, T134, T141 (Low Refiigerant Pressure)
Alert codes T133, T134, and T141 are for circuits A, B and C,
respectively. These alerts occur when the compressor is operating and the evaporating temperature (converted fiom the suction pressure) is less than confi_red low suction control levels,
(bnfiguration_DOL--_gST--agSr.1
(Low Suction
Level 1) or SST.2 (Low Suction
Level 2) or SST.3 (Low
Suction Level 3). The circuit SST value must be less than
SST. 1 for 5 minutes, SST.2 for 3 minutes, or SST.3 for 1.5mthutes for the alert to occur. When the outdoor temperature is less
than 40 E the above values are reduced by an ofl;et that scales
bewveen 0 and 20 as the outdoor temperature goes from 40 to
0° F.An alert will also occur if the circuit SST value is less than
SST.3 5 F for 20 seconds. These alerts cause a strike for the
respective circuit. These alerts will activate when the coil
becomes tiosted. However, during the 15-minute reset period,
the coils will thaw and strike should clear at restart if there is
nothing else ,aTongwith the circuit. The alert resets automatically. The cause of the alert is usually low refiigerant charge, dirty
filters, evaporator fan operating bac_vards, loose or broken
belt, plugged filter driei; thulty transducer, excessively cold

The possible causes are
1. Welded contactor.
2. Frozen compressor relay on MBB.
To check out alerts T051, T052, T055, and T059:
1. Place the unit in Service Test mode. All compressors
should be Ofl_
2. Verify that there is not 24 v at the contactor coil. If there is
24 v at the contactor, check relay on MBB and wiring.
3. Check for welded contactor.
4. Verify CS wiring.
5. Remm to Normal mode and obsm_e compressor operation to verify that compressor current sensor is working
and coMenser i_ansare eneNized after compressor starts.
Alert Codes T064, T065 and T080 (Condensin_ Temp. Failure)
Alert codes T064, T065, and T080 axe for circuits A, B
and C, respectively. These alerts occur when the temperature is
outside the range _40 to 240 F (40 to 116 C). When this
occurs, the control will use only the outdoor temperature to
control the outdoor fans. If both the SCT and OAT tail, then
circuit shutdown alarm will occur also. The cause of the alert is
usually a thulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused
by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T073 (Outdoor Air Temp. Failure)
This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range _40 to 240 F
( 40 to 116 C). For all units, all ambient temperature lockout
fimits for cooling and heating are ignored. For all units, if both
SCT and OAT tail, then circuit shutdown atann will also occur.
For economizer equipped units, the economizer will not
operate to provide cooling. The economizer wilt still operate
for ventilation. For units without Humidi-MiZer TM system, the
control will use coMenser temperatures for outdoor tan control. For Humidi-MiZer system equipped units, the Reheat2
mode will operate at tan level 1. For units with CCH crankcase
heat relay control, the cnmkcase heat relay will be turned on if
any compressor is off" This alert resets automatically. The
cause of the alert is usually a thulty thermistor, a shorted or
open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or a loose connection.
Alert Code T074 (Space Temp. Failure)
This alert occurs
when the temperature is outside the range _40 to 240 F @40 to
116 C). This alert will only occm if the unit control type is confi_red for Space Sensor &ersus Thermostat). Cooling and
heating will not operate. For economizer equipped units, the
economizer will still operate tbr ventilation. This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a thulty
thermistor in the T-55, T-56, or T-58 device, a shorted or open
thermistor caused by a wiring erroi; or a loose connection.
Alert Code T075 (Supply Air Temp. Failure)
This alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range _40 to 240 F
(40 to 116 C). Economizer cooling and adaptive compressor
staNng cannot occur while this atann is active. This alert resets
automatically. The cause of the alert is usually a thulty thermistor, a shorted or open thermistor caused by a wiring error, or
a loose connection.
Alert Code T076 (Return Air Thermistor Failure)
This
alert occurs when the temperature is outside the range _40 to
55

return
air,orstuck
openeconomizer
whentheambient
temperatureislow.
Alert Code T140 (Loss of Charge)
See Alert Tll0.
Alert Code T141 (Low Refrigerant Pressure)
See Alert
T133.
Alert Code T142 (High Refrigerant Pressure)
T126.

See Alert

Alert Codes T 143, T 144, T 145 (Failure to Pressurize)
Alert codes T143, T144, and T145 are for circuits A, B, and C,
respectively. These alerts occur when the compressor turns on
and the suction pressure does not drop 5 psig during the first
15 seconds and the condensing temperature does not rise 5 F
during the first minute. These alerts cause a strike for the
respective circuit. The alert resets automatically. The cause of
the alert is usually compressor wiring causing reverse rotation
or a faulty compressor.
Alert Code T153 (Real Time Clock Hardware Failure)
Time and date functions wilt not operate, such as local occupancy schedules. The RTC clock chip on the MBB is not responding. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement
may be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfimaring the time and date should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Code A154 (Serial EEPROM Hardware Failure)
The unit will completely shut down. The serial EEPROM chip
on the MBB which stores the unit's conliguration is not
responding. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be necessary. Cycling the power to the control
should be tried before board replacement.
Alert Code T 155 (Serial EEPROM Storage Failure Error)
Configuration data in the serial EEPROM chip can not be verified. Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may
be necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfimaring
the control points should be tried before board replacement.
Alarm Code A156 (Critical Serial EEPROM Storage Fail
Error I
The unit will completely shut do,a_. Critical conliguration data in the serial EEPROM chip can not be verified.
Recovery is automatic but MBB board replacement may be
necessary. Cycling power to the control and reconfimlring the
critical control points should be tried before board replacement.
Check the conlimarations for the following critical points:
Cot_figuration _'OOL ---_?¢i
(IR (Number of Circuits)
(bnfiguration _'OOL---_N.A (Compressors on Circuit A)
(bnfiguration_'OOL
_OFC_OFC.3
(OFC.3
Enable,
CCH Disable)
(bnfiguration---_HMZR---_REHT (Humidimizer Equipped)
(bnfigumtion ---_HMZR---_RH.FN (Reheat Fan Control)
Alarm Code A157 (A/D Hardware Failure)
The unit will
completely shut do,a_. The analog to diNtal conversion chip
on the MBB has thited. Recovery is automatic but MBB board
replacement may be necessary. Cycling power to the control
should be tried before board replacelnent.
Alarm Codes A163, A164, A165 (Circuit Failure)
Alarm
codes A163, A164, and A165 are for circuits A, B, and C,
respectively. These alarms occur when a circuit has 3 strikes.
Use the Serolling Marquee display to reset the alarm. Investigate the alarm that caused the strikes to occur.
Alert Code T179 (Com. Failure with ECB)
This alert occurs when the MBB cannot communicate with the ECB. This
is usually caused by a wiring problem. Investigate using the
Low Voltage Schematic.
Alert Code T180 (Com. Failure with Economizer Actuator)
This alert occurs when the MBB cannot communicate with the
Belimo Actuator. This is usually caused by a wiring problem.
Investigate using the Low Voltage Schematic.
Alarm Code A404 (Fire Shutdo,am)
This alarm occurs
when the shutdown input is either open or closed depeMing
56

upon its conlimaration. This alarm is usually caused by an auxiliary device that is trying to shut down the unit, e.g., smoke detector. The confimaration for this switch input can be tbund at
variable Configuration--_U?VlT--_FS.SVK Verify that the configmration is set correct, verify the wiring and auxiliary device.
This alarm resets automatically.
Alert Code T408 (Dirty Air Filter)
This alert occurs when
the Filter Status switch senses a plugged filter tbr 120 continuous
seconds after the indoor tim has been running tbr 10 seconds.
Because the Dirty Air Filter switch can be configured normally
opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. The
conliguration for this switch input can be tbund at variable
Configurotion---_U?vlT---_FL.SV_
Verify that the configuration
is set correct, verify the wiring and tilter slams switch. The hose
should be connected to the low side of the switch. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T409 (Fan Status Switch On, Fan Contactor
Of*)
This alarm occurs when the tan status switch has
sensed that the indoor fan has been on for 10 seconds and the
indoor fan feedback has detennined that the indoor thn should
be oil" Because the Fan Stares switch can be conlimared
nonnalty opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed.
The configuration for this switch input can be found at
Configuration--_UNIT--_FN.SW. Verify that the configuration
is set correctly. Verify the wiring and tan stares switch. The
hose should be connected to the high side of the switch. If the
IDF is configured to shut down the unit when this alarm occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT--->IDEF = YES), then this alarm can
only be reset manually and the unit is shut do,a_. If the IDF is
not configured to shut the unit down when this alarm occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT---_IDEF = NO), then this alarm resets
automatically and no specific control action is taken.
Alert Code T409 (Fan Status Switch Off, Fan Contactor
On)
This alert occurs when the thn status switch has sensed
that the indoor tan has been off for 10 seconds and the indoor
fan feedback has determined that the indoor fma should be on.
Because the Fan Status switch can be configured nonnalty
opened or closed, the switch might be open or closed. The
conli_ration for this switch input can be found at (bnfiguration--_UNIT---_FN.SV_ Verify that the configuration is set
correctly. Verify the wiring mad tan status switch. The hose
should be connected to the high side of the switch. If the IDF is
conligured to shut down the unit down when this alert occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT--->IDEF = YES), then this alarm can
only be reset manually and the unit is shut down. If the IDF is
not conlimared to shut the unit down when this alert occurs
(Configuration---_U?vlT--+IDEF = NO), then this alert resets
automatically and no specific control action is taken.
Alert Code T410 (R-W1 Jmnper Not Installed in Spare
Temp Mode)
This alert occurs when the control mode is
Space Temperature mode via Auto Select or Space Temp
Select yet there is no power to W1. Verify that space temperarare mode is the desired mode or add jumper bevween R mad
W1. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T410 (R-W1 Jmnper Must be Installed to Run
Heat in Selaqce Test)
This alert occurs when a request for a
heat output has occurred yet the Wl input is not high. A jumper
must be installed bewveen R and W1 when trying to test heat in
Sel_qce Test. The alert will clear when Sel_qce Test is exited or
if another Sela_iceTest mode is selected. Remove jumper when
done using Service Test it"the unit is operating with a thermostat. The jumper should only be left in place if the unit is operating with a space temperature probe.
Alert Code T411 (Y2 without Y1)
This alert occurs in
Thermostat mode when Y2 is energized and Y1 is not. Verify
thermostat and thermostat wiring. When Y2 rams On, the software will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both On. When Y2 turns
Oil; the sot_vare will behave as if Y1 and Y2 are both Off'.
This alert resets automatically when Y1 is mined On.

Alert Code T412 (W2 without Wl)
This alert occurs in
Thermostat mode when W2 is energized and Wl is not. Veri_
thermostat and thermostat wiring. When W2 turns On, the software wilt b&ave as if W1 and W2 are both On. When W2
turns Off, the sotgvare will b&ave as ifWl and W2 are both
O1t_This alert resets automatically when W1 is turned On.
Alert Code T413 (Y and W Simultaneously)
This alert
occurs in Thermostat mode when Y1 or Y2 is energized simultaneously with Wl or W2. Verii_ thermostat and thermostat
wiring. The software wilt enter either the cooling or heating
mode depending upon which input mined on first. TNs alert
resets automatically when Y1 and Y2 are not on silnultaneously with W1 and W2.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Out of
Calibration)
This alert occurs when the econolnizer range
of motion is tess than 90 degrees. Initiate economizer calibration (Service Test--yI_P--yE.CAL)
using the Service Test
menu. The economizer calibration procedure wilt try to rind
new maxilnum open and closed positions. If the alert does not
clear automatically after the calibration procedure is complete,
investigate what is limiting economizer rotation. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Torque
Above Load Limit)
This alert occurs when the actuator
load is too high. Investigate to determine what is incaeasing
damper kind. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Huntin_
Excessively)
This alert occurs when the comlnanded
damper position is changing too rapidly. This alert resets
automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Stuck or Jamlned)
This atann occurs when the actuator senses it can no longer
move. Investigate what is stopping the rotation of the actuator
and fix. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Mechanical Failure)
This alert occurs when the actuator senses a
catastrophic thilure. Investigate actuator and replace if necessary. This alert resets automatically.
Alert Code T414 (Economizer Damper Actuator Direction
Switch Wron_ Position)
This alert occurs when the economizer damper direction switch is in the wrong position.
The direction switch should be in the cloclcvviseposition and
the actuator should be mounted so that the CW face of the
actuator is accessible. Correct if necessary. This alert clears
automatically.
Alert Code T415 (IAQ Input Out of Range)
This alert occurs when the IAQ input is less than 3.5 mA and the sensor is
confimlred as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert
clears automatically.
Alert Code T416 (OAO Input Out of Range)
This alert
occurs when the OAQ input is less than 3.5 mA and the sensor
is configured as installed. Check sensor and wiring. This alert
clears automatically.

corrected and cleared, operation of the compressors and fmls
may be verified by using the Sel_qceTest mode (see page 36 and
Table 36). See Table 44 for general cooling sel_qce analysis.
Humidi-MiZer TM Troubleshooting--Use
the unit
Scrolling Marquee display or a CCN device to view the
cooling stares display and the cooling diamlostic display (see
Appendix A) for intbnnation on the cooling operation and the
related Humidi-MiZer operation. Check the current alarms and
alarm history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any
causes (see Table 43). Verii_ any unique control configurations
per installed site requirements or accessories. If ataxln conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the compressors,
fans, and Humidi-Mizer valves may be verified by using the
Selwice Test mode (see page 36 and Table 36). In addition to
general cooling selwice analysis Table 44, see Table 45 for
general Humidi-MiZer sin:ice analysis.
Economizer Troubleshooting
-- Use the unit Scrolling Marquee display or a CCN device to view the economizer
status display and the economizer diagnostic display (see Appendix A) for intbnnation on the economizer operation. Check
the current ataxlns and atarln history tbr any economizer atarln
codes and correct any causes (see Table 43). Verit) any unique
control confi_rations per installed site requirements or accessories. Ifalarlns conditions are corrected and cleared, operation
of the economizer may be verified by using the Service Test
mode (see Sea:ice Test section on page 36 and Table 36). The
following steps specii_ how to test the economizer using
the Scrolling Marquee display. See Table 46 for general economizer selaqce analysis.
1. Enter the Selwiee Test main menu on the display.
2. Enter TESTand mrn ON test mode. A password may be
needed in order to mrn ON the Service Test. The default
password is 1111.
3. Return to the main level of Selwiee Test.
4. Enter the INDP submenu and enter an initial value for
ECON. This will drive the economizer damper to the
specified position. Continue to adjust the E{ON value to
make sure the economizer opens and closes.
5. Because of a mechanical problem with the econolnizei;
the actuator might acquire a new de_ee of rotation
which is less than 90 degrees. If this occurs, a "T414
Economizer Damper Actuator Out of Calibration" alert
will be generated. This alert can only occur it"the economizer is using digital comlnunications ((bnfigumtion
---yE(DN---yE.(TL = 1 or 2). The econolniZer calibration
procedure (Service Test--_IND.P--_E.CAL) will reconfimare the actuator to the new fully closed and fully open
positions. To implement the calibration procedme,
change E.CAL fiom OFF to ON. E.CAL will remain ON
as long as the calibration procedure is being implemented
(as long as 5 minutes). During the calibration procedure
the actuator will close fully and then open fully. After the
calibration is complete, the degree of rotation should be
greater than 90 degrees, causing the T414 alert to clear. If
the T414 alert does not clear, check the economizer
damper for other mechanical problems.
6. Return to Setwiee Test--+TEST and turn OFF test 1node.
This wilt cause the unit to return to normal operation.

Cooling Troubleshooting
-- Use the Scrolling Marquee display or a CCN device to view the coding status display
and the cooling diamlostic display (see Appendix A) for intbrmation on the cooling operation. Check the current alarlns and
atann history for any cooling alarm codes and correct any causes
(see Table 43). Veril_ any unique control conligurations per installed site requirements or accessories. If alarms conditions are

Table 44 -- Cooling
PROBLEM
Compressor

and Fan Will Not Start.

Service Analysis

CAUSE

REMEDY

Power failure.
Fuse btown or circuit breaker tripped
CB3
Disconnect off

Check CB1, CB2, and

Power disconnect.

Compressor time guard to prevent short cycling
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not calting for
Cooling
Outdoor temperature too tow.
Active alarm.
Compressor Cycles (other than
normally satisfying thermostat).

Insufficient line voltage.
Active alarm.

Compressor

Unit undersized

Excessive

Operates Continuously,

Condenser

Pressures.

Suction Pressure Too Low.

for load

Thermostat or occupancy schedute set point too low.
Dirty air fitters.
Low refrigerant charge
Condenser coil dirty or restricted.
Loose condenser thermistors

Condenser air restricted or air short cycling
Restriction in liquid tube.
No Power to contactors.
High heat load
Faulty TXV.

area (low return-air

LEGEND
CB
TXV

---

Scrolling Marquee.
ScroIling Marquee

Check Compressor Lockout Temperature using
ComfortLink ScroIling Marquee.
Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling
Marquee
Determine cause and correct.

Reset thermostat or schedule set point.
Replace filters.
Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and recharge.
Clean coit or remove restriction.
Tighten thermistors.
CIean coil
Recover excess refrigerant
1 Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction
tine and insulate.
2 Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Determine cause and correct.
Remove restriction
Fuse blown or plug at motor loose
Check for sources and eliminate
1 Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction
Iine and insulate.
2 Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Recover excess refrigerant
Replace air fitters.
Check pressure, locate leak, repair, evacuate, and recharge.
1 Check TXV bulb mounting and secure tightly to suction
line and insulate.
2 Replace TXV (and filter drier) if stuck open or closed.
Check belt tension. Check for other restrictions.

Refrigerant overcharged.
Dirty air fitters
Low refrigerant charge
Faulty TXV.

Insufficient evaporator airflow
Temperature too low in conditioned
temperature).

Check using ComfortLink
Check using ComfortLink

Check active alarms using ComfortLink Scrolling
Marquee
Decrease load or increase size of unit.

Dirty condenser coil
Refrigerant overcharge.
Faulty TXV.

Condenser Fans Not Operating,
Excessive Suction Pressure,

Call power company
Replace fuse or reset circuit breaker.

Circuit Breaker
Thermostatic Expansion Valve

Reset thermostat

or occupancy

schedule.

Table 45 -- Humidi-MiZer
PROBLEM

Service Analysis

CAUSE

Subcooling Reheat Mode
Will Not Activate.

Hot Gas Reheat Mode
Will Not Activate.

REMEDY

General cooling mode problem
No dehumidification demand.

See Cooting Service Analysis (Table 44).
See No Dehumidification Demand, below.

Circuit RH1 valve is not open

See RH1 Valve Operation, below

General cooling mode probIem
No dehumidification demand.

See Cooting Service Analysis (Table 44).
See No Dehumidification Demand, below.

Circuit RH1 valve is not open
Circuit RH2 valve is not open

See RH1 Valve Operation, beIow
See RH2 Valve Operation, below

Outdoor temperature

Check Reheat2 Circuit Limit Temperatures (Configuration;,
HMZR >RA LO and RB.LO)using
ComfortLink TM Scrolling Marquee.

too Iow.

Relative humidity setpoint is too tow -Humidistat

Check/reduce

Relative humidity setpoint is too tow -RH sensor
No Dehumidification

Demand.

Software
distat

configuration

error for accessory

Software configuration
humidity sensor.
No humidity signal

error for accessory

humi-

Check RH Sensor on OAQ Input (Configuration
>UNIT >RH S) using
ComfortLink ScrolIing Marquee
Check wiring Check humidistat or humidity sensor
Check
using
Check
Check

No 24V signal to input terminals

setting on accessory humidistat

Check Space RH Setpoint (Setpoints ,'-RH.SP)
using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
Check Space Humidity Switch (Configuration
>UNIT >RH.SW) using
ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee

using Cool
ComfortLink
Wiring
transformer

>Reheat1 Valve Test (Service Test >HMZR
Scrolling Marquee.
and circuit beaker or fuses

Check continuous over-voltage

RH1 Valve Operation.

>CRC)

is less than 10%

Check under-voltage is less than 15%
Check for missing coit assembly parts.

Solenoid colt burnout.

Stuck valve

Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.
Reptace valve. Replace fitter drier

No 24V signal to input terminals

Check using Coot >Reheat1 Vatve Test (Service Test >HMZR
>RHV.A or RHV.B) using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee
Check MBE relay output
Check wiring.
Check transformer

RH2 Valve Operation.
(NOTE: Normally Closed
When Deenergized)

and circuit breaker or fuses

Check continuous over-voltage is less than 10%
Check under-voltage is less than 15%

Solenoid coit burnout.

Check for missing coil assembly parts.
Check for damaged valve enclosing tube.
Stuck valve

RepIace valve. Replace filter drier

RH1 valve open or leaking.

See RH1 Valve Operation, above

RH2 valve open or leaking.

See RH2 Valve Operation, above

Low Suction Pressure and High
Superheat During Normal Cool Mode.
Low Suction Pressure

General cooling mode problem

See Cooting Service Analysis (Table 44).

RH2 valve open or leaking.
General cooling mode probtem

See RH2 Valve Operation, above
See CooIing Service Analysis (Table 44).

RH2 Valve Cycling

Hot Gas Reheat mode Iow suction pressure
Iimit

NormaI Operation During Mixed Circuit Subcooling
Reheat Modes at Lower Outdoor Temperatures.

Low Latent Capacity in Subcooling
Gas Reheat Modes.

or Hot

Low Sensible Capacity
in Normal Cool or
Subcooling Reheat Modes.

On/Off.

Circuit B Will Not Operate
Circuit A Off.

With

Normal operation Motormaster outdoor fan con- None
trol requires operation of circuit A

LEGEND
CV
RH

---

Cooling Valve
Relative Humidity

and Hot Gas

Table 46 -- Economizer Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Damper Does Not Move.

POSSIBLE

CAUSE

REMEDY

Indoor Fan is off.

Check for proper thermostat connection.
Unit is not configured for continuous fan
operation and the thermostat is not calling for
heating or cooling.
Unit is in Unoccupied mode and there is no
call for heating or cooling.
Tripped circuit breaker.
No power to the unit.
Unit is offvia CCN command.

Economizer Operation is Limited
to Minimum Position,

Economizer Position is Less
Than Minimum Position.

Actuator is unplugged at motor or at
economizer board.

Check wiring connections.

Unit is not configured for economizer.

Configure unit for economizer
instructions.

Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer
high temperature lockout.

Adjust the high temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.

Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer
low temperature lockout.

Adjust the low temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.

Communication

Check wiring connections.

loss to economizer

board.

per the

Damper is jammed.

Identify the obstruction

Minimum position is set incorrectly.

Adjust minimum position setting.

Outdoor-air temperature is above economizer
high temperature lockout.

Adjust the high temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.

Outdoor-air temperature is below economizer
low temperature lockout.

Adjust the low temperature lockout setting
if it is incorrect, otherwise, economizer is
operating correctly.

Outdoor-air thermistor is faulty.

Replace outdoor-air

Low suction pressure problem with a compressor.

Economizer
compressor

IAQ is controlling

Adjust the IAQ settings if incorrect,
otherwise, the economizer is operating correctly.

minimum damper position.

Unit is in Unoccupied

mode.

and safely remove.

thermistor.

is operating correctly, identify
problem.

Adjust unit occupied schedule if incorrect,
otherwise, economizer is operating correctly.

Economizer Does Not Return
to Minimum Position,

Unit is operating under free cooling.

Economizer

Damper Does Not Close on
Power Loss,

Damper is jammed.

Identify the obstruction

Outdoor Damper Does Not Fully
Close at 0% or Fully Open at 100%,

Economizer

Enter Service Test mode and run the Calibrate
Economizer (E.CAL) procedure.

actuator is out of calibration.

is operating correctly.
and safely remove.

LEGEND
CCN
IAQ

---

Carrier Comfort Network®
Indoor Air Quality

PHASE REVERSAL PROTECTION
If the control senses an incorrect phase relationship, the relay (K1) will be deenergized (opening its contact). If the phase relationship is
correct, the relay will be eneNized. The control has a selfbypass function after a pre-set time. If the control determines
that the three phases stay in a correct relationship for 10 consecutive minutes, the relay will stay energized regardless of the
phase sequence of three inputs as long as 24-vac control
voltage is applied. This self-bypass function will be reset if all
three phases are restored in a phase loss event.
PHASE LOSS PROTECTION
If the reverse rotation
board senses any one of the three phase inputs has no AC voltage, the relay will be deenergized (opening its contact). This
protection is always active as long as 24-vac control voltage is
applied, and is not affected by the self by-pass function of the
phase sequence monitoring function. However, in the event of
phase loss, the relay wilt be re-eneigized only ifalt three phases
are restored and the three phases are in the correct sequence.

Heating TroubleshootingUse the unit Scrolling
Marquee display or a CCN device to view the heating status
display and the heating diagnostic display (see Appendix A)
for information on the heating operation. Check the current
alarms and alarm history tbr any heating alarm codes and
correct any causes (see Table 44). Verit) any unique control
confignrations per installed site requirements or accessories. If
alarms conditions are corrected and cleared, operation of the
heat stages and indoor tan may be verified by using the Service
Test mode (see page 36 and Table 36).
GAS HEAT (48PG UNITS)
See Table 47 for general gas
heating service analysis. See Fig. 12 lbr service analysis of the
IGC board logic. Check the status LED on the IGC board for
any tlashing alarm codes and correct any causes (see Table 48).
ELECTRIC HEAT (50PG UNITS)
See Table 49 for electric heating service analysis.
Phase Loss Protection
-- The phase loss protection
option will monitor the three-phase electzical system to provide
phase reversal and phase loss protection.

A redLEDisprovided
toindicate
thefunction
oftheboard.
Seethetable
below.
LED STATUS
On Continuously
Blinking
Off

REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURES
Condenser coil temperatures are measured with 5 kilo-ohin thermistors. These
measurelnents provide an approximate saturated condensing
telnperature tbr each circuit (SCT.A, SCT.B). Ensure that thermistors are placed at the correct location and axe snapped securely over the return bend so that contact is made between the
thermistor and the tube.

FUNCTION
Relay contact closed (normal operation).
Relay contact open (phase loss or phase
reversal has occurred) -- No power will be
supplied to the control system.

THERMISTOR/TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CHECK
A
high quality digital volt-ohinmeter is required to perform this
check.

24 vac control power not present (off).

Thermistor Troubleshooting
-- The electronic control uses thermistors to sense temperatures used to control
operation of the unit. Resistances at various telnperatures are
listed in Tables 50 and 51. Thermistor pin connection points are
shown in the Major System Components section. The general
locations of the thermistors are shown the Major System
Components section.
AIR TEMPERATURES
Air temperatures are measured
with 10 kilo-ohin thermistors. This includes supply-air temperature (SAT), outdoor-air temperature (OAT), space telnperature
sensors (T55, T56, T58), and return air telnperature (RAT).
The supply air temperature (SAT) and outdoor air temperature (OAT) thermistors use a snap-mount to attach through the
unit sheet metal panels. The snap-mount tabs must be flattened
on the tip end of the sensor to release _br relnovat from the
panel. See Fig. 13. To reinstall, make sure the snap-mount tabs
extend out.

1. Connect the digital voltmeter across the appropriate thermistor terminals at the J8 terminal strip on the Main Base
Board (see Major System Components section).
2. Using the voltage reading obtained, read the sensor temperature fiom Tables 50 and 51.
3. To check thermistor accuracy, measure temperature at
probe location with an accurate thennocouple-type
temperature-measuring instrument. Insulate thennocoupie to avoid ambient temperatures tioln inlluencing
reading. Temperature measured by thennocouple and
telnperature determined fiom thermistor voltage reading
should be close, within 5° F if care was taken in applying
thennocouple and taking readings.

Table 47 -- Gas Heating Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Burners Will Not Ignite.

Inadequate Heating.

CAUSE
Active alarm.
No power to unit.
No power to IGC (Integrated Gas Control).
Heaters off due to time guard to prevent short cycling.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point not
calling for Cooling.
No gas at main burners.

Water in gas line.
Dirty air filters.
Gas input too low.
Thermostat or occupancy schedule set point only
calling for Wl.
Unit undersized for load.
Restricted airflow.
Too much outdoor air.

Poor Flame
Characteristics.

Check
Check
Check
Check
Check

REMEDY
active alarms using ComfortLink TM Scrolling Marquee.
power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.
fuses and plugs.
using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.
using ComfortLink Scrolling Marquee.

Check gas line for air and purge as necessary. After purging gas
line of air, allow gas to dissipate for at least 5 minutes before
attempting to re-light unit.
Drain water and install drip.
Replace air filters.
Check gas pressure at manifold. Refer to gas valve adjustment on
page 90.
Allow time for W2 to energize.
Decrease load or increase
Remove restriction.

Check economizer
position and configuration.
_osition using ComfortLink
Scrolling Marquee.

Will

Not Turn Off.

Adjust

Limit switch cycles main burners.

Check rotation of blower, thermostat heat anticipator
temperature
rise of unit. Adjust as needed.

incomplete
combustion
(lack of combustion
air)
results in: Aldehyde odors, CO, sooting flame, or
floating flame.

Check al! screws around
Tighten as necessary.

flue outlets

Cracked heat exchanger,
Unit is over-fired, reduce
_ressure.

replace.
input. Adjust

Check vent for restriction.
Burners

of size of unit.

Unit is in Minimum

Test mode.

settings,

compartment.

gas line or manifold

as necessary.

Check orifice to burner alignment.
Check using ComfortLink
Scrolling

on-time.

Unit running in Service
Main gas valve stuck.

Clean

and burner

minimum

Marquee.

Check using ComfortLink
Scrolling Marquee.
Turn off gas supply and unit power. Replace gas valve.

and

Table 48 -- IGC Board LED Alarm Codes
LED FLASH
CODE

DESCRIPTION

ACTION TAKEN BY
CONTROL

RESET METHOD

PROBABLE

CAUSE

Loss of power to the IGC Check 5 amp fuse on IGC,
)ower to unit, 24V circuit breaker, transformer, and wiring to the IGC.

Normal Operation

Off

Hardware Faiture

No gas heating

Indoor Fan On/Off Delay
Modified

5 seconds subtracted from On
delay,
5 seconds added to Off delay
(3 min max)

Power reset

High temperature limit switch opens during heat
exchanger warm-up period before fan-on deIay expires
High temperature limit switch opens within
10 minutes of heat call (W) Off
See Limit Switch Fautt

2 Flashes

Limit Switch Fault

Gas vaIve and igniter Off
Indoor fan and inducer On

Limit switch closed, or heat
call (W) Off

High temperature limit switch is open Check the operation of the indoor (evaporator) fan motor. Ensure that the
supply-air temperature rise is within the range on the
unit nameplate Check wiring and limit switch operation.

3 Flashes

Flame Sense Fault

indoor fan and inducer On

Flame sense normal
Power reset for LED reset

The IGC sensed a flame when the gas vaIve should be
closed. Check wiring, flame sensor, and gas valve operation

4 Flashes

Four Consecutive
Fault

No gas heating

Heat caII (W) Off
Power reset for LED reset

4 consecutive limit switch faults within a single call for
heat. See Limit Switch Fault.

5 Flashes

Ignition Fault

No gas heating

Heat caII (W) Off
Power reset for LED reset

Unit unsuccessfully attempted ignition for 15 minutes.
Check igniter and flame sensor electrode spacing, gaps,
etc Check flame sense and igniter wiring. Check gas
valve operation and gas supply.

6 Flashes

Induced Draft Motor Fault

if heat off: no gas heating
If heat on: gas valve Off and
inducer On.

Inducer sense normal, or
heat call (W) Off

Inducer sense On when heat call Off, or inducer sense
Off when heat call On. Check wiring, voltage, and operation of IGC motor Check speed sensor wiring to IGC

7 Flashes

Rotlout Switch Lockout

Gas valve and igniter Off
Indoor fan and inducer On

Power reset

Rollout switch has opened Check gas valve operation.
Check induced-draft blower wheel is properly secured to
motor shaft.

8 Flashes

Internal Controt Lockout

No gas heating

Power reset.

IGC has sensed internal hardware or software error If
fault is not cteared by resetting 24 v power, replace the
IGC.

9 Flashes

Temporary Software Lockout

No gas heating

1 hour auto reset, or power
reset,

Electrical interference
software

1 Flash

Limit Switch

LEGEND
IGC
LED

---

is disrupting the IGC

NOTES:
1 There is a 3-second pause between alarm code displays
2 If more than one alarm code exists, atl applicable alarm codes wiIt be displayed in numerical sequence.
3 Alarm codes on the IGC witl be lost if power to the unit is interrupted.

Integrated Gas Unit Control
Light-Emitting Diode

Table 49 -- Electric Heat Service Analysis
PROBLEM
Heat Will Not Turn On.

CAUSE

REMEDY

Active alarm.

Check active alarms using ComfortLink

No power to unit.

Check power supply, fuses, wiring, and circuit breakers.

Unit is in minimum heat off-time, or minimum cool-heat
changeover time

Check using ComfortLink

Scrolling Marquee

Thermostat or occupancy schedule setpoint not calling for
heating.
Heat forced off in Service Test mode.

Check using ComfortLink

Scrolling Marquee

Check using ComfortLink
mode off.

Scrolling Marquee. Turn Service Test

No 24 vac at heater contactor

Check transformer

timit switches on heater

Check manual-reset

Inadequate

Heating.

Check minimum
replace if open

Dirty air fitters.
Thermostat
forWl.

Heat Will Not Turn Off.

timit switch on heater.

Scrolling Marquee.

and circuit breaker.

Check auto-reset

Open temperature

timit switch (LS) on heater.

airflow Check limit switch when it is coot,

Replace air filters

or occupancy

schedule setpoint only calling

Atlow time for W2 to energize.

Heat undersized for load

Decrease

Restricted airflow

Remove restriction.

load or increase size of heater.

Too much outdoor air

Check economizer
position.

Limit switch cycles heaters.

Check rotation of blower and minimum airflow

Bad heater elements

Power off unit and remove high vottage wires. Check resistance
of element, replace if open

position and configuration

Adjust minimum

Unit is in minimum heat on-time

Check using ComfortLink

Scrolling Marquee

Thermostat
heating.

Check using ComfortLink

Scrolling Marquee

Heat forced on in Service Test mode.

Check using ComfortLink
mode off.

Scrolling Marquee. Turn Service Test

Heater contactor faiIed.

Power off unit Check contactor and reptace if closed

or occupancy

schedute setpoint stilt calling for

I FLASH
MOC_FIED
- INDOOR
(HEA_NG)
F/_ D_.AY

2 _

I_ i

- OPENING OF UMff

INDICATES _
Win-{
3 FLASHES
CLOSED- GAS
FLAME
VALVE
SENSOR

CY_
4 _

4 TIMES ON SINGLE
CALL FOR
- LIMFF
HEAT
SW_CH

FOR INCO_

MOTORFAULT
I

6 FLASNES.INDUCEDDRA_r
8en_x tot 60 second)

7 FLASHES
ROLLOUT
- OPESNING
SWITCH OF

FAN

8 _

HEAllNG

'Wl'

FROM

BASE CONTROL

ON IGC * 1 MINUTE

BOARD

ENERGIZES

'W'

LOCK-ON

COMBUSTION RELAY ON IGC B ENERG_ED

IMMEDIATELY

2. DEFEC]/VE 24V TRANS.
& _V_RE
4. NO PO_R_R TO UNIT

I
I
I

C_MPRESSOR &
OUTEX3(_R Fill MOTOR
START IMMEDIATELY

5 (No
FLASHES
_n_ - va_n
IGNITK3N
15 nmu_)
LOCKOUT

BOARD

I
I
!

SIGNAL
TO
1ERM_¢N.
'J f ONP_LL
IQC
_ _ _ TU_ ATCO_ECT
S_E_
(AT
LE_T
2=0.P_,
I

B=FECT 8_'¢SOR 8END_ _

SOFT_ - I-I/I_OWARE
FALLT QR

9 FLASHES'SOFTWARE
LOCKOUT

_
SWITCH ARE CLOSED, K_C
LOGIC _a_.L INITIATE tGNmON
IF LI_
S_SEQUENCE
AND ROLLOUT

4,
HIGH VOLTAGE
1RANSFORMER CREATES A
10,000 VOLT SPARK FKTR 5
8_

I
VhLVE FOR 5 SCE_ONOS
IGC SAFETY LOGIC OPENS GAS

OFF GAS VALVE AND SPARK
K3C _
LOGIC W1LL SHUT

20 SECOND
EXCHANGER
PURGE OF HEAT

Yes
I
HAS BEEN REDUCED D_E TO _
TRIPe)

WILL _

_VMTCH

BLOV_R

RB.AY

Yes

_NO1HB_ 5 S_CONDS) FROM
SUBI_a£_r
_ TIME _ELAY
(OR
iNDOOR
FAN5 ON

(_IGNfflON
R.t_HES LOCYJDUT
OF LED)

LEGEND
IDM
IGC

---

Induced-Draft Motor
Integrated Gas Unit Controller

NOTE:
Thermostat
"AUTO" position.

Fan

Switch

the

I
I
I

NORM.N. HEA_G

HEA]ING

O_f_A1X;_

I
i

SA'f}SFI_

I
!

IDM STOPS, SAFETY LO<_C SHUTS OFF GI,S VALVE

45 SE:OND
(DELAY EXTB_D_D

BLOWER SHUTOFF DELAy

BY 5 SECOI_)S FOR E/_3H LIMr£ S_I_H
MAXIMUM DELAY: 3 MINUTES)

Fig. 12 -- IGC Service Analysis

Logic

TRIP -

adjustments to IAQ and OAQ sensor readings. The space
temperature may be COlTectedby entering either a calibration
temperature value in SPT.C, or an oit;et temperature value in
SPT.Z The supply-air temperature may be corrected by entering either a calibration temperature value in SAT.C, or an oit;et
temperature value in SAT.!] Telnperamre corrections should
only be made if sensor readings are compared to an accurate
reference temperature measurelnent device.
Transducer Troubleshooting
-- The electronic control uses salction pressure transducers to measure the suction
pressure of the refrigerant circuits. The pressure/voltage characteristics of these transducers are in sho,a_ in Table 52. The
accuracy of these transducers can be verified by connecting
an accurate pressure gage to the second refiigerant port in the
suction line.
Forcing Inputs and Outputs --Many variables may
have their value forced through CCN or directly at the local
display. This can be useful during diamaostic testing and also
during operation, typically as part of an advanced third party
control scheme. Input and output points that may be tbrced are
indicated as 'forcible' in the write status column of the display
and CCN tables.

Fig. 13 -- SAT and OAT Thermistor Mounting

If the user needs to force a variable, follow the same process
as when editing a configuration paralneter. A forced variable
will be displayed on the Scrolling Marquee with a blinking
period "." following its value. A forced value on Navigator TM
accessory is indicated with a blinking "f'. A forced value on
CCN devices is indicated with "Control" if forced at the unit
display, or "Supervisor" if forced via CCN. To relnove a local
tbrce with the Scrolling Marquee, select the point with the
ENTER key and then press the up-arrow and down-arrow keys
simultaneously.
NOTE: In the case of a control power reset, any tbrce in effect
at the time of power reset will be cleared.

Ifa more accurate check is required, unit must be shut do,a_
and therlnistor relnoved and checked at a kalo,a_ telnperature
(freezing point or boiling point of water) using either voltage
drop measured across therlnistor at the J8 terlninal, or by determining the resistance with unit shut down and therlnistor
disconnected fiom J8. Colnpare the values deterlnined with the
value read by the control in the Telnperatures mode using the
Scrolling Marquee display.
SENSOR TRIM
Corrective oit;ets can be applied to the
space temperature and the supply air temperature sensor
readings. These corrections are set in the Configm,ation--+
TRIM menu for the display, or in the Maintenanee-+TRIM
table for CCN. See the Indoor Air Quality section ibr available

Table 50 -- Temperature (°F) vs ResistanceNoltage Drop Values for
OAT, SAT, and SPT Thermistors (10K at 25 C Resistors)
TEMP

(F)
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-t9
-t8
-17
-t6
-15
-t4
-13
-t2
-11
-!0
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
2O
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
5O
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
6O

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
4.758
4.750
4.741
4.733
4.724
4.715
4.705
4.696
4.686
4.676
4.665
4.655
4.644
4.633
4.621
4.609
4.597
4.585
4.572
4.560
4.546
4.533
4.519
4.505
4.490
4.476
4.461
4.445
4.429
4.413
4.397
4.380
4.363
4.346
4.328
4.310
4.292
4.273
4.254
4.235
4.215
4.195
4.174
4.153
4.132
4.111
4.089
4.067
4.044
4.021
3.998
3.975
3.951
3.927
3.903
3.878
3.853
3.828
3.802
3.776
3.750
3.723
3.697
3.670
3.654
3.615
3.587
3.559
3.531
3.503
3.474
3.445
3.416
3.387
3.357
3.328
3.298
3.268
3.238
3.208
3.178
3.147
3.117
3.086
3.056
3.025

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
I96,453
I89,692
I83,300
I77,000
I71,079
I65,238
I59,717
I54,344
I49,194
I44,250
I39,443
I34,891
I30,402
I26,183
I22,018
I18,076
I14,236
I10,549
I07,006
I03,558
I00,287
97,060
94,020
91,019
88,171
85,396
82,729
80,162
77,662
75,286
72,940
70,727
68,542
68,465
64,439
62,491
60,612
58,781
57,039
55,319
53,693
52,086
50,557
49,065
47,627
46,240
44,888
43,598
42,324
41,118
39,926
38,790
37,681
36,610
35,577
34,569
33,606
32,654
31,752
30,860
30,009
29,177
28,373
27,597
26,838
26,113
25,396
24,715
24,042
23,399
22,770
22,161
21,573
20,998
20,447
19,903
19,386
18,874
18,384
17,904
17,441
16,991
16,552
16,131
15,714
15,317

TEMP
(F)
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.994
2.963
2.932
2.901
2.870
2.839
2.808
2.777
2.746
2.715
2.684
2.653
2.622
2.592
2.561
2.530
2.500
2.470
2.439
2.409
2.379
2.349
2.319
2.290
2.260
2.231
2.202
2.173
2.144
2.115
2.087
2.059
2.030
2.003
1.975
1.948
1.921
1.894
1.867
1.841
1.815
1.789
1.763
1.738
1.713
1.688
1.663
1.639
1.615
1.591
1.567
1.544
1.521
1.498
1.475
1.453
1.431
1.409
1.387
1.366
1.345
1.324
1.304
1.284
1.264
1.244
1.225
1.206
1.187
1.168
1.150
1.132
1.114
1.096
1.079
1.062
1.045
1.028
1.012
0.996
0.980
0.965
0.949
0.934
0.919
0.905

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
14,925
14,549
14,180
13,824
13,478
13,139
12,814
12,493
12,187
11,884
11,593
11,308
11,031
10,784
10,501
10,249
10,000
9,782
9,526
9,300
9,078
8,882
8,653
8,448
8,251
8,056
7,869
7,685
7,507
7,333
7,165
6,999
6,838
6,683
6,530
6,383
6,238
6,098
5,961
5,827
5,698
5,571
5,449
5,327
5,210
5,095
4,984
4,876
4,769
4,666
4,564
4,467
4,370
4,277
4.185
4,096
4,008
3,923
3,840
3,759
3,681
3,603
3,529
3,455
3,383
3,313
3,244
3,178
3,112
3,049
2,986
2,926
2,866
2,809
2,752
2,697
2,643
2,590
2,539
2,488
2,439
2,391
2,343
2,297
2,253
2,209

TEMP
(F)
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.890
0.876
0.862
0.848
0.835
0.82I
0.808
0.795
0.782
0.770
0.758
0.745
0.733
0.722
0.710
0.699
0.687
0.676
0.666
0.655
0.645
0.634
0.624
0.614
0.604
0.595
0.585
0.576
0.567
0.558
0.549
0.540
0.532
0.523
0.515
0.507
0.499
0.49I
0.483
0.478
0.468
0.46I
0.454
0.447
0.440
0.433
0.428
0.419
0.413
0.407
0.400
0.394
0.388
0.382
0.378
0.370
0.365
0.359
0.354
0.349
0.343
0.338
0.333
0.328
0.323
0.318
0.314
0.309
0.305
0.300
0.296
0.292
0.288
0.284
0.279
0.275
0.272
0.268
0.264

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
2,166
2,I24
2,083
2,043
2,003
1,966
1,928
1,89I
1,855
1,820
1,786
1,752
1,719
1,687
1,656
1,625
1,594
1,565
1,536
1,508
1,480
1,453
1,426
1,400
1,375
1,350
1,326
1,302
1,278
1,255
1,233
1,21I
1,I90
1,I69
1,I48
1,I28
1,I08
1,089
1,070
1,052
1,033
1,016
998
981
964
947
931
915
900
885
870
855
841
827
814
800
787
774
762
749
737
725
714
702
891
880
870
859
649
639
629
620
610
601
592
583
574
566
557

Table 51 -- Temperature (°F) vs. Resistance/Voltage
TEMP

(F)
-25
-24
-23
-22
-21
-20
-19
-18
-17
-16
-15
-14
-13
-12
-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-t
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

VOLTAGE
DROP

(v)
3.699
3.689
3.679
3.668
3.658
3.647
3.636
3.624
3.613
3.60I
3.588
3.576
3.563
3.550
3.536
3.523
3.509
3.494
3.480
3.465
3.450
3.434
3.418
3.402
3.386
3.369
3.352
3.335
3.317
3.299
3.28t
3.262
3.243
3.224
3.205
3.I85
3.I65
3.I45
3.I24
3.I03
3.082
3.060
3.038
3.016
2.994
2.972
2.949
2.926
2.903
2.879
2.856
2.832
2.808
2.784
2.759
2.735
2.710
2.685
2.660
2.634
2.609
2.583
2.558
2.532
2.506
2.480
2.454
2.428
2.402
2.376
2.349
2.323
2.296
2.270
2.244
2.217
2.I9I
2.I65
2.I38
2.I12
2.086
2.060
2.034
2.008

Drop Values for SCT Sensors (5K at 25 C Resistors)

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)

TEMP

VOLTAGE
DROP
(V)

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)

TEMP

(F)

98,010
94,707
9t,522
88,449
85,486
82,627
79,87t
77,212
74,648
72,I75
69J90
67,490
65,272
63,I33
61,070
59,08t
57,I62
55,31t
53,526
51,804
50,I43
48,541
46,996
45,505
44,066
42,679
41,339
40,047
38,800
37,596
36,435
35,313
34,231
33,I85
32,I76
31,202
30,260
29,35I
28,473
27,624
26,804
26,01I
25,245
24,505
23,789
23,096
22,427
21,779
2I,I53
20,547
I9,960
I9,393
I8,843
I8,31t
I7,796
I7,297
I6,814
I6,346
I5,892
I5,453
I5,027
I4,614
I4,214
I3,826
I3,449
I3,084
I2,730
I2,387
I2,053
II,730
II,416
II,I12
I0,816
I0,529
I0,250
9,979
9,717
9,461
9,213
8,973
8,739
8,51t
8,29t
8,076

59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142

1.982
1.956
1.930
1.905
1.879
1.854
1.829
1.804
1.779
1.754
1.729
1.705
1.681
1.656
1.632
1.609
1.585
1.562
1.536
1.516
1.493
1.470
1.448
1.426
1.404
1.382
1.361
1.340
1.319
1.298
1.278
1.257
1.237
1.217
1.198
1.179
1.160
1.141
1.122
1.104
1.086
1.068
1.051
1.033
1.016
0.999
0.983
0.966
0.950
0.934
0.916
0.903
0.888
0.873
0.858
0.843
0.829
0.815
0.801
0.787
0.774
0.761
0.748
0.735
0.723
0.710
0.698
0.686
0.674
0.663
0.651
0.640
0.629
0.618
0.608
0.597
0.587
0.577
0.567
0.557
0.548
0.538
0.529
0.520

7,866
7,665
7,468
7,277
7,09I
6,91I
6,735
6,564
6,399
6,238
6,08I
5,929
5,78I
5,637
5,497
5,36I
5,229
5,10t
4,976
4,855
4,737
4,622
4,511
4,403
4,298
4,196
4,096
4,000
3,906
3,814
3,726
3,640
3,556
3,474
3,395
3,318
3,243
3,170
3,099
3,03t
2,964
2,898
2,835
2,773
2,713
2,655
2,597
2,542
2,488
2,436
2,385
2,335
2,286
2,239
2,192
2,147
2,103
2,060
2,018
1,977
1,937
1,898
1,860
1,822
1,786
1,750
1,715
1,680
1,647
1,614
1,582
1,550
1,519
1,489
1,459
1,430
1,40I
1,373
1,345
1,318
1,29I
1,265
1,240
1,214

143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
228
221
222
223
224
225

(F)

VOLTAGE
DROP

(v)
0.511
0.502
0.494
0.485
0.477
0.469
0.461
0.453
0.445
0.438
0.430
0.423
0.416
0.408
0.402
0.395
0.388
0.381
0.375
0.369
0.362
0.356
0.350
0.344
0.339
0.333
0.327
0.322
0.317
0.311
0.306
0.301
0.296
0.291
0.286
0.282
0.277
0.272
0.268
0.264
0.259
0.255
0.251
0.247
0.243
0.239
0.235
0.231
0.228
0.224
0.220
0.217
0.213
0.210
0.206
0.203
0.200
0.197
0.194
0.191
0.188
0.185
0.182
0.179
0.176
0.173
0.171
0.168
0.165
0.163
0.160
0.158
0.155
0.153
0.151
0.148
0.146
0.144
0.142
0.140
0.138
0.135
0.133

RESISTANCE
(Ohms)
1,190
1,165
1,141
1,118
1,095
1,072
1,050
1,029
1,007

986
965
945
925
906
887
868
85O
832
815
798
782
765
750
734
719
7O5
690
677
663
65O
638
626
614
602
591
581
57O
561
551
542
533
524
516
508
501
494
487
48O
473
467
461
456
45O
445
439
434
429
424
419
415
410
405
401
396
391
386
382
377
372
367
361
356
35O
344
338
332
325
318
311
304
297
289
282

Table 52 -- Pressure (psig) vs. Voltage Drop Values for Suction Pressure Transducers
PRESSURE
(psig)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66

MAJOR

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
0.465
0.485
0.505
0.524
0.544
0.564
0.583
0.603
0.623
0.642
0.662
0.682
0.702
0.721
0.741
0.761
0.780
0.800
0.820
0.839
0.859
0.879
0.898
0.918
0.938
0.958
0.977
0.997
1.017
1.036
1.056
1.076
1.095
1.115

SYSTEM

PRESSURE
(psig)
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
96
98
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
120
122
124
126
128
130
132
134

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
1.135
1.154
1.174
1.194
1.214
1.233
1.253
1.273
1.292
1.312
1.332
1.351
1.371
1.391
1.410
1.430
1.450
1.470
1.489
1.509
1.529
1.548
1.568
1.588
1.607
1.627
1.647
1.666
1.686
1.706
1.726
1.745
1.765
1.785

PRESSURE
(psig)
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
154
156
158
160
162
164
166
168
170
172
174
176
178
180
182
184
186
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
202

COMPONENTS

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)

1.804
1.824
1.844
1.863
1.883
1.903
1.922
1.942
1.982
1.982
2.001
2.021
2.041
2.080
2.080
2.100
2.119
2.139
2.159
2.178
2.198
2.218
2.237
2.257
2.277
2.297
2.316
2.336
2.356
2.375
2.395
2.415
2.434
2.454

PRESSURE
(psig)
204
206
208
210
212
214
216
218
220
222
224
226
228
230
232
234
236
238
240
242
244
246
248
250
252
254
256
258
260
262
264
266
268
270

VOLTAGE
DROP (V)
2.474
2.493
2.513
2.533
2.553
2.572
2.592
2.612
2.631
2.651
2.671
2.690
2.710
2.730
2.749
2.769
2.789
2.809
2.828
2.848
2.868
2.887
2.907
2.927
2.946
2.966
2.986
3.005
3.025
3.045
3.065
3.084
3.104
3.124

Configumtion-->ECON-->E.CTL.
The ECB has inputs for
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ), Outdoor Air Quality (OAQ), mad
enthalpy. It also controls two power exhaust outputs.

General
-- The 48/50PG single-package rooftop units contain the (bmjbrtLink TM electronic conm)l system that monitors
all operations of the rooftop. The control system is composed
of several main control components and available fiactoryinstalled options or field-installed accessories as listed in sections below. See Fig. 14-19 for the control and power schematics. Figures 20 and 21 show the layout of the control box, unit,
and thermistor and transducer locations.

By digitally colrnnunicating with the ECB, the economizer
actuator is able to provide the dmnper position and diagnostic
information
to the ComJbrtLink
controller.
The damper
position is displayed at Outputs--+ECON--+ECAP
Diagnostic
information is displayed via Alert T414. More information
about these alarms is contained in the Atanns and Alerts
section.

Main Base Board (MBB) -- See Fig. 22 and Table 53.
The MBB is the center of the (bmJbrtLink control system. It
contains the major portion of the operating sot_vare and controis the operation of the unit. The MBB continuously monitors
input/output channel information received t_om its inputs mad
fiom the Economizer Control Board (ECB). The MBB receives inputs fiom thermistors and transducers. The MBB also
receives the Current Sensor inputs for compressors and other
discrete or diNtat inputs. The MBB reads space temperature
(SPT) tiom either a T-55, T-56 or T-58 device and space temperature ofl;et (SPTO) fiom a 1-56 device. See Field-Installed
Accessories section on page 82. The MBB controls 9 relays.
NOTE: The Main Base Board (MBB) has a 3-position instance
jmnper that is thctory set to ' 1'. Do not change this setting.

NOTE:
The Economizer
Control
Board
(ECB) has a
&position DIP switch that is thctory set to ON (towards the
center of the board). Do not change this setting.

Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board -- The IGC
is provided on gas heat units. See Table 55 and Fig. 24. The
IGC controls the direct spark ignition system and monitors the
rollout switch, limit switch, and induced-draft motor Hall
Efl_ct switch. The IGC is equipped with an LED (lightemitting diode) tbr diagnostics. See the Troubleshooting
section for more information.
Low Voltage Terminal
Strip (TB2) -- This circuit
board provides a connection point bewveen the major control
boards and a majority of the field-installed accessories. See
Fig. 25 and Table 56. The interthce connection for the Carrier
Comfort Newvork¢<3(CCN) colrnnunication and interthce connection for the Local Equipment Newvork (LEN) communications are also located on the low voltage tenninat strip.

Economizer
Control Board (ECB) -- The ECB controls the economizer actuator. See Fig. 23 and Table 54. The
control signal from the ECB uses either the MFT
(Multi-Function Technology) COlrnnunication protocol or a 4 to
20 mA output signal as defned by the confignration

I! I

.,
22

]

0
11,

I
o

,m
4,a

.=!

E
o
U_

0
0
I

I:
0
.3

i i,
=

=i=,i: -'o_l::L_:
?0

i
i

I
I
L

_ ELECIRIC
1
HEAT LAREL

OF_3

OF_6

Fig. 18 _ Power Schematic _ Units without
72

Humidi-MiZe

rT_ System

OPTION

I!F

DEPENDENT

_LN
SEE 1

_LN<_

LABEL_
FIELDJ

TB1

HACR

Frqq
CSAI

_(__YEL

CONPA1

(__BLU

CA1

DU2

CCHNI

I
_

K!>t2N
EQUIP GND

IFC
_BLK
PL4 2
_YEL
PLV 3
PL4
1
{_BLU

IFV

YEL

%N%N

NLRI
IRT NLRI
OT TPL21
5
OFCI

_(_

PL5 3

QT
YEL_YEL

I_]_BLU-(eYEL@

P_21

P_2_

P_FAN BRNp_LL _

PLIO

YEL_

PL6 3
CONNECT
APPROPR[ATE

VINE TO
UNIT VOLTAGE
QT_

PL13

__:RENL OPV,
ORN
YEL_

CAP1

ZOM230,460V

OFM1

TNVNI
_YEL

OFV2
_4 ONLY)

YEL

OFM5
I_ONLYI
CONNECT
APPROPRIATE

WIRE TO
UNIT VOLTAGE
OFV6

ZOSI230,460V

_YEL

YEL
OFV3

I ......................

CONNECT
APPROPRIATE

PEC1

WIRE TO
UNIT VOLTAGE

BLK

BRN

PEM1:

YEL

J
BLR_

TRAN3

SkN

:
2081230,460V

_YEL

I
b

BRN

PEM2I

....................
PL3 10
_

YEL
YE L_

Y EL _

,&_ HEAT Ofa_y) B R N_

_BLN

PL_1< 1

BLK 460V

BEK

NOT USED

_VIOSEE CONTROL SCHEMATIC

GAS HF_T O_LY

Fig. 19 -- Power Schematic -- Units with Humidi-MiZer
73

IDV
(_LSyI_T

System

2081230V

8
J_

ooooo_

bz
w
w
0
2

E
t_
1t.,

N
i

:'5
E

,I-

I
zw
oi

RED

LED

- STATUS

GREEN

LEN

LED

(LOCAL

YELLOW LED CCN (CARRIER
COMFORT

EQUIPMENT

NETWORK)

INSTANCE

JUMPER

NETWORK)
(SET TO 1)

STATUS

CCN

FFFFrmDEB
Fm
J8

Fig. 22 -- Main Base Board (MBB)
Table
DISPLAY

NAME

POINT

53 -- MBB Connections

DESCRIPTION

SENSOR

LOCATION

TYPE

OF IIO

CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER

INPUTS
Input
Indoor

HUM
FDWN
G
W2

power

from

TRAN

control

fan output feedback
(IGC),
Space humidity
switch
Fire

shutdown

gas

svdtch

box

24 VAC

section
space

supply/return/space

J1, 1-3

switch

input

J6.4

svdtch

input

J6, 5-6

Thermostat
G/Fan/
Thermostat
W2 (2nd Stage

space
space

svdtch
switch

input
input

J7.2

Heat)

Wl
Y2
Y1

Thermostat

Heat)

space

switch

input

J7, 6

Thermostat
Thermostat

Y2 (2nd Stage
Y1 (1 st Stage

Cool /
Cool)

space

switch
switch

input
input

SPT
SPTO or
RAT
OAT

Space

SAT
SCT.A
SCT.B
SCTC
FANS
SSPA
SSPB
SSRC
FILS
CSA1

Space

(1st Stage

temperature

(T55/56)

space

temperature
offset (T56),
Return air temperature
Outdoor
Supply

space

space
return

air temperature
air temperature

indoor

outdoor
coil
fen housing,

support
or supply
circuit

duct

J7, 4

J7.8
J7,

1Ok thermistor

J8, 1-2

1Ok thermistor

JS, 2-3

1Ok thermistor

J8, 5-6

1Ok thermistor

JS, 7-8

5k thermistor

J8, 9-10

circuit

outdoor

coil

temperature,

circuit

outdoor

coil

circud

5k thermistor

J8,

11-12

condenser
temperature,
Fan status
switch

circuit

outdoor

coil

circuit

5k thermistor

J8,

13-14

fen

section

switch

input

J8.15-16

Saturated

condenser

temperature,

Saturated

condenser

Saturated

indoor

Suction

pressure,

circuit

compressor

A suction

analog

input

Suction

pressure,

circuit

compressor

E suction

analog

input

J8, 21-23

Suction

pressure,

ckcuit

compressor

C suction

JS, 24-26

Filter

status

analog

input

section

switch

input

J9, 2-3

control

box

digital

input

J9, 4-6

control

box

digital

input

controlbox

digital

input

switch

indoor

CSB1 or
CSA2

Compressor
Compressor
Compressor

A1 feedback
B1 feedback,
A2 feedback

CS.CI or
CSB1

Compressor
Compressor

C1 feedback,
B1 feedback

18-20

fen

Jg, 7-9
JP,

10-12

OUTPUTS
Output
CRC
CMRC
OFC2

Output
power

power to ECB
to Marquee
Display

Cool-Reheat1
or

Compressor
Outdoor

control

CI relay, or
fen 2 relax/

24 VAC

J2,1-2

24 VAC

J4,5-6

relay

J10,3

relay

J10,6

CMRB

Compressor

B1 relay

relay

J10,9

CMRA

Compressor

relay

J10.11

relay

J10.13

relay

J10,16

relay

J10.19

relay
relay

J10,21

relay
relay

J10,25

relay

CCH or
OFC.3
or
OFCl

Crankcase
heat relay, or
Outdoor
fan 3 relay, or
Outdoor
fan 1 relay

OFC.2
or
RH2B

Outdoor
fan 2 relay, or
Reheat2
valve, circuit B and

OFC.I
or
RH2A
IDF
ALRM
HT1
HT2

Outdoor
Reheat2
Indoor

fen relay

Alarm
Heat
Heat

fan I relay, or
valve, circuit A

sta_e
stage

re}ay
1 refa_/
2 re}ay

J10.23

J10.27

COMMUNICATION
Local Equipment
Carrier Comfort
Network

Network
Network
device

(LEN /
(CCN)

communication

J5, 1-3

communication

J5, 5-7
J5.9-10

24 VAC

power

RED LED
STATUS

GREEN LED-LEN
(LOCAL EQUIPMENT

NETWORK)

L-

Fig. 23 -- Economizer Control Board (ECB)

Table 54 -- ECB Connections
DISPLAY NAME

POINT DESCRIPTION

SENSOR LOCATION

TYPE OF I/O

CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER

INPUTS
Input power from MBB
RMOC

Remote occupancy

switch

control box

24 VAC

J1, !-2

field installed

switch input

J4, 2-3

ENTH or
IAQS

Outdoor enthalpy switch, or
Indoor air quality switch

economizer
space or return

switch input

J4, 4-3

IAQ

Indoor air quality sensor

space or return

4-20 mA

J5, 2-3

OAQ or
SRRH

Outdoor air quality sensor, or
Space humidity sensor

economizer
space

4-20 mA

J5, 4-3

OUTPUTS
PE.1

Power exhaust 2 relay

relay

J8, 3

PE.2

Power exhaust 2 relay

relay

J8, 6

4-20 mA

J9, 1

EC.CP or EC.AP

Economizer

actuator (analog, digital)

COMMUNICATION
Local Equipment Network (LEN)
EC.CP and EC.AP

Economizer

actuator (digital control)

communication

J2, 1-3

communication

J7, !-3

RED

LED-STATUS

0
UUUUUU.,
:4

LH33WPOO2A

1088-12

Fig. 24 -- Integrated Gas Control (IGC) Board

Table 55 -- IGC Connections
TERMINAL

LABEL

POINT DESCRIPTION

SENSOR LOCATION

TYPE OF I/O

CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER

INPUTS
RT, C

Input power from TRAN !

control box

24 VAC

Speed sensor

gas section

analog input

FS, T1

Flame sensor

gas section

switch input

Heat stage 1

MBB

24 VAC

J2, 2

Rotlout switch

gas section

switch input

J2, 5-6

Limit switch

gas section

switch input

J2, 7-8

Centrifugal

switch input

J2, 9-10

switch (not used)

-J!, 1-3
--

OUTPUTS
L1, CM

Induced draft combustion

motor

gas section

line VAC

IFO

Indoor fan

MBB

relay

J2, !

Gas valve (heat stage 1)

gas section

relay

J2, 11-12

J1O

J11

RUN TEST

J12

SEPARATION OF CIRCUITS TO EACH 24V TRANSFORMER MUST BE MAINTAINED
1

Y1 Y2 W1 W2

I.........
I 1 T55IFANSTATOSl
1
2
2
3
1
2
LEN

Fig. 25 -- Low-Voltage Terminal

Table 56 -- Field Connection
TERMINAL

LABEL

DISPLAY NAME

1
2

POINT DESCRIPTION

Strip

Terminal Strip
SENSOR LOCATION

TYPE OF I/O

24 VAC power
IAQ

Indoor air quality sensor

CCN

return/space

Indoor & outdoor air quality common

CONNECTION
PIN NUMBER

24 VAC output

J10, 17

4-20 mA input

J10, 16

4-20 mA input

J10, !5

OAQ or
SRRH

Outdoor air quality sensor, or
Space humidity sensor

economizer
space

4-20 mA input

J10, 14

RMOC

Remote occupancy

field installed

24 VAC input

J10, !3

Outdoor enthalpy switch power

economizer

24 VAC input

J10, 11-12

Outdoor enthalpy switch, or
Indoor air quality switch

economizer, or
return/space

24 VAC input

J1O, 9-10
J10, 6-8

6
7

ENTH or
IAQ.S

EC.CP or EC.AP
EC.CP

9
10

EC.CP
EC.AP

R
Y1

switch

Economizer
Economizer

actuator (digital control)
actuator (analog control)

economizer

2-10 VDC output
2-10 VDC output

Economizer

signal common

economizer

VDC

J10, 3-5

Economizer
Economizer

actuator (digital control)
actuator (analog control)

economizer

communication
2-10 VDC output

J10, 1-2

24 VAC output

Jl!,

24 VAC power

11-14

Thermostat

Y1 (1st stage cool)

space

24 VAC input

J11 ,!0

Thermostat

Y2 (2nd stage coo!)

space

24 VAC input

J11, 9

Thermostat

W1 (1st stage heat)

space

24 VAC input

J11,7-8

Thermostat

W2 (2nd stage heat)

space

24 VAC input

J11,6

Thermostat

G (Fan)

space

24 VAC input

J11,5

24 VAC common

24 VAC output

J11,2-4

24 VAC output

J11, 1

C
X

ALRM

Alarm output (normally open)

FIRE SHUTDOWN !-2,
or
HUMIDISTAT
1-2"

FDWN
HUM

Fire shutdown switch
Space humidity switch

supply/return/space
space

switch input

J12, 6-7

T55 1-2

SPT

Space temperature

space

10k thermistor

J12, 4-5

space or return

10k thermistor

J12, 3-4

T55 2-3

SPTO or RAT

(T55t56)

Space temperature offset (T56) or
Return air temperature

LEN

Local Equipment Network (LEN)

communication

J13, 1-3, 4-5

CCN

Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)

communication

J13, 6-8, 4-5

*Refer to Third Party Control section on page 38 for information on wiring fire shutdown with a Humidi-MiZer

system.

Scrolling
Marquee Display i This device is the keypad interface used to access rooftop information, read sensor
values, and test the unit. See Fig. 26. The Scrolling Marquee
display is a &key, 4-charactm; 16-segment LED (light-emitting
diode) display. Eleven mode LEDs are located on the display
as well as an Alarm Status LED. See Scrolling Marquee
section on page 2 for further details.
Accessory Navigator TM Display i The accessory
hand-held Navigator display can be used with the 48/50PG
series units. See Fig. 27. The Navigator display operates the
stone way as the Scrolling Marquee device. The Navigator
display plugs into the LEN port on either TB2 or the ECB
board.

Fig. 26 1 Scrolling Marquee

Carrier Comfort Network® (CCN) Interface i
The 48/50PG units can be connected to the CCN it"desired.
The communication bus wiring is a shielded, 3-conductor
cable with drain wire and is field supplied and installed. The
system elements are connected to the co_rnnunication bus in a
daisy chain arrangement. See Fig. 28. The positive pin of each
system element communication connector must be wired to the
positive pins of the system elements on either side of it. This is
also required for the negative and siNmt ground pins of each
system element. Wiring connections for CCN should be made
at TB2. See Fig. 14-17. Consult the CCN Contractor's Manual
for further information.
NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG (American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper, hldividuat
conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nyton, vinyl,
Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminmn/polyester 100% Ibil
shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon, chrome vinyl, or
Teflon with a minimum operating temperature range of _0 C
to 60 C is required. See the table below for acceptable wiring.
MANUFACTURER
Alpha

PART
2413

Belden

6772

Carol

C2528

West

Penn

NO.

Fig. 27 1 Accessory Navigator

Display

or 5463

5. Restore power to unit.

302

IMPORTANT: A shorted CCN bus cable will prevent
some routines fiom running and may prevent the unit fiom
starting. If abnormal conditions occur, unplug the connector. If conditions remm to normal, check the CCN connector and cable. Run new cable if necessary. A short in one
section of the bus can cause problems with all system elements on the bus.

It is important when connecting to a CCN colrnnunication
bus that a color-coding scheme be used for the entire network
to simplit) the installation. It is recolrnnended that red be used
for the siNml positive, black for the signal negative and white
for the sisal ground. Use a similar scheme for cables containing different colored wires.
At each system element, the shields of its colrnnunication
bus cables must be tied together. The shield screw on TB2 can
be used to tie the cables together. If the communication bus is
entirely within one building, the resulting continuous shield
must be connected to a ground at one point only. The shield
screw on TB2 is not acceptable for grounding. If the colrnnunication bus cable exits fiom one building and enters another,
the shields must be connected to grounds at the lighming suppressor in each building where the cable enters or exits the
building (one point per building only). To connect the unit to
the network:
1. Turn offpower to the control box.
2. Cut the CCN wire and strip the eMs of the red (_), white
(ground), and black () conductors. (Substitute appropriate colors for different colored cables.)
3. Connect the red wire to (+) terminal on TB2, the white
wire to COM terminal, and the black wire to the @)
terminal.
4. The RJ14 CCN connector on TB2 can also be used, but is
only inteMed tbr temporary connection (for example, a
laptop computer running Carrier net_xx_rksot_vare).

Subcooler
Heat Exchanger
(SHX) i The purpose
of the subcooler heat exchanger (SHX) and the subcooler TXV
is to increase the capacity of the evaporator by sending subcooled liquid refi-igerant into the evaporator. Normally, the
condenser subcools the liquid refi-igerant by approximately
10 F. The SHX adds another 10 F to 15 F degrees of subcooling
before the refi-igerant reaches the evaporator. This allows the
refi-igerant to absorb more heat fiom the mixed air, thereby providing more cooling capacity.
The subcooler functions by taking a small percentage of the
high pressure, medium temperature liquid refiigerant which
exits the condenser and converting it into a low pressure, low
temperature gas. This is accomplished by using the subcooler
TXM The gas is then routed thiough a reverse-flow heat
ex&anger (SHX), which transI_rs heat from the remaining
liquid refiigerant in the liquid line to the reverse flow gas
refrigerant. The moderate temperature gas is then sent to the
compressor to complete the loop and the cooler liquid refiigerant continues its normal path to the main TXV and the
evaporator. See Fig. 29.

CCN BUS

ROOFTOP
UNIT

BUiLDiNG

SUPERVISOR

NETWORK
OPTIONS

UNIT
ROOFTOP

j._

LEGEND

HEATING/COOLING

CCN SITE -REMOTE

GATEWAY
AUTODtAL

UNITS

CCN
CL
DAV
HVAC

-----

TCU

Carrier Comfort Network@
ComfortLink TM ControIs
Digital Air Volume
Heating, Ventilation,
and Air Conditioning
Terminal Control Unit
TO
ADDITIONAL

I _

MINALS
I
/
I ,,Z /

I/"
EQUIPMENT
NON
HvAcCARRtER L_
COMFORT
CONTROLLER

AIR

DISTRIBUTiON-DiGITAL

AiR

VOLUME

Fig. 28 -- CCN System Architecture

COMPRESSOR

SUBCOOLER
HX

SUBCOOLER

TXV

MAIN TXV

Fig. 29 -- Subcooler Operation
8!

CONTROL

(DAV)

_.
_

]
]

J
I
J

DAV FAN
POWERED
MIXING

(_.p/ BOX

Field-Installed

SMOKE DETECTORS
The Slnoke detectors are fieldinstalled accessories. These detectors can detect smoke in
either the return air (part no. CRSMKDET001D00) or supply
and return air (part no. CRSMKSUP001B00). When installing
either detectoi; the unit must be configured for tire shutdo,am by
setting Configuration-->UNIr-->FS.SW to normally open (1)
or nonnalty closed (2).
NOTE: When a Humidi-Mizer TM system is installed, the
inputs to the fire shutdown are moved to the control harness.
See the Third Party Control section on page 38 for more
information.

Accessories

SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-55)
The T-55 space
temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT55SPT) is a field-installed
accessory. The sensor is installed on a building interior walt to
measure room air temperature. The T-55 sensor also includes an
override button on the fiont cover to permit occupants to override the Unoccupied Schedule (if progralrnned). The jumper
wire in the instalter's packet must be connected between R and
W1 when using a T-55 device. See Fig. 30 and 31.
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (1-56)
The T-56 space
temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT56SPT) is a field-installed
accessory. This sensor includes a sliding scale on the fiont
cover that permits an occupant to adjust the space temperature
set point remotely. The T-56 sensor also includes an override
button on the front cover to allow occupants to override the
unoccupied schedule (if progalrnned). The jumper wire in the
installer's packet must be connected between R and Wl when
using a T-56 device. See Fig. 30 and 32.
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR (T-58)
The T-58
space temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCT58SPT) is a field-installed accessory. The T-58 sensor colrnnunicates with the
ComJbrtLink TM controtlei; providing space temperature, heating and cooling set points, and mode operation inlbnnation.
The jumper wire in the installer's packet must be connected
between R and W1 when using a T-58 device. See Fig. 33.
REIN"to the T-58 installation instructions for information on
installing and configuring the T-58 sensor.
Each T-58 sensor must have a unique address on the CCN.
Each T-58 sensor must also be confi_red with the address of
the unit control it is communicating to.
SPACE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AVERAGING
See
Fig. 34 for space temperature averaging with T-55 sensors only.
If the use of one T-56 sensor is required, refer to Fig. 35.
ECONOMIZER
The economizer accessory usage depends on model size. When installing this accessory, the unit
must be configured for economizer installation by setting
(bnfgmvttion--->ECON--->ECEN to YES. The dethult settings
for the other economizer confi_rations should be satislhctory.
If they need to be changed, additional information about these
configuration settings can be tbund in the Economizer section.
POWER EXHAUST
The power exhaust accessory usage
depends on voltage. When installing this accessory, the unit
must be configured for power exhaust installation by setting
(bnfigutvttion-->ECON-->PE.EN to ENBL. The default settings for the other power exhaust configurations should be
satisihctory. If they need to be changed, additional inibnnation
about these configurations can be found in the Power Exhaust
section.

FILTER STATUS
The filter status accessory (part no.
CRSTATUS003B00) is a field-installed accessory. This accessory detects plugged filters. When installing this accessory, the unit
must be configuzed for filter status by setting (bnfiguration
---_UNIT---_FL.SWto normally open (1) or normally closed (2).
Normally open (1) is the preferred configuration.
FAN STATUS
The thn status accessory (part no.
CRSTATUS003B00) is a field-installed accessory. This accessory detects when the indoor flax1is blowing air. When installing
this accessory, the unit must be configured tbr fan status by
setting Configuration--+UNIT---_FPc:SW to m_nally open (1)
or nonnalty closed (2). Nonnatly open (1) is the preferred
configuration.
ENTHALPY SENSORS
The enthalpy accessories (part
no. CRENTSNG02A00 and CRENTDIF02A00) are fieldinstalled accessories. The first accessory (outdoor air only)
determines when the enthatpy is low relative to a fixed reference. Adding the second accessory (return air) compares the
enthalpy between the outdoor and return airstreams. In each
case, the enthalpy 4 to 20 mA simmls are converted to a switch
output which is read by the ECB. When installing this accessory, the unit must be configured for enthalpy-based control by
setting (bnfiguration -->E(DN--_EPC:SWto nonnalty open ( 1).
See Fig. 14-19 for wiring details.
RETURN/SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The
temperature sensor (part no. 33ZCSENSAT) is a field-installed
accessory which may be installed on the common return air
duct and/or the COlnmon supply air duct near the unit. The duct
remm air temperature (RAT) may be selected for display only
if the space temperature ofl;et (SPTO) is not used. When installing the sensor, the unit must be confimlred by setting
Configuration--+UNIT--+RAT.S to YES. The duct supply air
temperature (SAT) may be used to replace the SAT sensor that
is intemat to the unit. A supply duct SAT measurement is valid
for heating mode display while the thctory-standard internal
SAT is not valid for heating clue to its location upstremn of the
heating section. When installing the supply duct SAT, the unit
must be confimlred by setting Configuration-+UNIT---_gAT.H
to ENBL. A SAT sensor in the supply duct is the preferred configuxation for systems with Carrier VVT,_R)controls.
SPACE HUMIDITY SENSOR
The space relative humidity sensor (part no. HL39ZZ005 duct mount or HL39ZZ007
walt mount) is a field-installed accessory. The space relative
humidity (RHS) may be selected for display only if the outdoor
air quality sensor (OAQ) is not used. When installing the relative humidity sensor, the unit must be configured by setting
Cot*figuration --_UNIT--_RIt.S to YES.
ELECTRIC HEAT
The electric heat accessory depends on
model size, voltage, and heater kW size. When field installing
this accessory, the unit must be confimlred for electric heat by
setting Configuration-+HEAT--->HT.. TY to a value of 2.

TWO-POSITION DAMPER
This accessory wires directly into the low voltage circuit tbr the indoor fan control. No
other control configuration is needed.
INDOOR AIR QUALITY
The indoor air quality ([AQ)
sensor is a field-installed accessory which measures CO2 levels in
the air. When installing this sensor, the unit must be configured tbr
IAQ use by setting Configuralion--_AIR.O--dA.CF to a value
of 1, 2, or 3. See the Indoor Air Quality section lbr more
information.
OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY
The outdoor air quality
(OAQ) sensor (part no. 33ZCSENCO2) is a field-installed accessory that measures CO2 levels in the air. When installing this
sensor, the unit must be configured lbr OAQ use by setting
Configuration--->AIR.O_OA.CF to a value of 1 or 2. See the
Indoor Air Quality section lbr more inlbnnation.

CLEARANCE HOLES FOR
(2) #8 MOUNTING
SCREWS ON CENTERLINE

x',x

jr,--,----,=!--_]

V
1

CCN COM

328

4.50

SENSOR

WIRING

JUMPER
_TERMINALS
AS SHOWN

NOTE: Dimensions are in inches.
Fig. :30 -- Space

Temperature

Sensor

_'/

Mounting

coo,_ w_._

Fig. 32 -- T-56 Space Temperature
(PIN 33ZCT56SPT)

_X
i .

Sensor Wiring

/.'/

T58

5 \

\
\_

SENSOR

24 VAC

t _ -W-HT-(G-N-D)L',
BLKX )_',j _

CCN COM

SEN

BLK (GND) ' '

(-) .....

WHITE

(GND)-

/Z_

CCN
COM

_ _ RED (SPT)j,Z"

_\-_\_\

BLACK

SENSOR WIRING
\ ....

©©

_--)

- BLACK (-) .....

\ -

- WHITE

(GND)-

- RED (+)-

LEGEND

Fig. 31 -- T-55 Space Temperature
(PIN 33ZCT55SPT)

CCN

Carrier

Comfort

Network

Fig. 33 -- 1"-58Communicating
Space
Temperature Sensor Wiring

Sensor Wiring

CCN
COM

TB2-T55

]

RED

]

BLK

RED

BLK

I
I

RED

I
_I_
r

BLK

SENSOR

SPACE

SENSOR

TEMPERATURE

AVERAGING

RED

[]

BLK

[]

BLK

? U J U

TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD

TB2-T55

RED

SENSOR3

4 T-55 SENSOR

SENSOR4

APPLICATION

RED

BLK

TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD
I

SENSOR

_,Ii2
II

LEGEND
TB

Terminal Block

RED

Factory Wiring
Field Wiring
_

SENSOR

_i i_
il
=

RED

BLK

SPACE TEMPERATURE

BLK

SENSOR

Temperature

Sensor

SENSOR

RED

BLK

Averaging

I
i
I

TB2-T55
RED

,1=4D

RED

BLK

]

BLK

wJ L J

BLK

TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD

T-55

SENSOR

AVERAGING -- 9 T-55 SENSOR APPLICATION

Fig. 34 -- Space

T-55

SENSOR

T-55

SENSOR

TB2-T55
WHT

[]
TO MAIN
BASE
BOARD

Fig. 35 -- Space Temperature

-0

SENSOR

]

SENSOR

RED

IL==@
L =

Sensor Averaging with 3 T-55 Sensors and One T-56 Sensor
84

SERVICE

This will make cleaning eftbrts more difficult. Surfi_ce loaded
fibers must be completely removed prior to using low velocity
clean water rinse.
Periodic Clean Water Rinse
A periodic clean water rinse is
very beneficial for coils that axe applied in coastal or industrial
environruents. However, it is very iruportant that the water
rinse is made with very low velocity water streaan to avoid
daruaging the tin edges. Monthly cleaning as desca-ibedbelow
is recoruruended.

Before performing smTice or ruaintenance operations on
unit, turn off main power switch to unit. Electrical shock
could cause personal injury.

Routine Cleanin_ of Coil Surfaces
Monthly cleaning with
Totaline,oR)enviropanentally sound coil cleaner is essential to
extend the life of coils. This cleaner is available fioru Carrier
Replaceruent parts division as part nuruber P902-0301 for a
one gallon container, and part nuruber P902-0305 tbr a 5 gallon
container. It is recolrunended that all coils, including standard
aluruinuru, pre-coated, copper/copper or E-coated coils be
cleaned with the Totatine enviropanentally sound coil cleaner
as described belo,a: Coil cleaning should be part of the unit's
regularly scheduled ruaintenance procedures to ensure tong lil_
of the coil. Failure to clean the coils may result in reduced durability in the enviropanent.
Avoid the use of:
• coil brighteners
• acid cleaning prior to painting
• high pressure washers
• poor quality water t\_r cleaning
Totaline environruentally sound coil cleaner is non-flmrunable, hypoatlergenic, nonbacterial, and a USDA accepted biodegradable agent that will not harm the coil or surrounding components such as electrical wiring, painted metal surthces, or insnlation. Use of non-recolrunended coil cleaners is strongly
discouraged since coil and unit durability could be affected.
Tolaline Envitvnmemally So_md Coil (Teaner Application

Puron,_R)(R-410A) reliigerant systems operate at higher
pressures than standard R-22 systerus. Do not use R-22
service equipruent or coruponents on Puron refi-igerant
equipruent. If service equipment is not rated for Puron
reti-igerant, equipment dmnage or personal injury may
result.

1. hnproper installation, adjustruent, alteration, service,
or ruaintenance can cause property daruage, personal
injury, oi loss of li*_.Refer to the User's Int_nnation
Manual provided with this unit for more details.
2. Do not store or use gasoline or other flmrunabte
vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other
appliance.
What to do if you smell gas:
1. DO NOT try to light any appliance.
2. DO NOT touch any electrical switch, or use any
phone in your building.
3. IMMEDIATELY call your gas supplier fioru a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions.
4. If you cannot reach your gas suppliel; call the fire
departruent.

Eql lip174el) t

• 2t/z gallon garden sprayer
• water rinse with low velocity spray nozzle

Harsh cheruicals, household bleach or acid or basic cleaners should not be used to clean outdoor or indoor coils of
any kind. These cleaners can be very difficult to rinse out
of the coil and can accelerate corrosion at the fin/tube interface where dissimilar materials are in contact. If there is
dirt below the surface of the coil, use the Totatine,_R_
enviropanentally sound coil cleaner as described above.

Disconnect gas piping tioru unit when pressure testing at
pressure reeater than 0.5 psig. Pressures re'eater than
0.5 psig will cause gas valve &nnage resulting in hazardous
condition. If gas valve is snbjected to pressure reeater than
0.5 psig, it must be replaced before use. When pressure
testing field-supplied gas piping at pressures of 0.5 psig or
less, a unit connected to such piping must be isolated by
closing the ruanual gas valve(s).
Cleaning
-- Inspect unit interior at beDnning of each heating and cooling season and as operating conditions require. Remove unit top panel and/or side panels tbr access to unit interior.
COIL MAINTENANCE AND CLEANING RECOMMENDATION
Routine cleaning of coil surfaces is essential to
ruaintain proper operation of the unit. Elimination of contamination and removal of harmful residues will reearly increase
the life of the coil and extend the life of the unit. The following
ruaintenance and cleaning procedures are recolrnnended as
part of the routine ruaintenance activities to extend the life of
the coil.
Remove Surface Loaded Fibers
Surthce loaded fibers or
dirt should be reruoved with a vacuuru cleaner. If a vacuum
cleaner is not available, a soft non-ruetallic bristle brash may
be used. hi either case, the tool should be applied in the direction of the tins. Coil surfaces can be easily daruaged (tin edges
can be easily bent over and daruage to the coating of a protected coil) if the tool is applied across the fins.
NOTE: Use ofa ,a_aterstrearu, such as a garden hose, against a
surface loaded coil wilt drive the fibers and dirt into the coil.

•

High velocity ,a_atertioru a pressure ,a_asher, garden hose,
or corupressed air should never be used to clean a coil. The
force of the water or air jet will bend the tin edges and
increase airside pressure drop. Reduced unit performance
or nuisance unit shutdown may occur.
Tomline Environmentally
Inslmtctions

Sound Coil Cleaner Application

1. Proper eye protection such as safety glasses is recorumended during mixing and application.
2. Remove all surface loaded fibers and dirt with a vacuum
cleaner as desca-ibedabove.
3. Thoroughly wet finned surfaces with clean water and a
low velocity garden hose, being careful not to bend fins.
4. Mix Totaline enviropanentally sound coil cleaner in a
21/2 gallon garden sprayer according to the instructions
included with the cleaner. The optimum solution temperature is 100 F.
85

NOTE:DoNOTUSEwaterin excess
of 130F,astheenzymaticactivitywillbedestroyed.
5. Thoroughly
applyTotaline
enviropanentalty
scumcoil
cleaner
solution
toallcoilsurfaces
including
finnedarea,
tubesheets
andcoilheaders.
6. Holdgarden
sprayer
nozzle
close
tofinnedareas
andapplycleaner
withavertical,
up-and-down
motion.
Avoid
spraying
in horizontal
pattern
tominimize
potential
for
findamage.
7. Ensure
cleaner
thoroughly
penetrates
deepintofinned
areas.
8. Interiorandexterior
finnedareas
mustbethoroughly
cleaned.
9. Finned
surfaces
should
remain
wetwithcleaning
solution
for10minutes.
10. Ensure
surfaces
axenotallowed
todrybefore
rinsing.
Reapplying
cleaner
asneeded
to ensure
10-minute
saturationisachieved.
11.Thoroughly
rinseallsurfaces
withlowvelocity
clean
waterusingdownward
rinsing
motion
ofwaterspray
nozzle.
Protect
finsfiomdamage
fiomthespray
nozzle.
CONDENSATE
DRAIN Check
andclean
each
yearatthe
startofthecooling
season.
Anaccess
panel
islocated
above
the
condensate
connection
toalloweasycleanoutofthecondensatepan.Thefirsttimethepanelisremoved,
theinsulation
behindtheaccess
panelwill needtobecutaway.
Carefully
cut
theinsulation
withaknifeorbladeonthree
sides
sotheinsulationcanbefoldedoutofthewayduringcleaning.
Becareful
nottodamage
components
behind
theinsulation
whilecutting.
Oncecleaning
iscompleted,
foldtheinsulation
backintoplace
andsecure
theaccess
panel
intheoriginal
position.
FILTERS Clean
orreplace
atstartofeach
heating
andcoolingseason,
ormoreoftenif operating
conditions
require.
Refer
tounitinstallation
instructions
fortypeandsize.
OUTDOOR-AIR
INLETSCREENSCleanscreens
with
steam
orhotwaterandamilddeteNent.
Donotusethrowaway
filtersinplaceofscreens.
Seeunitinstallation
instructions
for
quantity
andsize.
MAINBURNER
(48PGOnly) At thebeginning
of each
heating
season,
inspect
fordeterioration
orblockage
duetocorrosionorothercauses.
Observe
themainburner
tlmnes.
Refer
toMainBurners
section
onpage91.
FLUEGASPASSAGEWAYS
(48PG
Only) Thetlue collectorboxandheatexchanger
cellsmaybeinspected
by
removing
heatsection
access
panel
(Fig.5),tlueboxcover,
and
mainburner
assembly
(Fig.36).RefertoMainBurners
section
onpage91forburnerremoval
sequence.
If cleaning
is reqnired,
clean
tubes
withawirebrush.
Usecaution
withcermnic
heatexchanger
baffles.
When
installing
retaining
clip,besurethecenter
legoftheclipextends
inward
toward
baffle.SeeFig.37.
COMBUSTION-AIR
BLOWER
(48PGOnly) Cleanperiodicallytoassure
properairflowandheating
effidenc3_
Inspect
blowerwheeleverytallandperiodically
during
heating
season.
Forthefirstheating
season,
inspect
blowerwheelbimonthly
todetermine
proper
cleaning
fiequency.
To inspect blower wheel, remove heat section panel. Using
an inspection mirror and llashlight, look into the tlue exhaust
duct to inspect the wheel. If cleaning is required, relnove motor
and wheel assembly by removing the screws holding the flue
box cover to the tlue box. See Fig. 36. Rmnove the screws holding the inducer housing to the inlet plate. The wheel can then be
relnoved from the motor shaft and cleaned with a detergent or
solvent. Replace the wheel onto the motor shaft in the correct
position and reassmnble the tlue cover onto the tlue box.

COMBUSTION
FAN HOUSING
HEAT
EXCHANGER
SECTION

INDUCED
DRAFT
MOTOR

IGC

MAI N GAS
VALVE

BOARD

(HIDDEN)

MAIN BURNER
SECTION

160 -- Integrated Gas Controller
Fig. 36 --

Typical

Gas Heating

Section

CERAMIC
BAFFLE

CLIP

NOTE: One baffle and clip will be in each upper tube of the heat
exchanger.

Fig. 37 -- Removing Heat Exchanger Ceramic
Baffles and Clips
Lubrication
COMPRESSORS
Each compressor is charged with the
correct amount ofoit at the thctory.

The compressor is in a Puron,¢9reliigerant system and uses
a polyolester (POE) oil. This oil is extremely hygroscopic,
meaning it absorbs water readily. POE oils can absorb
15 times as much water as other oils desiNled for HCFC
and CFC refrigerants. Avoid exposure of the oil to the
atmosphere. Damage to components could result.
Polyolester (POE) compressor lubricants are known to
cause long term damage to some synthetic roofing materials.
Exposure, even if ilrnnediately cleaned up, may cause roofing
materials to become brittle (leading to cracking) within a
year. When pertbnning any service which may risk exposure of
compressor oil to the root; take appropriate precautions to
protect roofing. Procedures which risk oil leakage include compressor replacement, repairing refrigerant leaks, and replacing
refrigerant components. To prepare rooftop:
1. Cover extended roof work area with an impermeable
plastic dropctoth or tarp. Make sure a 10 x 10 area around
the work area is covered.

2. Cover
areain tiontoftheunitservice
panel
withaterry
clothshoptoweltoabsorb
lubricant
spillsandprevent
run-oft;.Towelwilt alsoprotectdropcloth
fiomtears
caused
bytoolsorcomponents.
3. Place
terrycloth
shoptowelinside
theunitdirectly
under
components
tobeserviced
toprevent
spillsthrough
the
bottom
oftheunit.
4. Perform
therequired
service.
5. Remove
anddispose
ofanyoilcontalninated
material
per
localcodes.
FANSHAFTBEARINGS Lubricate
bearings
atleastevery6 lnonths
withsuitable
bearing
_ease.
Typical lubricants

4. Screw movable flange toward fixed flange to increase
speed and away fioln fixed flange to decrease speed.
Increasing fan speed increases load on motor. Do not
exceed maxilnum speed specified in unit Installation
Instructions.
See Tables 27 and 28 for air quantity limits.
5. Set movable flange at nearest keyway of pulley hub and
tighten setscrew. (See Tables 33 and 34 for speed change
tbr each full turn of pulley flange.)
6. Replace and tighten belts (see Evaporator Fan Belt
Tension Adjustment section below).
7. Restore power to unit.
To align tan and motor pulleys:
1. Loosen fan pulley setscrews.
2. Slide tan pulley along Panshaft.
3. Make angular alignment by loosening motor tioln
mounting plate.

are _ven below:
MANUFACTURER
Texaco
Mobil
Sunoco
Texaco

LUBRICANT
Regal AFB-2*
Mobilptex EP No. 1
Prestige 42
Multifak 2

*Preferred lubricant because it contains rust and oxidation inhibitors.

FAN MOTOR BEARINGS
Fan motor bearings are of the
pennanently lubricated type. No field lubrication is required.
No lubrication of the condenser or evaporator lnotors are
required.

MOTOR
- PULLEY
(HIDDEN)

FAN
PULLEY"

Manual Outdoor Air Damper-- If manual outdoor
air damper blade adjustment is required, refer to unit Installation Instructions.

-MOTOR

Economizer
Adjustment
-- Ifeconolnizer adjustment
is required, refer to unit Installation Instructions.
Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement
-- The
48/50PG units t_ature a slide-out fan deck tbr easy servicing of
the indoor-tan motor, pulleys, belt, and bearings. To service
components in this section, pertbnn the following procedure:
1. Turn offunit power.
2. Open the tan section access panel.
3. Remove three no. 10 screws at tiont of slide-out tan deck.
Save screws. See Fig. 38.
4. Disconnect the limit switch wires located on the right side
of the tan deck (48PG only). Other wires do not need to
be disconnected.
5. Fan deck can now be slid out to access serviceable
components.

MOUNTING
-BASE

LiMiT
SWITCH
Qt

SLIDE-OUT
FAN DECK

CONNECT
(48PG

ONLY)

Fig. 38 -- Evaporator-Fan

STRAIGHTEDGE

Motor Adjustment

MUST

WITH BELT

PULLEY

DO NOT SLIDE FAN DECK OUT PAST THE STOP
BRACKET. If further access is required, the fan deck must
be supported. Make sure plugs and wiring are not pinched
between tan housing and unit center post. Damage to unit
may result.

MOVABLE
FLANGES

6. To replace tan deck to operating position, slide Pan deck
back into the unit. Secure with the three no. 10 screws
relnoved in Step 3.
7. Re-attach electrical plugs and wires.
8. Close fan section access door.
9. Restore power to unit.
Evaporator

PULLEY

MOTOR AND FAN
SHAFTS MUST BE
PARALLEL
SETSCREWS_

FIXED FLANGES

Fan

Performance
Adjustment
(Fig. 38 and 39) -- Fan motor pulleys are factory set
for speed shown in Table 57.
To change Panspeeds:
1. Shut offunit power supply.
2. Loosen nuts on the 4 can-iage bolts in the mounting base.
Using adjusting bolts and plate, slide motor and remove
belt.
3. Loosen movable-pulley flange setscrew (see Fig. 39).

SINGLE-GROOVE

Fig. 39 -- Evaporator-Fan Alignment and
Adjustment

Evaporator Fan Belt Tension Adjustment
-- To
adjust belt tension:
1. Turn offunit power.
2. Slide out fan deck to service position as shown in Evaporator Fan Service and Replacement section above.
3. Loosen tan motor bolts.

Verify Sensor Performance -- Verit) that thermistor,
transducer, and switch inputs (see Tables 50-52) are reading
correctly. These values can be accessed through the Scrolling
Marquee display in the Temperatures, Pressures, and Inputs
menus. Some values will depend on configuration choices.
Refer to the Control Set Up Checklist completed for the
specific unit installation and to the configuration tables in
Appendix A.

4. Move motor mounting plate to adjust to proper belt tension. See Table 57. Motor adjuster bolts may be used to
tighten belts. See Fig. 38.
5. Check for proper belt aligmnent. Adjust if necessary.
6. Tighten motor mounting plate bolts to lock motor in
proper position.
7. Return tan deck back into operating position.
8. Restore power to unit.

Economizer
Operation
During
Power
Failure -- Dampers have a spring return. In event of power failure, dalnpers will return to fully closed position until power is
restored. Do not mamtally operate damper motol:
Evacuation
-- Proper evacuation of the system will remove noncondensables and ensure a tight, dry system before
charging. Evacuate fiom both high and low side ports. Never
use the system compressor as a vacuum pump. Refiigerant
tubes and indoor coil should be evacuated to 500 microns.
Always break a vacuum with dry nitrogen. The _vo possible
methods are the deep vacuum method and the triple evacuation
method.

Condenser-Fan
Adjustment
(Fig. 40)
1. Shut off unit power supply.
2. Relnove coMenser-fan assembly (gille, motor, motor
cover, and tan) and loosen tan hub setscrews.
3. Adjust tan height as sho,an in Fig. 40.
4. Tighten setscrews and replace condenser4hn asselnbly.
5. Turn on power to unit.

Fig. 40 -- Condenser-Fan

DEEP VACI__YMMETHOD
The deep vacuum method
requires a vacumn pump capable of pulling a minilnum vacuum of 500 microns and a vacuum gage capable of accurately
measuring this vacuum depth. The deep vacuum method is the
most positive way of assuring a system is fiee of air and liquid
water. (See Fig. 41 .)

Adjustment

Table 57 -- Belt Tension Adjustment
BELT TENSION (Ib)
Unit Model Number Position 10

48PG

VOLTAGE

230
460

A,J
4.8
4.8

B,K
5.1
5.1

C,L
5.6
5.6

D,M
4.5
4.5

E,N
NA
NA

F,P
4.7
4.7

G,Q
5.0
5.0

H,R
5.5
5.5

575
230

5.3
4.8

5.1
5.1

5.6
5.6

4.5
4.5

NA
NA

5.2
4.7

5.0
5.0

5.5
5.5

460
575

4.8
5.3

5.1
5.1

5.6
5.6

4.5
4.5

NA
NA

4.7
5.2

5.0
5.0

5.5
5.5

230
460

4.5
4.5

5.4
5.4

5.9
5.9

4.5
4.5

5.4
5.4

5.9
5.9

4.5
4.5

575

4.5

5.4

5.9

4.5

5.4

5.9

4.5

BELT TENSION (Ib)
Unit Model Number Position 10

50PG

VOLTAGE

230
460

A,J
4.8
4.8

B,K
5.1
5.1

C,L
5.6
5.6

D,M
4.5
4.5

E,N
4.8
4.8

F,P
5.1
5.1

G,Q
5.6
5.6

H,R
4.5
4.5

575
230

5.3
4.8

5.1
5.1

5.6
5.6

4.5
4.5

5.3
4.8

5.1
5.1

5.6
5.6

4.5
4.5

460
575

4.8
5.3

5.1
5.1

5.6
5.6

4.5
4.5

4.8
5.3

5.1
5.1

5.6
5.6

4.5
4.5

230
460

4.5
4.5

5.4
5.4

5.9
5.9

4.5
4.5

5.4
5.4

5.9
5.9

4.5
4.5

575

4.5

5.4

5.9

4.5

5.4

5.9

4.5

TO USE THE COOLING CHARGING CHART, STANDARD UNITS
Use the above temperature and pressure
readings, and find the intersection point on the cooling chaNing chart. If intersection point on chart is above line, add refiigerant. If intersection point on chart is below line, carefully recover some of the charge. Recheck suction pressure as charge
is adjusted.

5OOO
45OO
4OOO
LEAK IN

35OO
3000

2500
2000

CHARGING CHART (ALL CIRCUITS)
ALL OUTDOORFANS MUST BE OPERATING

VACUUM TIGHT
TOO WET

1500

1000

H
H
H
H

TIGHT
DRY SYSTEM

5OO

MINUTES

Fig. 41 -- Deep Vacuum

Graph

TRIPLE EVACUATION METHOD
The triple evacumion
method should only be used when vacuum pump is capable of
pumping down to 28 in. of mercury and system does not contain any liquid ,a_ater.Proceed as follows:
1. Pump system down to 28 in. of mercury and allow pump
to continue operating for an additional 15 minutes.
2. Close service valves and shut off vacuum pump.
3. Connect a nitrogen cylinder and regulator to system and
open until system pressure is 2 psig.
4. Close service valve and allow system to stand for 1 hr.
During this time, dry nitrogen will be able to diffuse
throughout the system, absorbing moisture.
5. Repeat this procedure. System will then contain minimal
amounts of contmninants and water vapor.

'1!
150

?00

_50

SO0

Liquid

Pressure

aS0
el

Io0
Liqu{d

IS0

500

550

[psig]

V0{_e,

Fig. 42 -- Charging Chart -- 48/50PG20 -Standard Unit

CHARGING
ALL OUTDOOR

Refrigerant
Charge -- Amount of refrigerant charge is
listed on unit nameplate. Refer to Carrier GTAC II; Module 5;
ChaNing, Recovery, Recycling, and Reclmnation section for
charNng methods and procedures. Unit panels must be in place
when unit is operating during charging procedure.
Puron_r9(R-410A) refrigerant cylinders contain a dip tube
which allows liquid refiigerant to flow tiom the cylinder in an
upright position. ChaNe units with cylinder in the upright
position and a colrnnercial type metering device in the manifold hose.

FANS

Liquid Pressure

CHART

MUST

BE OPERATING

at Liquid Valve, [psig]

Fig. 43 -- Charging Chart -- 48/50PG20 -Unit with Humidi-MiZeW MSystem

This system uses Puron refi'igerant which Ms higher
pressures than R-22 and other refiigerants. No other refrigerant may be used in this system. Gage set, hoses, and
recovery system must be desigqed to handle Puron refrigerant. If unsure about equipment, consult the equipment
manuthcturer.

CHARGING CHART (ALL CIRCUITS)
ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING

NOTE: Do not use recycled refiigerant as it may contain
contaminants.
NO CHARGE
Use standard evacuating techniques. After
evacuating system, weigh in the specified amount of refiigerant (refer to unit nameplate).
NOTE: System chmge for units with Humidi-MiZer TM system
is greater than the system charge of the standard unit.
LOW CHARGE COOLING
Using cooling chmging chart
(see Fig. 42-45), add or relnove refiigerant until conditions of the
chart are met. An accurate pressure gage and telnperaturesensing device are required. Charging is accomplished by
ensuring the proper amount of liquid subcooling. Measure liquid
line pressure at the liquid line service valve using pressure gage.
Connect telnperature sensing device to the liquid line near the
liquid line service valve and insulate it so that outdoor ambient
temperature does not affect reading.

_so

2oo

25o

sou

Liquid

Pressure

&5o

_oo

o_ Liquid

Volve,

aso

500

sso

6oo

[psig}

Fig. 44 -- Charging Chart -- 48/50PG24 -- Standard
Unit and Unit with Humidi-MiZeW MSystem
89

Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig.
Puron systems should be charged with liquid refiigerant. Use a
comlnercial-type metering device in the manifold hose. Manifold sets should be 750 psig high-side and 200 psig low-side
with 520 psig tow-side retard. Use hoses with 750 psig selwice
pressure rating. Leak detectors should be designed to detect
HFC refiigerant.

CHARGING CHART (ALL CIRCUITS)
ALL OUTDOOR FANS MUST BE OPERATING

IIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIB,I, IIIII
Gas Valve Adjustment
(48PG Only)
IIIIIII
IIIIIIUb lllllllllll
NATURAL GAS
The gas valve opens and closes in reIIIIIII
134,t1111111111111111111 sponse to the therlnostat or limit control.
IIIIIII. 71111111111
...........................
When power is supplied to vane terminals W2 (High Fire)
III,b
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
and C 1, the main valve opens to its preset position.
Illllll
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
The regular factory setting is stamped on the valve body.
II................
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
The setting is 3.00 in. wg for vertical supply/discharge units.
PG2s

lse

2oo

_5o
Liquid

3oo
PressuI_

}so
oi Liquid

_oo

_se

VoEv¢,

[psig]

soo

55o

The setting is 2.95 in. wg for horizontal supply/discharge units.
To adjust regulator:
1. Set unit at setting forno call forheat.
2. Turn main gas valve to OFF position.
3. Relnove l/s-in, pipe plug tiom manifold or gas valve
pressure tap connection. Install a suitable pressuremeasuring device.
4. Set main gas valve to ON position.
5. Set thermostat at setting to call for heat.
6. Remove screw cap covering regulator adjustment screw
(See Fig. 46).
7. Turn adjustment screw cloclcwise to increase pressure or
countercloclcwise to decrease pressure.
8. Once desired pressure is established, set unit setting
for no call t\_r heat, turn off main gas valve, remove
pressure-measuring
device, and replace t/8-in, pipe
plug and screw cap.

6_o

Fig. 45 -- Charging Chart-- 48/50PG28-- Standard
Unit and Unit with Humidi-MiZer TM System
The TXV (thermostatic expansion valve) is set to maintain
between 10 and 15 degrees of superheat at tile compressors.
The valves are thctory set and cannot be adjusted. Do not use
an R-22 TX_
NOTE: All circuits must be running in normal cooling mode.
Indoor airflow must be within specified air quantity limits for
cooling (see Tables 27 and 28). All outdoor i_mlsmust be on
and running at high speed. If outdoor temperature is b,a; this
may require a temporary change in unit wiring.
TO USE THE COOLING CHARGING CHARTS, UNITS
WITH HUMIDI-MIZER ADAPTIVE DEHUMIDIFICATION SYSTEM
NOTE: All circuits must be running in normal cooling mode.
Indoor airflow must be within specified air quantity limits for
cooling (see Tables 27 and 28). All outdoor l_mlsmust be on
and running at high speed. Use the Cooling Service Test Outdoor Fan function (Setwice Test_COOL _OEO! 0 to start all
outdoor tiros. If the outdoor temperature is lo,a; the Motonnaster,¢_)outdoor tan control device may need to be telnporarity
bypassed by rewiring the power leads to obtain full speed.
Be sure unit is in normal cooling mode by checking that the
RH2 solenoid coil(s) and the CRC relay are deeneigized
(control outputs ofl). Adjust chaise per the chaNing charts as
described in the To Use The Cooling Charging Charts,
Standard Unit section on page 89. Switch system to run in the
dehumidification mode for 5 minutes. Dehumidification 1node
is when the RH2 solenoid coil(s) and the CRC relay are
energized. Switch back to cooling 1node to recheck pressures
and temperatures on the charging chart and adjust charge if
necessary. If chaise adjustment is necessary, then repeat the
steps in this para_aph until no chaNe adjustment is necessary.
When no more charge adjustment is necessary after switching
tioln Dehumidification 1node back to Cooling mode, then
charge adjustment procedure is complete. Remove jumper
tiom the outdoor motor speed controller.
PURON@ REFRIGERANT
Puron refi-igerant operates at
50 to 70 percent higher pressures than R-22. Be sure that
servicing equiplnent and replacelnent components are desiNled
to operate with Puron refrigerant. Do not mix with colnponents
that have been used with other reliigerants. Puron reiiigerant,
as with other HFCs, is only colnpatible with POE oils.

High Altitude (48PG Only) -- For high altitude applications _eater than 2000 ft the heat input rate should be
reduced. The higher the altitude is above sea level, the less
oxygen is in the air. See Table 58 for orifice sizing. A high altitude kit is available to convert unit for attitudes up to 7,000 ft.

2 LEADS,
#18 WIRE
6OOV. MAX., 105°C

1/32 INSULATION,

REGULATOR
ADJUSTMENTSCREW
REMOVE

COVER)

OUTLET
TAP

PRESSURE

(PLUGGED)

1/8-27

N.P.T. THDS.

RT O Po OL A ,NA
_
"@_)
INLET

PRESSURE

TAP

(PLUGGED)

1/8 - 27 N.P.T. THDS.

TERMINAL
'%-PILOT

CONNECTION

(PLUGGED)

FOR 1/4" O.D TUBING
RECEPTACLE TERMINAL

Fig. 46 -- Gas Valve (48PG Only)

10. Lift bumer/mmlifold assembly out of unit.
CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT
1. Relnove burner rack tiom unit as descTibed in Main
Burner Relnoval section above.

Main Burners (48PG Only) -- For all applications,
main burners are ti_ctory set and should require no adjustment.
MAIN BURNER REMOVAL
1. Shut off (field-supplied) lnanual main gas vatve.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

2. Inspect burners, and if dirty, remove burners tiom rack.
3. Using a soft brush, clean burners and crossover port as
required.
4. Adjust spark gap. See Fig. 47.
5. Reinstall burners on rack.

Shut offpower to unit.
Remove gas section access panel.
Disconnect gas piping from gas valve inlet.
Remove wires tiom gas valve.
Remove wires tioln rolbut switch.

6. Reinstall burner rack as descTibed above.

7. Remove sensor wire and ignitor cable fiom IGC board.
8. Remove 2 screws securing lnanifold bracket to basepml.
9. Remove 2 screws that hold the burner asselnbty to vestibule plate.

.......
'ij
i

ii
ii

SEE DETAIL

"C"

_ ........................
! _% .........................
S°_ .........................
_
.........................
-% ........................

,, o

i ,

[
i::

_ -

.,o

SPARK GAP .120" TO A40"

--_]

GAP

.181"

!1-,-_:

tL!L :---:
DETAIL "C"

Fig. 47 -- Spark Gap Adjustment (48PG Only)

Table 58 -- Altitude Compensation
NATURAL
ELEVATION

(ft)
0-1,999
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000

-- 48PG20-28

GAS

PROPANE

NATURAL GAS ORIFICE SIZEt
Low Heat
Medium Heat
High Heat
(D,L)
(E,M)
(F,N)
29
30
29
29
30
29
3O
31
30
3O
31
30
3O
31
30
3O
31
30
31
32
31
3!
32
31
3!
32
31
32
33
32

ELEVATION
(ft)
0-1,999
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000

*As the height above sea level increases, there is less oxygen per
cubic foot of air. Therefore, heat input rate should be reduced at
higher altitudes. Includes a 4% input reduction per each 1000 ft.
1-Orifices available through your Carrier dealer.

GAS

PROPANE GAS ORIFICE SlZEt
Low Heat
Medium Heat
High Heat
(D,L)
(E,M)
(F,N)
35
38
35
36
39
36
36
39
36
37
40
37
37
40
37
38
4!
38
39
42
39
40
43
40
41
44
41
42
45
42

Filter Drier -- Replace whenever ref-igerant system is exposed to atmosphere. Only use factory specified liquid-line
tilter driers with working pressures no less than 650 psig. Do
not install a suction-line ftter drier in liquid line. A liquid-line
flter drier designed for use with Puron,_R)refi-igerant is required
for ca& circuit.

Fuses are also located in the control box and teed power to
the condenser fan motors. Always replace blown fuses with the
correct size fuse as indicated on the unit fuse label.
SATURATED SUCTION PRESSURE (SSP)
If the SSP
for a particular circuit is reading below the alarm set point for
an extended period of time, that circuit wilt be shut down. After
15 minutes, the atann will automatically reset. If this alarm
occurs 3 times consecutively, the circuit will remain locked out
until an alarm reset is initiated via CCN or manually via the
Scrolling Marquee display (see Alarms and Alerts section on
page 54 for more details).

Protective Devices
COMPRESSOR PROTECTION
Overcu_rrent

Each compressor has internal line break motor

protection.

Overtemperature
Each compressor has an intemal protector
to protect it against excessively high dischmge gas temperatures.
Hi_h-Pressure Switch
If the high-pressure switch trips, the
compressor will shut down and the currem sensor will not
detect current. See the Current Sensor section below for more
information.

Relief Devices -- All units have relief devices to protect
against d,'unage tiom excessNe pressures (i.e., fire). These
devices protect the high and low side and are located at the suction line service port. Protect joint during brazing operations
near joint.

Control Circuit, 24-V-

Each control circuit is protected against overcurrent by a 3.2 amp circuit breaker.
Breaker can be reset. If it trips, determine cause of trouble
bel\)re resetting.

Current Sensor (CS)
The purpose of the CS is to detect
losses in compressor power. After detecting a loss in compressor power, unit control locks out the compressor for 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, the alarm will automatically reset. If
this atann occurs 3 times consecutively, the compressor will remain locked out until an alarm reset is initiated via CCN or
manually via the Scrolling Marquee display (see Atanns and
Alerts section on page 54 for more details).
EVAPORATOR FAN MOTOR PROTECTION
A manuat reset,

calibrated

trip,

magnetic

circuit

breaker

Replacement
Parts -- A complete list of replacement
parts may be obtained tiom any Carrier distributor upon
request.
Diagnostic LEDs -- The IGC control board Ms a LED
for diagnostic purposes. See Heating Troubleshooting section
on page 60 for more information.

protects

against overcurrent. Do not bypass connections or increase the
size of the breaker to correct trouble. Determine the cause and
correct it before resetting the breaker.
CONDENSER-FAN
MOTOR PROTECTION
Each
condenser-fro1 motor is internally
protected
against
overtemperature.

APPENDIX

A--LOCAL

DISPLAY

AND CCN TABLES

MODE -- RUN STATUS
ITEM
RUN STATUS
VIEW
HVAC

OCC
SAT
ALRM
TIME

EXPANSION

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

UNITS
STATUS

Auto View of Run Status
HVAC Mode Status

VERS
MBB
ECB
MARQ

Currently Occupied
Supply Air Temperature
Current Alarms &Aterts
Time of Day
Software Version Numbers
CESR131320-xx-xx
CESR131249-xx-xx
CESR131171-xx-xx

HRS
A1
A2
B1
CI
CCH
IDF
OFC,1
OFC,2
OFC.3
HT,1
HT,2
PE,1
PE,2
ALRM
CRC
RH2,A
RH2.B

Component Run Hours
Compressor A1 Run Hours
Compressor A2 Run Hours
Compressor B1 Run Hours
Compressor C1 Run Hours
Crankcase Heat Run Hours
Indoor Fan Run Hours
Outdoor Fan 1 Run Hours
Outdoor Fan 2 Run Hours
Outdoor Fan 3 Ran Hours
Heat Stage 1 Run Hours
Heat Stage 2 Run Hours
Power Exhaust1 Run Hours
Power Exhaust2 Run Hours
Alarm Relay Run Hours
Reheat1 Valve Run Hours
Reheat2 Valve A Run Hrs
Reheat2 Valve BC Run Hrs

STRT
A1
A2
B1
CI
CCH
IDF
OFC,1
OFC,2
OFC.3
HT,1
HT,2
PE,1
PE,2
ALRM
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B

Component Starts
Compressor A1 Starts
Compressor A2 Starts
Compressor B1 Starts
Compressor C1 Starts
Crankcase Heat Starts
Indoor Fan Starts
Outdoor Fan 1 Starts
Outdoor Fan 2 Starts
Outdoor Fan 3 Starts
Heat Stage 1 Starts
Heat Stage 2 Starts
Power Exhaust1 Starts
Power Exhaust2 Starts
Alarm Retay Starts
Reheat1 Valve Starts
Reheat2 Vatve A Starts
Reheat2 Valve BC Starts

MODE
SYS

Control Modes
System Mode

HVAC

OCC
T.OVR
LINK
C.LOC
H.LOC
E,LOC

Currently Occupied
Timed Override in Effect
Linkage Active
Circuit OAT Lockout
Heat OAT Lockout
Econo Cool OAT Lockout

COOL
DMD,C
AVL.C
REQ.C
IDF
CCH
OFC,1
OFC,2
OFC,3
CRC
CIR.A
CMP, A
TG .A
CS.A1
CS.A2
RH2.A
SST.A
SSP.A
SCT.A
SCP.A

RANGE

Mode

Cooling Status
Cooling Demand
Available Cooting Stages
Requested Cooting Stages
Indoor Fan Relay
Crankcase Heat ReIay
Outdoor Fan 1 Relay
Outdoor Fan 2 Relay
Outdoor Fan 3 Relay
Cool >Reheat1 Control
Refrigerant Circuit A
Compressors A
Timeguard A
Compressor A1 Feedback
Compressor A2 Feedback
Reheat2 Valve A
Sat Suction Temp A
Suction Pressure A
Sat Condenser Temp A
Condenser Pressure A

(VIEW

1=Disabled
2=Fan Only
3=Cool
4=Heat
Yes/No
xxxx
xx
xx.xx

CCN
POINT

WRITE
STATUS

DISPLAY
= Display

only)

dF
hh.mm
VERSIONS

STRTHOUR

xxxxx xx
xxxxx xx
xxxxx xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx xx
xxxxx xx
xxxxx xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
XXXXX.XX
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx.xx
xxxxx xx

hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours

XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
XXXXXX

HR_A1
H R_A2
HR_B1
HR_C1
HR_CCH
HR_IDF
HR OFC 1
HR-OFC-2
HR OFC 3
HR-HTR_-I
HR_HTR 2
HR_PE_IHR PE 2
HR-ALM
HR_CRC
HR RH2 A
HR-RH2-B

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

ST A1
ST-A2
ST B1
ST-C1
ST-CCH
ST IDF
ST-OFC
1
ST OFC 2
ST OFC 3
ST HTR 1
ST HTR 2
ST PE 1
ST PE 2
ST ALM
ST-CRC
ST RH2 A
ST RH2 B

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcibte
Forcibte
Forcible

MODEDISP
1=Disabled
2=Enabled
3=Test
1 =Off
2=Fan Only
3=Cool
4=Heat
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

SYS_MODE

HVACMODE

OCCUPIED
MODETOVR
MODELINK
COMPLOCK
HEATLOCK
ECONLOCK
COOLDISP

XXXX
X
X
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
xxx
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx
xxxx

COOL
DMD
AVLCS-TGS
REQCSTGS
IDF
CCH
OFC_I
OFC
2
OFC-3
CRC-

sec

dF
psig
dF
psig

COMP A
TIMGD__A
CS A1
CS-A2
RH2 A
SST_-A
SSP A
SCT-A
SCP_A

Forcible

APPENDIX

ITEM
RUN STATUS (cont)
COOL (cont)
CIR.B
CMP, B
TG.B
CS,B1
RH2.B
SST.B
SSP.B
SCT.B
SCP.B
CIR,C
CMP, C
TG.C1
CS.C1
RH2.C
SST.C
SSP.C
SCT.C
SCP.C
HEAT
DMD.H
AVL.H
REQ.H
IDF
HT.1
TG.H1
HT.2
TG.H2
ECON
EC.CP
EC.AP
EC.MP
IAQ.S
IAQ
OAT
ENTH
OAQ
PE,1
PE.2
(LON_DATA

= CCN only)

A --

LOCAL
MODE-

DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
RUN STATUS (cont)

EXPANSION

Refrigerant Circuit B
Compressors B
Timeguard B
Compressor B1 Feedback
Reheat2 Valve B,C
Sat. Suction Temp B
Suction Pressure B
Sat. Condenser Temp B
Condenser Pressure a
Refrigerant Circuit C
Compressors C
Timeguard C
Compressor Cl Feedback
Reheat2 Valve B,C
Sat. Suction Temp C
Suction Pressure C
Sat. Condenser Temp C
Condenser Pressure C
Heating Status
Heating Demand
Available Heating Stages
Requested Heating Stages
Indoor Fan Relay
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 1 Timegaard
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Timeguard
Economizer Status
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Minimum Position in Effect
iAQ Levet (Switch)
IAQ Level (Sensor)
Outdoor Air Temperature
Outdoor Enthalpy Switch
OAQ Level (Sensor)
Power Exhaust 1 Retay
Power Exhaust 2 Relay
LON Communication Status
nviSpaceTemp
nviSetPoint
nvoSpaceTemp
nvoUnitStatus mode
nvoU nitStatus.heat_out_p
nvoUnitStatus.heat
out s
nvoUnitStatus cool oat
nvoUnitStatus ecol_- out
nvoUnitStatus fan Jut
nvoU nitStatus in__larm
nviSetPtOffset
nviOutsideTemp
nviOutsideRH
nvoEffectSetPt
nvoOutsideTemp
nvoOutsideRH
nviSpaceRH
nviCO2
nvoCO2
nvoTEMP1
nvoTEMP2
nviPCT1
nvoPCT1
nviDISCRETE1
nviDISCRETE2
nviDISCRETE3
nvoDISCRETE1
nvoDISCRETE2
nvoDISCRETE3
nciCO2Limit
nciSetPnts occupied_cool
nciSetPnts standby_cooI
nciSetPnts unoccupd_cool
nciSetPnts occupied_heat
nciSetPnts standby_heat
nciSetPnts unoccupd_heat

RANGE

On/Off
xxx
On/Off
On/Off
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
On/Off
xxx
On/Off
On/Off
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x

UNITS

(cont)

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

CCN
POINT

WRITE
STATUS

COMP B
TIMGD- B
CS B1PHI B
SST-B
SSP_B
SCT B
SCP_B

sec

dF
psig
dF
psig

COMP C
TIMGD- C
CS C1RH2_C
SST C
SSP-C
SCT-C
SCP_C

sec

dF
psig
dF
psig
HEATDISP

xxxx
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
xxx
On/Off
xxx

HEAT
DMD
AVLHSTGS
REQHSTGS
IDF
HEAT
1
TIMGD
H1
HEAT
2"

sec

TIMGD_H2

ECONDISP
xxx
xxx
xxx

%
%
%

High/Low
XXXX
XXX.X

ppm
dF

High/Low
XXXX
On/Off
On/Off

ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
MIN
POS
IAQi-N
IAQ
CA TEMP
ENTHALPY
OAQ

ppm

PE_I
PE_2
LON_DATA

XXXX
XXX.X
XXXX

dF
dF
dF

XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXX

%
%
%
%
%

XXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXXX
XXXX
XXXXX
XXXX

XXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
Off/On
No/Yes
Off/On
Off/On
No/Yes
Off/On
xxxxx
xxxx
xxx.x
xxxx
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x

^F
dF
%
dF
dF
%

dF
dF
%
%

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

NVLSPT
NVI SP
NVC7 SPT
NVO-MODE
NVO HPRI
NVO-HSEC
NVO-COOL
NVO ECON
NVO-FAN
NVO-ALRM
NVt SPTO
NVt-OAT
NVt-OARH
NVO EFSP
NVO-OAT
NVO-OARH
NVLSPRH
NVI CO2
NV(5 CO2
NVO-SAT
NVO RAT
NVI RHSP
NVO SPRH
NVt FSD
NVt-OCC
NVt-tAQD
NVO FSD
NVO-OCC
NVO-IAQD
NCI_-CO2
NCI OCSP
NCI-SCSP
NCI-UCSP
NCI OHSP
NCI-SHSP
NCI-UHSP

Forcible
Forcible

Forcibte
Forcibte
Forcibte

Forcible
Forcible

Forcible

Forcible
Forcibte

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

APPENDIX

A --

LOCAL

DISPLAY

AND CCN TABLES

(cont)

MODE -- SERVICE TEST
ITEM
SERVICE TEST
TES T

EXPANSION

RANGE

UNITS

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

DEFAULT

MAINTENANCE
Field Service Test Mode

On/Off

Test Independent Outputs
Economizer Position Test
Calibrate Economizer
Power Exhaust 1 Test
Power Exhaust 2 Test
Atarm Relay Test
Crankcase Heat Test

0 to 100
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

FANS
IDF
OFC.1
OFC.2
OFC.3

Test Fans
indoor Fan Test
Outdoor Fan 1 Test
Outdoor Fan 2 Test
Outdoor Fan 3 Test

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

Off
Off
Off
Off

COOL
CMP.A
CMP.B
CMP.C
OF.OV

Test Cooting
Cool A Test
Cool B Test
Cool C Test
Outdoor Fan Override

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

Off
Off
Off
Off

HMZR
RH1.A
RH1.B
RHI.C
RH2.A
RH2.B
RH2.C
CRC
RHV.A
RHV.B

Test Hamidimizer
Reheat1 A Test
Reheat1 B Test
Reheat1 C Test
Reheat2 A Test
Reheat2 B Test
Reheat2 C Test
Cool ,Reheat1 Valve Test
Reheat2 Valve A Test
Reheat2 Valve B, C Test

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off

HEAT
HT,1
HT.2

Test Heating
Heat Stage 1 Test
Heat Stage 2 Test

On/Off
On/Off

Off
Off

WRITE
STATUS

DISPLAY

Off

INDP
ECON
E.CAL
PE.1
PE.2
ALRM
CCH

CCN
POINT
(TEST = display only)

Forcible

S_ECONO
S_ECOCAL
SPE1
S-PE-2
S-ALMOUT
S_CCH

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

S_IDF
S_OFC_I
S OFC 2
SZOFCZ3

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

TESTINDP
%

0
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
TESTFANS

TESTCOOL
S_COMP
S_COMP-B
S_COMP
S_OFC_3-

A
C

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

TESTHMZR

S_CRC
S_RH2
A
S_RH2-B

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

S_HEAT_I
S_HEAT_2

Forcible
Forcible

S_RH1
A
S_RH1-B
S RH1 C
$2 RH2 A
S2-RH2-B
S2 RH2

TESTHEAT

MODE -- TEMPERATURES
ITEM

EXPANSION

RANGE

UNITS

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

CCN
POINT

WRITE
STATUS

STATUS DISPLAY
TEMPERATURES

UINPUT

AIR.T
SAT
OAT
SPT
SPTO
RAT

Air Temperatures
Supply Air Temperature
Outdoor Air Temperature
Space Temperature
Space Temperature Offset
Return Air Temperature

xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

REF. T
SST,A
SCT.A
SST.B
SCT.B
SST.C
SCT.C

Refrigerant Temperatures
Sat Suction Temp A
Sat Condenser Temp A
Sat Suction Temp B
Sat Condenser Temp B
Sat Suction Temp C
Sat Condenser Temp C

xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

SAT DISP
OA _-EMP
SPAC E_T
SPTO
RETURN_T

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

SST A
SCT-A
SST-B
SCT-B
SST-C
SCT_C

MODE -- PRESSURES
ITEM

EXPANSION

RANGE

UNITS

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

CCN
POINT

STATUS DISPLAY
PRESSURES
SSRA
SCRA
SSRB
SCRB
SSR C
SCRC

UINPUT
Refrigerant Pressures
Suction Pressure A
Condenser Pressure A
Suction Pressure B
Condenser Pressure a
Suction Pressure C
Condenser Pressure C

psig
psig
psig
psig
psig
psig

XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX

SSP_A
SCP
A
SSP-B
SCP-B
SSP_-C
SCP_C

WRITE
STATUS

APPENDIX

A --

LOCAL

DISPLAY

AND CCN TABLES

(cont)

MODE -- SET POINTS
DISPLAY MENU/
SUB-MENU/NAME

EXPANDED
NAME

VALUES

UNITS

CCNTABLE/
SUB-TABLE

DEFAULT
SETPOINT

SETPOINTS
OCSP
UCSP
OHSP
UHSP
GAP
STO.R
RH. SP
RH. DB
RH. HB
CA.LO
CB.LO

CONFIGURATION

SET_PNT

Occupied Cool Setpoint
Unoccupied Cool Setpoint
Occupied Heat Setpoint
Unoccupied Heat Setpoint
Heat-Cool Setpoint Gap
SPT Offset Range (+/-)
Space RH Setpoint
Space RH Deadband
Reheat Heat SP Deadband
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp

55 to 80
75 to 95
55 to 80
40 to 80
2 to 10
1 to 5
30 to 95
2 to 20
-5 to 5
0 to 100
0 to 100

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
^F
%
%
^F
dF
dF

SAT.U

Circuit C Lockout Temp
Heating Lockout Temp
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Low Cool SAT Setpoint
High Cool SAT Setpoint
Minimum SAT Upper Level

0 to 100
40 to 125
40 to 100
-30 to 50
-35 to 70
55 to 75
50 to 70
35 to 65

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

SAT.L

Minimum SAT Lower Level

35 to 65

CC.LO
HT.LO
EH.LO
EL.LO
FC.LO
LCSP
HCSP

CCN
NAME

ocsP
ucsP
OHSP
UHSP
HCSP GAP
SPTO_RNG
SPRH SP
SPRH-DB
RH HSPDB
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB

78
85
68
60
5
5
50
5
2
0
0: no Humidi-Mizer
0: Humidi-Mizer
0
75
65
0
50
65
55
58 (20, 24)
53 (28)
48

OATLCMPC
OATLHEAT
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
OATLUEFC
LCSASP
HCSASP
SATMIN_H
SATMIN_L

MODE -- INPUTS
ITEM

EXPANSION

RANGE

INPUTS

STATUS

STAT
Y1
Y2
WI
W2
G

Thermostat
Thermostat
Thermostat
Thermostat
Thermostat
Thermostat

GEN.I
FtL.S
FAN.S
FDWN
ENTH
RM,OC
HUM

Inputs
Y1 Input
Y2 Input
W1 Input
W2 Input
G Input

CCN
POINT

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

UNITS

DISPLAY

UINPUT

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

Y1
Y2
Wl
w2
G

GeneraI Inputs
Filter Status Switch
Fan Status Switch
Fire Shutdown Switch
Outdoor Enthalpy Switch
Remote Occupancy Switch
Space Humidity Switch

Dirty/Clean
On/Off
On/Off
High/Low
On/Off
High/Low

FILTSTAT
FAN STAT
FIRE-DOWN
ENTHALPY
REM
OCC

CS.IN
CS,A1
CS.A2
CS,B1
CS.C1

Current Sensor
Compressor A1
Compressor A2
Compressor B1
Compressor C1

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

cs A1
CS-A2
CS B1
CS-C1

AIR.Q
IAQ.S
IAQ
OAQ
SP.RH

Air Quality inputs
IAQ LeveI (Switch)
IAQ Level (Sensor)
OAQ Level (Sensor)
Space Humidity Sensor

Inputs
Feedback
Feedback
Feedback
Feedback

WRITE
STATUS

H U M_STAT

High/Low
xxxx
xxxx
xxx.x

IAQIN
IAQ
OAQ
SPRH

ppm
ppm
%

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

MODE -- OUTPUTS
ITEM

EXPANSION

RANGE

UNITS

OUTPUTS

CCN
POINT

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
STATUS

WRITE
STATUS

DISPLAY

FANS
IDF
OFC.1
OFC.2
OFC.3

Fan Outputs
Indoor Fan Relay
Outdoor Fan 1 Relay
Outdoor Fan 2 Relay
Outdoor Fan 3 Relay

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

IDF

COOL
CMP.A
CMP.B
CMP.C
CCH
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B

Coot Outputs
Circuit A Compressors
Circuit B Compressors
Circuit C Compressors
Crankcase Heat Relay
Cool >Reheat1 Control
Reheat2 Valve A
Reheat2 VaNe BC

On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

COMP A
COMP-B
COMP-C
CCH
CRC
RH2_A
RH2_B

HEAT
HT.1
HT.2

Heat Outputs
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Relay

On/Off
On/Off

HEAT 1
HEAT-2

ECON
EC.CP
EC,AP
PE.1
PE.2

Economizer Outputs
Econo Commanded Position
Econo Actual Position
Power Exhaust 1 Relay
Power Exhaust 2 Relay

0 to 100
0 to 100
On/Off
On/Off

ALRM

Alarm Relay

On/Off

ECONOCMD
ECONOPOS
PE_I
PE3
ALMOUT

UOUTPUT
OFC_I
OFC 2
OFC-3

Forcibte
Forcibte
Forcibte
ForcibIe

APPENDIX
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
DISP

EXPANSION

LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE -- CONFIGURATION
RANGE

UNITS

DEFAULT

Display Configuration
Metric Display
Language Selection

PROT
PSWD
TEST

Password Enab]e
Service Password
Test Display LEDs

(cont)

CCN TABLEISUB-TABLE
SERVICE

METR
LANG

UNIT
S.DLY
U.CTL

A --

CCN POINT

PAGE NO.

CONFIGURATION

DISPLAY

Unit Configuration
Start Up Delay
Unit Control Type

On/Off
0=English
1=Spanish
2=French
3=Portuguese
Enable/Disable
9090 to 9999
On/Off

Off
O

DiSPUNIT
LANGUAGE

Enable
1111
Off

PASS EBL
PASS_VORD
DtSPTEST

O to 600
1=Auto Select
2=Thermostat
8=Space Sensor
0=Adaptive
1=1 Stage Y1
2=2 Stage Y1
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

30
2

UNIT
39
35, 39, 41,
43.47

STATTYPE

38. 39, 41

Yes
Yes
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP

OCC FAN
FATA[FAN
ECONO

39, 41, 43
40, 56
40.41

FANSTCFG

40. 56, 82

0: no FlOP
1: FlOP

FILSTCFG

40, 82

0: no FlOP
1: FlOP

SHTDNCFG

38, 40

REMOCCFG

38, 40

240
Disable

SAT_SET
SAT_HEAT

40_ 42
40_ 44

T.CTL

Thermostat

OC.FN
IDF, F
EC.EN

Fan On When Occupied
Shut Down on IDF Failure
Economizer Installed

FN,SW

Fan Status Switch

FL,SW

Filter Status Switch

FS.SW

Fire Shutdown

RM.SW

Remote Occupancy

SAT.T
SAT.H

SAT Settling Time
SAT Heat Mode Sensing

0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally
Closed
O=No Switch
l=Normaily
Open
2=Normally
Closed
O=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally
Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normafly Closed
I 0 to 900
Enable/Disable

RAT.S

RAT Sensor On SPTO input

Yes/No

RAT_SPTO

40. 82

RH Sensor

Yes/No

RH_OAQ

35. 38, 40,
47. 82

0: no Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
1: HumidFMiZer FlOP

HUMSTCFG

35, 38, 40,
47. 82

RH.S

Control Type

STARTDLY
CTL_TYPE

Switch

ON OAQ input

RH.SW

Space Humidity Switch

0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed

TCS.C

Tamp Crop Strt Cool Factr

Oto6O

mins

TCSTCOOL

40. 51

TCS.H

Tamp Crop Strt Heat Factr
Cooling Configuration
Number of Circuits
Compressors on Circuit A
Compressor Min On Time
Compressor Min Off Time
Runtime to Reset Strikes
Cool Stage Decrease Rate
Cool Stage increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Tamp

Oto6O

mins

TCSTHEAT

40.41

NUM CIRC
A COMPS
M_N_ON
MIN_OFF
MIN ON S
STAGEDEC
STAGEINC
COOL_FOD
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB

56
56
41.42
41.42

Circuit C Lockout Temp
Alert Each Strike
Supply Air Temperature
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level
SAT Cool Demand (-) Level
Minimum SAT Upper Level
Minimum SAT Lower Level
Space Temperature
SPT Cool Demand (+) Level
SPT Cool Demand (-) Level
Cool Thermal Lag Factor
Circuit A
A1 Current Sensing

0 to 100
Yes/No

2
1
180
300
300
300
450
60
g
0: no Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
HumidFMiZer
FLOP:
o
o
Yes
1
-1
58
48

SAT_POS
SAT NEG
SAT_4iN_H
SATMiN_L

CS.A2
AI.FN

A2 Current Sensing
A Circuit Level 1 Fans

Enable/Disable
0to7

A2.FN

A Circuit Level 2 Fans

0to7

A3.FN

A Circuit Level 3 Fans

0to7

COOL
N.CIR
N.A
MRT.C
MOT.C
RST.C
C.DEC
CJNC
FOD.C
DA.LO
CB.LO

CC.LO
ALM.N
SAT
SA.PD
SA.ND
SAT.U
SAT.L
SPT
CLPD
CLND
C.LAG
CIR,A
CS.A1

COOL_CFG
1 to3
1 to2
120 to 999
300 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
O to 600
0to 1OO
0to 1OO

sac
sac
sec
sac
sac
sec
dF
dF

0.5 to 10
-10 to -0.5
35.0 to 65.0
350 to 65.0

^F
^F
dF
dF

0.5 to 5
-5 to -05
Oto5

^F
^F
rain

Enable/Disable

DEM_POS
DEM NEG
COO__LAG
Disable (1-phase)
Enable (3-phase)
Disable
1: No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
(20, 24)
5: No Humidi-MiZer FlOP
(28)
1: HumidFMiZer FlOP
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
3 (20, 24)
7(28)
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
3

LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-lnstaNed

OATLCMPC
ALM_NOW

Option

AI_SENSE
A2 SENSE

CIR_A_3

4I, 42
41.42

APPENDIX

A --

LOCAL

DISPLAY

AND CCN TABLES

MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFIGURATION

EXPANSION

RANGE

UNITS

(cont)

DEFAULT

CCN TABLE/SUB=TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE NO.

(cont)

COOL (cont)
CIR, B
CS,B1
BI .FN

Circuit B
B1 Current Sensing
B Circuit Level 1 Fans

Enable/Disable
0 to 7

B2,FN

B Circuit Level 2 Fans

0 to 7

B3,FN

B Circuit Level 3 Fans

Oto 7

CIR.C
CS,C1
C1.FN

Circuit C
C1 Current Sensing
C Circuit Level 1 Fans

Enable/Disable
0to7

C2,FN
C3,FN
SST
SST, O
SST, I
SST,2
SST,3
OFC
OFC.3
0.MXP
I.MXP
2.MNP
2.ON

C Circuit Level 2 Fans
C Circuit Level 3 Fans
Low Suction Control
Suction OK Temperature
Low Suction -- Level 1
Low Suction -- Level 2
Low Suction -- Level 3
Outdoor Fan Control
OFC3 Enable. CCH Disable
Fan Lev0 Max Pressure
Fan Levl Max Pressure
Fan Lev2 Min Pressure
Fan Lev2 On Temperature

0to7
0to7

2.OFF

Enable
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
4
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
1
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
6 (20)
2 (24, 28)
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
6
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
3

B1 SENSE
Cl_B_1

Disable
O

C1 SENSE
CI_C_l

CIR_B_3

CIR C 2
ClR-C-3
LOW SUCTION

10 to 50
I0 to 58
5 to 58
Oto 58

dF
dF
dF
dF

Yes/No
100 to 500
100 to 500
100 to 580
8 to 100

psig
psig
psig
F

Fan Lev2 Off Temperature

0 to 100

2.MXP
3.MNP
3.ON

Fan Lev2 Max Pressure
Fan Lev3 Min Pressure
Fan Lev3 on Temperature

100 to 580
100 to 580
0 to 100

psig
psig
F

3.OFF

Fan Lev3 Off Temperature

0 to 180

CONTROL

18
2O
15
10

SSTOK
SSTLEV1
SSTLEV2
SSTLEV3
OUTDOOR

Yes
200
450
280
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
55 (20)
45 (24-28)
HumidFMiZer
FLOP:
68 (20)
61 (24)
61 (28)
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
50 (20)
40 (24-28)
HumidFMiZer
FLOP:
57 (20)
57 (24)
57 (28)
400
250
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
65
HumidFMiZer
FLOP:
88 (20)
68 (24)
68 (28)
no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
55
HumidFMiZer
FLOP:
78 (20)
62 (24)
62 (28)

LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-Installed

CIR_B_2

Option

FAN CONTROL
OFC3 CTL
LEVOMAXP
LEV1MAXP
LEV2MNP
LEV2ON

LEV2OFF

LEV2MAXP
LEV3MINP
LEV3ON

LEV3OFF

55
55
55
42
56

APPENDIX
ITEM
CONFIGURATION

A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
RANGE

EXPANSION

UNITS

DEFAULT

(cont)

CCN TABLE/SUB-TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE NO.

(cont)

HMZR
REHT

HumJdimizer
Humidimizer

Config
Equipped

HMZR CFG
Yes/No

R, DEC
R.INC
RH.FN
RF, LV
R_ON

Reheat2 Stage Decr Time
Reheat2 Stage _ncr. Time
Reheat Fan Control
Reheat20DP
Fan On Level
Reheat20DF
Fan On Tamp

O to 999
O to 999
Yes/No
0to3
O to 100

secs
secs

R,_OF

Reheat20DF

O to 100

RA.LO
RA.LR
RA.HP
RB.LO
RB.LR
RB.HP

Reheat2
Reheat2
Reheat2
Reheat2
Reheat2
Reheat2

20
50
50
20
50
50

F
ps!g
pslg
F
ps!g
pslg

HEAT
HT.TY

Fan Off Tamp

OAT
SSP
SSP
OAT
SSP
SSP

Limit A
Lo Limit
Hi Limit
Limit B,
Lo Limit
Hi Limit

A
A
C
B, C
B, C

Heating Configuration
Type of Heat Installed

N.HTR

Number of Heat Stages

MRT.H
MOT.N
H.DEC
H.INC
FOD.E
FOD.G
HT.LO
SAT.H
SPT
HT.PD
HT.ND
H.LAG

Heat MlNmum On Time
Heat Minimum Off Time
Heat Stage Decrease Rate
Heat Stage Increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Elect Heat
Fan-off Delay, Gas Heat
Heating Lockout Tamp
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
Space Temperature Sensor
SPT Heat Demand (+) Level
SPT Heat Demand (-) Level
Heat ThermN Lag Factor

ECON
EC.EN

Economizer
Economizer

Configuration
InstNled

E.CTL

Economizer

Control Type

EC.MN
EC.MX
EH.LO
ELLO
UEFC

Econo Minimum Position
Econo Cool Max Position
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Unoccupied Free Cooling

FC.TM
FC.LO
PE.EN

Free Cool PreOcc Time
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Power Exhaust Installed

PE.'t
PE.2
EN.SW

PE Stage1 Econo Position
PE Stage2 Econo Position
Enthalpy Switch

E.TRV
E.MXB
E.MXM
E.MXT
E.DBD
EC.P
EC.I
EC.D
EC.DT

Economizer Travel Time
Bottom Stage Max Econo
Middle Stage Max Econo
Top Stage Max Econo
Economizer PID Deadband
Economizer PID -- kP
Economizer PID -- kt
Economizer PID -- kD
Economizer PiD -- rate

to
to
to
to
to
to

70
100
108
70
100
100

REHEAT

42, 47
47, 56

RSTAGDEC
RSTAGINC
RHFANCTL
RHFANLEV
RHFANON

47
47
47, 56
47
47

RHFANOFF

OATLRH_A
RHSSPL_A
RHSSPH A
OATLRH
RHSSPL_B
RHSSPH_B

47
47
47
47
47
47

HEATTYPE

42,44,82

HEAT_CFG
O = No Heat
= Gas
2 = Electric

to 2

60 to 999
80 to 999
120 to 999
120 to 999
10 to 600
45 to 600
40 to 125
EnaNe/DisaNe

sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
sec
dF

0.5 to 5
-5 to -05
0 to 5

^P
^F
min

0 (50 series with no
electric heat)
1 (48 series)
2 (50 series with electric
heat)
1 (48 series 1-phase,
50 series <15kW)
2 (48 series 3-phase,
50 series >=15kW)
120
120
30O
45O
30
45
75
DisaNe

NUM_HEAT

HMIN_ON
HMIN_OFF
HSTAGDEC
HSTAGINC
ELEC FOD
GAS FOD
OAT_HEAT
SAT_HEAT

42,44
42,44
43,44
43,44
44
43
42
44

HDEM_POS
HDEM_NEG
HEAT_LAG
ECON_CFG

Yes/No
1=Digital, Position Feedback
2=Digital, Command Feedback
3=Analog Control
O to 100
O to 100
40 to 100
-30 to 50
O=DisaNed
l=Entire Unoccupied Period
2=PreOccupancy
Time
to 9999
0 to 70
Yes/No
10 to 100
10 to 100
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally
Closed
5 to 300
O to 100
to 100
O to 100
0to25
00 to 99.9
00 to 99.9
0.0 to 99.9
100 to 180.0

No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
1

ECONO

44,82

ECON_CTL

36,45,57

%
%
dF
dF

3O
100
65
0
2

ECONOMIN
ECONOMAX
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
UEFC_CFG

44
44,45

min
dF

120
5O
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
4O
75
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP

UEFCTIME
OATLUEFC
PE_ENABL

45
45
45,82

15o
5o
35
25
3
2.5
01
1
15

ECONOTRV
ECONMAXB
ECONMAXM
ECONMAXT
ECONBAND
ECONO P
ECONO-I
ECONO_D
ECONO_DT

sec
%
%
%
%
sec
sec
sec
sec

LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-lnstaNed

No: no Humidi-MiZer
FiOP
Yes: Humidi-MiZer FlOP
60
300
Yes
2
93 (20)
93 (24)
85 (28)
83 (20)
88 (24)
80 (28)
40
80
98
50
80
90

Option

PEI_POS
PE2 POS
ENT-HLCPG

APPENDIX
ITEM
CONFIGURATION

A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE -- CONFIGURATION (cont)
RANGE

EXPANSION

UNITS

DEFAULT

(cont)

CCN TABLE/SUB=TABLE

CCN POINT

PAGE NO.

(cont)

AIR.Q
IA.CF

Air Quality Configuration
IAQ Analog input Config

IAQ_CFG

IA.FN

IAQ Analog

ILCF

IAQ Switch Input Config

ILFN

IAQ Switch Fan Config

AQ.MN
EC.MN
OVR.P
OA.CF

Econo Min IAQ Position
Econo Minimum Position
IAQ Override Position
OAQ Analog Input Cfg

OAQ.L
AQD.L
AQD.H
DF.ON
DF.OF
1.4M
1.20M
O.4M
O.20M
H,4M
H,2OM

OAQ Lockout Limit
AQ Differential Low
AQ Differential High
Fan On AQ Differenfial
Fan Off AQ Differential
IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
IAQ Sensor Value at 20mA
OAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
OAQ Sensor Vatue at 20mA
RH Sensor Value at 4mA
RH Sensor Value at 20mA

0=No IAQ
1 =Demand Venfilation
2=Econ Position Override
3=Econ Min Position Control
0=Never
1=Only While Occupied
2=Always
0=No IAQ
I=DCV Normally Open
2=DCV Normally Closed
3=Override Normally Open
4=Override Normally Closed
0=Never
1=Only While Occupied
2=Always
0 to 100
0to 100
0 to 100
0=No OAQ
1 =Demand Ventilation
2=Outdoor Air Lockout
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0to50
60 to 100

ALM.O
A.SPC
A.SRT
A.OAT
A.CS
A.CMP
A.CKT
A.SSP
A.SCT
A.FAN
A.FIL
A.TST
A.ECO

Alarm Relay Configuration
SPT/SPRH Sensor Failure
SAT/RAT Sensor Failure
OAT Thermistor Failure
Current Sensor Failure
Compressor Failure
Refrigerant Circuit Failure
SSP Transducer Failure
SCT Thermistor Failure
indoor Fan Failure
Dirty Filter
Thermostat
Failure
Economizer Failure

Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

TRIM

Sensor Calibration

SPT.C
SPT.T
SAT.C
SAT.T
RAT.C
RAT.T

Space
Space
Supply
Supply
Return
Return

Fan Config

Temp Calibrafion
Temp Trim
Air Temp Calib
Air Temp Trim
Air Temp Calib.
Air Temp Trim

%
%

0: no FlOP
I : FlOP

IAQANCFG

39,49.82

IAQANFAN

41.51

IAQiNCFG

39_49,50

IAQiNFAN

10
30
100
0

IAQMINP
ECONOMtN
IAQOVPOS
OAQANCFG

49
49.50
49,50
39.49,50,
82

600
100
700
600
200
0
2000
0
2000
0
I00

OAQLOCK
DAQ_LOW
DAQ HIGH
DAQFNON
DAQFNOFF
IAQ_4MA
IAQ 20MA
OAQ_4MA
OAQ 20MA
RH_4MA
RH_20MA

5O
49
49
5O
5O
49
49
5O
5O
47
47
52

ALM_CFG
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

SPACE AL
SATRATAL
OAT AL
CS _L
CO-MP AL
CKT A_
SSPZAL
SCT AL
FANZAL
FILTAL
TSTAT_AL
ECON_AL
CCNTRIM--see
Maintenance Display)

-30
-30
-30
-30
-30
-30

to
to
to
to
to
to

120
30
130
30
130
30

dF
^F
dF
^F
dF
^F

64
64
64
64
64

0
0
0
CONFIGURATION

CCN
CCN.A
CCN.B
BAUD

CCN
CCN
CCN
CCN

BROD
B.TIM
B.OAT
B.GS
B.ACK
SCH.O
SCH.N

HOLG
OV.TL
OV.EX
OV.SP

Configuration
Element Number
Bus Number
Baud Rate

CCN Broadcast Configuration
CCN Time/Date Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
Global Schedule Broadcast
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN Schedule Overrides
Schedule Number

Accept Global Holidays
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled

1 to 239
0 to 239
1=2400
2=4800
3:9600
4=19200
5:38400

BRODEFS
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

No
No
No
No

0=Always Occupied
1 to 64=Local Schedule
65 to 99=Global Schedule
Yes/No
0 to 4
0 to 4
Yes/No

CCNBC
OATBC
GSBC
CCNBCACK

51
51
40,51
51

SCHEDNUM

36, 40. 51

No
1
0
Yes

HOLIDAYT
OTL
OVR EXT
TIME-OVER

51
51
40.52
40, 52

SCHEDOVR

hours
hours

LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-Installed

35, 51
35, 51
35, 51

not in CCN table)
not in CCN table)
not in CCN table)

Option

100

APPENDIX

LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE -- TIME CLOCK

EXPANSION

ITEM
TIME CLOCK
TIME
TiME
DATE
MNTH
DOM
YEAR
DAY

A --

RANGE

UNITS

DEFAULT

(cont)

CCN
POINT

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE
CONFIGURATION

Time of Day
Hour and Minute
Current Date
Month of Year
Day of Month
Year
Day of Week

DST

Daylight Savings Config
Daylight Savings Start:
Start Month
Start Week
Start Day
Minutes to Add
Daylight Savings Stop:
Stop Month
Stop Week
Stop Day
Minutes to Subtract

STR.M
STR.W
STR.D
M.ADD
STP.M
STP.W
STP.D
M.SUB
SCH.L
PER.x
OCC.x
UNC.x
MON.x
TUE.x
WED,x
THU.x
FRI.x
SAT.x
SUN.x
HOL.x
(repeat up to x=
8 Periods)

Occupancy Schedule
Occupancy Period x
Occupied From
Occupied To
Monday in Period
Tuesday in Period
Wednesday in Period
Thursday in Period
Friday in Period
Saturday in Period
Sunday in Period
Holiday in Period

(OCCFECS

Occupancy Supervisory
Period x DOW
MTWTFSSH)
Occupied From
Occupied To

= CCN only)

HOL.L
HOL.x
MON.x
DAY.x
LEN.x
(repeat up to x=
9 Holidays)

Holiday
Holiday
Holiday
Hotiday
Hotiday

Schedule
x
Start Month
Start Day
Duration (days)

xx.xx

hh.mm

not in CCN tabte)

1 to 12 = January to December
1 to 31
xxxx
1 to 7 = Monday to Sunday

(not in CCN
(not in CCN
not in CCN
(not in CCN
BRODEFS

table)
tabte)
tabte)
table)

1 to 12 = January to December
1 to5
1 to7
0 to 90

4
1
7
60

STARTM
STARTW
STARTD
MINADD

1 to 12 = January to December
1 to5
1 to7
0 to 90

10
5
7
60

STOPM
STOPW
STOPD
MINSUB

(SCH.L = Display onty)
0000 to 23.59
0000 to 23.59
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

hhImm
hh.mm

0000
0000
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

OCCDEFCS
xxxxxxxx
0000
0000

to 23.59
to 23.59

hhmm
hhmm

00000000

DOWx

0000
0000

OCCTODx
UNOCTODx
(repeatuptox=
8Periods)
HOLIDAY
HOLDYxxS

o
o
o

1 to 12 = January to December
1 to 31
1 to 99

HOL_MON
HOL
DAY
HOL-LEN
(repeat
up to xx=
30 Holidays)

CCN ONLY TABLES
ITEM
(ALARMDEF

EXPANSION

UNITS

DEFAULT

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

CCN
POINT

ALARMDEF

= CCN only)
Alarm Routing Controt
Equipment Priority
Comm Failure Retry Time
Re-Alarm Time
Atarm System Name

(CTLRID

RANGE
00000000 to 11111111
0to 7
1 to 240
1 to 255
up to 8 alphanum

min
min

11000000
5
10
180
48 50 PG

ALRM
CNT
EQP
_YPE
RETIRY
TM
RE-ALARM
ALRM_NAM

CTLR-ID

= CCN only)
Device Name:
Description:
Location:
Software Part Number:
Model Number:
Serial Number:
Reference Number:

48_50_PG
text string
text string
CESR131320-XX-XX

101

APPENDIX

ITEM
OPERATING
MODE
SYS
HVAC
OCC
T.OVR
LINK
C.LOC
H.LOC
E.LOC

A --

LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE -- OPERATING MODES

EXPANSION

RANGE

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

UNITS

MODES

MAINTENANCE
Control

Modes

System Mode
HVAC Mode

Linkage Active
Comp Cool OAT Lockout
Heat OAT Lockout
Econ Coo{ OAT Lockout

COOL
COOL
OK.CL
MS.TG
OK.EC
OK.MC
C.LOC
CA.LO
CB.LO
CC.LO
AVL.C
REQ.C
ACT.C
CMP.A
CMP.B
CMP.C
ST, A
ST, B
ST, C
RLEV
SAT
SAT
SA,DM
SA,PD
SA,ND
SAT, U
SAT, L
SA,TR
SA,DR
SPT
SPT
DMD.C
TRD.C
CL.PD
CL.ND
C,LAG

Cool Mode Diagnostic
In Cooling Mode?
OK to Select Cool Mode?
Mode Select Timeguard
OK to Use Economizer?
OK to Use Compressors?
Circuit OAT Lockout
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp
Circuit C Lockout Temp
Available
Cooling
Requested Cooling
Actual Compressors
Circuit A Compressors
Circuit B Compressors
Circuit C Compressors
Circuit A Strikes
Circuit B Strikes
Circuit C Strikes
Outdoor Fan Level

Yes/No
Yes/No
O to 999
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
0 to 100
0 to 100
0 to 100
x
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
X
X
X
X

HMZR
REHT
HUM
SP.RH
R.LO,A
RA.LO
R.LP, A
R.LO, B
RB.LO
R.LP, B
AVL.R
REQ.R
ACT, R
CRC
RH2.A
RH2.B

Humidimizer
Humidimizer
Equipped
Space Humidity
Switch
Space Humidity
Sensor
Reheat2 OAT Lockout A
Reheat2 OAT Limit A
Reheat2 SSP Override A
Reheat2 OAT Lockout B, C
Reheat2 OAT Limit B, C
Reheat2 SSP Override
B, C
Available
Reheat2 Stages
Requested
Reheat2 Stages
Actual Reheat2
Stages
Cool >Reheatl
Control
Reheat2 Valve A
Reheat2 Valve B, C

HEAT
HEAT
OK,HT
MS,TG
H.LOC
HT.LO
AVL.H
REQ.H
ACT, H
HT.I
HT,2
SPT
SPT
DMD.H
TRD.H
HT, PD
HT, ND
H,LAG

Heat Mode Diagnostic
In Heating Mode?
OK to Select Heat Mode?
Mode Select Timeguard
Heat OAT Lockout
Heating Lockout Temp
Available
Heating Stages
Requested
Heating Stages
Actual Heating Stages
Heat Stage 1 Relay
Heat Stage 2 Relay
Space Temperature
Space Temperature
Heating Demand
Heat Demand d/dt (F/min)
SPT Heat Demand (+) Level
SPT Heat Demand (-) Level
Heat Thermal
Lag Factor

Supply Air Temperature
Supply Air Temperature
Supply Air Temp Demand
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level
SAT Cool Demand (-) Level
Minimum SAT Upper Level
Minimum SAT Lower Level
Supply Air d/dt (F/rain)
SAT Delta Reference
Temp
Space Temperature
Space Temperature
Cooling Demand
Cool Demand d/dt (F/rain)
SPT Cool Demand (+) Level
SPT Cool Demand (-) Level
Cool Thermal Lag Factor

CCN
POINT

WRITE
STATUS

DISPLAY

MODES
text string
text string
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

Currently
Occupied
Timed Override
in Effect

(cont)

SYS MODE
HVACMODE
OCCUPIED
MODETOVR
MODELINK
COMPLOCK
HEATLOCK
ECONLOCK

Forcible

COOLDIAG

XXX.X
XXX.X
XX.X
XX.X
XX.X
XX.X
XXXX.X

IN_COOL
OK TO COOL
COOLMSTG
ECONCOOL
MECHCOOL
COMPLOCK
OATLCMPA
OATLCMPB
OATLCMPC
AVLCSTGS
REQCSTGS
ACTCSTGS
COMP_A
COMP_B
CQMP
C
ASTRIKES
BSTRIKES
CSTRIKES
FANLEV

secs

dF
dF
dF

dF
^F
^F
^F
dF
dF

SAT
SAT_DMD
SAT_POS
SAT NEG
SATMtN_H
SATMIN
L
SAT_TREND
SAT_REP

XXX.X

XXX.X
XXX.X

dF
^F

SPACE T
COOL DMD
CLDTREND

^F
^F
min

DEM_POS
DEM NEG
COO__LAG

XXX.X
XX.X
XX.X
X.X

Forcible

HUMIDIMIZER
Yes/No
High/Low
xxx.x
Yes/No
xx
Yes/No
Yes/No
xx
Yes/No
X
X
X
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off

REHEAT
HUM STAT
SPRH
RHALOCK
OATLRH
A
RHALPO-V
RHBLOCK
OATLRH
B
RHBLPO-V
AVLRSTGS
REQRSTGS
ACTRSTGS
CRC

%
F

Forcible
Forcible

RH2_A
RH2_B
HEATDIAG

Yes/No
Yes/No
0 to 999
Yes/No
40 to 125 F
x
x
x
On/Off
On/Off
XXX.X
XXX.X
XXX.X
XX.X
XX.X
X.X

secs
dF

IN_HEAT
OK TO HEAT
HEATMSTG
HEATLOCK
OATLHEAT
AVLRSTGS
REQHSTGS
ACTHSTGS
HEAT_I
HEAT_2

dF
^F

SPACE T
HEAT DMD
HTDT-REND

^F
^F
min

HDEM_POS
HDEM
NEG
HEAT__AG

102

Forcible

APPENDIX

ITEM
OPERATING
ECON
EC,EN

EXPANSION

MODES

RANGE

Economizer
Economizer

MAINTENANCE
ECONDIAG

Diagnostic
InstaNed

Currently
Occupied
Indoor Fan Relay
In Cooling Mode?
Econo Cool OAT Lockout
Econo Cool Hi Temp Limit
Econo Cool Lo Temp Limit
Free Cool Low Temp Limit
Econo Cool Entb Lockout
Econo Cool Max Position
Econo Minimum
Position
IAQ DCV Mode
Econo Min IAQ Position
IAQ Override Mode
IAQ Ovedde Position
OAQ Lockout Mode
OAQ Lockout Limit
Lo Refrig Press Override
Econo Commanded
Position
Econo Actual Position
Min Position in Effect
Economizer

(Display
TRIM-Calibration)
(TRIM=DCN

see
Only)

= CCN only)

Sensor

Calibrating

(LINKDATA

WRITE
STATUS

DISPLAY
ECONO

Yes/No
On/Off
Yes/No
Yes/No
40 to 100 F
0to50F
0to70F
Yes/No
0 to 100
0 to 100
Yes/No
0 to 100
Yes/No
0 to 100
Yes/No
0 to 5000
Yes/No
xxx
xxx
xxx
Yes/No

OCCUPIED
IDP
IN COOL
ECONLOCK
OATLECLH
OATLECLL
OATLUEFC
ENTHLOCK
ECONQMAX
ECONQMtN
IN IAQDV
IAQMINP
IN IAQOV
IAQOVPOS
IN OAQLO
OAQLOCK
IN LPOV
ECONQCMD
ECONOPOS
MIN POS
ECE_NCAL

Forcible

SPT_CAL
SPT OFF
SAT-CAL
SAT-OFF
RAT-CAL
RATZOFF

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

dF
dF
dF
%
%
%
%

%
%
%

Forcible

TRIM
-30
-30
-30
-30
-30
-30

Space Temp Calibration
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib.
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp CaIib.
Return Air Temp Trim

to
to
to
to
to
to

130
30
130
30
130
30

dF
^F
dF
^F
dF
^F
OCCDEFM

Occupancy
Supervisory
Current Mode (l=Occup)
Current Occup Period #
Time-Override
in Effect
Time-Override
Duration

0,1
0to8
Yes/No
0to4
xx.xx
xx.xx

hours
hh.mm
hh.mm

XX.XX

hh.mm

XX.XX

hh.mm

XX.XX

hh.mm

MODES
= CCN only)

CCN
POINT

Yes/No

Calibration

Current Occupied
Tiime
Current Unoccupied
Time
Next Occupied
Day
Next Occupied
Time
Next Unoccupied
Day
Next Unoccupied
Time
Previous
Unoccupied
Day
Previous
Unoccupied
Time
OPERATING

(cont)

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

UNITS

(cont)

OCC
IDF
COOL
E.LOC
EH.LO
ELLO
FC.LO
EN.LO
EC.MX
EC.MN
AQ.DV
AQ.MN
AQ.OV
OVR.P
AQ.LO
OAQ.L
LP.OV
EC.CP
EC.AP
EC.MP
E.CAL

(OCCDEFM

A -- LOCAL DISPLAY AND CCN TABLES
MODE -- OPERATING MODES (cont)

MODE
PER NO
OVERLAST
OVR HRS
STR_TIME
ENDTtME
NXTOCDAY
NXTOCTIM
NXTUNDAY
NXTUNTtM
PRVUNDAY
PRVUNTIM
MAINTENANCE

CCN -- Linkage
Supervisory
Element #
Supervisory
Bus
Supervisory
Block Number
Average Occup. Heat Stp.
Average Occup. Cool Stp.
Average Unocc. Heat Stp.
Average Unocc. Cool Stp.
Average Zone Temperature
Average Occup. Zone Temp
Linkage System Occupied?
Next Occupied
Day
Next Occupied
Time
Next Unoccupied
Day
Next Unoccupied
Time
Last Unoccupied
Day
Last Unoccupied
Time

DISPLAY

LtNKDATA
xxx
xxx
xxx
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
xxx.x
Yes/No
Mon-Sun
xx:xx
Mon-Sun
xx.xx
Mon-Sun
xx.xx

SUPE-ADR
SUPE-BUS
BLOCKNUM
AOHS
AOCS
AUHS
AUCS
AZT
AOZT
LOCC
LNEXTOCD
LNEXTOCC
LNEXTUOD
LNEXTUNC
LLASTUOD
LLASTUNC

dF
dF
dF
dF
dF
dF

hh.mm
hh.mm
hh.mm

Forcible
Forcible
Forcible

MODE -- ALARMS
ITEM
ALARMS
R.CURR
R.HIST
CURR
alarm#
(repeat up to 25 alarms)
HIST
alarm#
(repeat up to 20 Alarms)

EXPANSION

RANGE

DEFAULT

CCN TABLE/
SUB-TABLE

CCN
POINT

WRITE
STATUS

ALARMS

Reset All Current Alarms
Reset Alarm History
Currently Active Alarms
text string
Alarm History
alar m#-mm/dd/yy-hh.mm-text

Yes/No
Yes/No

No
No

ALRESET
ALHtSCLR

ALARM HISTORY
string

103

Forcible
Forcible

APPENDIX
HUMIDI-MIZER

B -TM

CONTROL MODES WITH
SYSTEM AND ECONOMIZER

Thermostat input shown tbr cooling demand (versus temperature sensor and set point). Humidistat input shown for
dehumidification demand (versus relative humidity sensor and
set point). Economizer cooling availability is dependent on
outdoor temperature or enthalpy.

Circuit Subcooling mode = REHEAT 1
Circuit HGRH mode = hot gas reheat = REHEAT 2
Circuit ON mode = normal cooling
Thermostat Control type configuration = 0 = Adaptive, or Unit
Control Type configuration = 3 = Space Temperature, for
Dual-circuit and Tri-Circuit units results in added staNng timers and flex between 1-stage Y1 and 2-stage Y1.

DUAL CIRCUIT UNITS
1-Stage Y1 (Thermostat Control Type configuration = 1)
and 2-Stage Y1 (Thermostat Control Type configuration
= 2)
ECONO AVAILABLE?

HUMIDISTAT

CIRCUIT A

CIRCUIT B

ECONOMIZER

NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON

LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW

OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooling
ON
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
Subcooting
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON

OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
SubcooIing
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF
OFF or ON
OFF or ON

Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Min. Position
Cooling
Cooling
Cooling

DUAL-CIRCUIT UNITS
Digital (Thermostat Control Type configuration
ECONO AVAILABLE?

NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON

OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON

HUMIDISTAT
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW
LOW
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
HIGH
LOW
LOW
LOW

alarm T41 !:

Y2 without Y1

alarm T41 !:

Y2 without Y1

(Econo closed if fan off)
alarm T41 !:

Y2 without Y1

alarm T411:Y2

without Y!

= 3)

CIRCUIT A

CIRCUIT B

ECONOMIZER

OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
ON
ON
ON
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
Subcooling
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON

OFF
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
HGRH
HGRH
Subcooling
OFF
OFF or ON
OFF or ON

104

(Econo closed if fan off)

(Econo cIosed if fan off)

No. 04-53480028-01

or change at any time, specifications or designs
Printed in US.A.

Form 48/50PG-5T

without

notice and without

Pg 106

6-06

incurring obligations.
Replaces: 48/50PG-2T

CONTROL

SET POINT AND CONFIGURATION

Model Number:
Serial Number:
Date:
Technician:

So.rare

Versions:

MBB: CESR131320-ECB: CESR131249-MARQ:

INDICATE
Control Type:
Set Points:

LOG

Thermostat
Cooling
Heating

CESR131171--

UNIT SETTINGS

BELOW

/ T-55 Space Temp. / T-56 Space Temp. / T-58 Space Temp.
Occupied:
Unoccupied:
Occupied:
Unoccupied:

MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
DISP
METR
LANG

PROT
PSWD
TEST
UNIT
S.DLY
U.CTL

EXPANSION
Display Configuration
Metric Display
Language Selection

Password Enable
Service Password
Test Display LEDs
Unit Configuration
Start Up Delay
Unit Control Type

RANGE

On/Off
0=English
1=Spanish
2=French
3=Portuguese
Enable/Disable
0900 to 9999
On/Off

Off
0

0 to 600 sec
1=Auto Select
2=Thermostat
3=Space Sensor
0=Adaptive
1=1 Stage Y1
2=2 Stage Y1
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

30
1

T.CTL

Thermostat

OC.FN
IDF, F
EC.EN

Fan On When Occupied
Shut Down on IDF Failure
Economizer Installed

FN.SW

Fan Status Switch

FL.SW

Filter Status Switch

FS.SW

Fire Shutdown Switch

RM.SW

Remote Occupancy Switch

SAT.T
SAT.H

SAT Settling Time
SAT Heat Mode Sensing

RAT.S
RH.S

RAT Sensor On SPTO Input

RH.SW

Space Humidity Switch

TCS.C

Temp Cmp Strt Cool Factr

TCS.H

Temp Cmp Strt Heat Factr
Cooling Configuration
Number of Circuits
Compressors on Circuit A
Compressor Min On Time
Compressor Min Off Time
Runtime to Reset Strikes
Cool Stage Decrease Rate
Cool Stage Increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Mech Cool
Circuit A Lockout Temp
Circuit B Lockout Temp

1 to3
1 to2
120 to 999 sec
300 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
!20 to 999 sec
!20 to 999 sec
0 to 600 sec
0 to 100 dF
0 to 100 dF

Circuit C Lockout Temp
Alert Each Strike

0 to 100 dF
Yes/No

Control Type

RH Sensor ON OAQ Input

COOL
N.CIR
N.A
MRT.C
MOT.C
RST.C
C.DEC
C.INC
FOD.C
CA.LO
CB.LO

CC.LO
ALM.N

DEFAULT

0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
10 to 900 sec
Enable/Disable

ENTRY

Enable
1111
Off

Yes

Yes
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP
0: no FlOP
1: FlOP

24O
Disable

Yes/No
Yes/No

No
No

0=No Switch
1=Normal Open
2=Normal Closed
0 to 60 mins

0: no Humidi-MiZer FlOP
1: Humidi-MiZer FlOP

0 to 60 mins
2
1
180
300
300
300
450
60
0
0: no Humidi-MiZer FlOP
Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
0
0
Yes

LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-Installed

Option

Manufacturerreserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time,specifications or designs without notice and without incurringobligations.
Book 11111
Catalog No 04-53480028-01
Printed in U.SA
Form 48/50PG-5T
Pg CL-1
6-06
Replaces: 48/50PG-2T
Tab

MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFiGURATiON (cont)
COOL (cont)
SAT
SA.PD
SA.ND
SAT,U
SAT,L
SPT
CLPD
CLND
C.LAG
CIR.A
CS.AI
CS,A2
A!,FN

EXPANSION

Supply Air Temperature
SAT Cool Demand (+) Level
SAT Cool Demand (-) Level
Minimum SAT Upper Level
Minimum SAT Lower Level
Space Temperature
SPT Cool Demand (+)
Level
SPT Cool Demand (-)
Level
Cool Thermal Lag Factor
Circuit A
A1 Current Sensing

A2 Current Sensing
A Circuit Level 1 Fans

(cont)

RANGE

0.5 to 10 AF
--I0 to --0.5 ^F
35.0 to 65.0 dF
35.0 to 65.0 dF

DEFAULT

ENTRY

1
-I
58
48

0.5 to 5 ^F

-5 to -0.5 ^F

-I

0 to 5 min

Enable/Disable

Disable (1-phase)
Enable (3-phase)
Disable
No Humidi-MiZer
1 (20, 24)

Enable/Disable
0to7

FlOP

5 (28)
A2,FN

A3,FN

CIR.B
CS,BI
BI,FN

A Circuit

Level 2 Fans

Level 3 Fans

HumidFMiZer
FlOP
1
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
3 (20, 24)
7 (28)
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
3

oto 7

Circuit B
B1 Current Sensing
B Circuit Level 1 Fans

Enable/Disable
0to 7

B2,FN

B Circuit

Level 2 Fans

oto 7

B3.FN

B Circuit

Level 3 Fans

oto 7

CIR.C
CS.C1

Circuit C
CI Current

Ct.FN
C2.FN
C3.FN
SST
SST.O
SST.I
SST.2
SST.3
OFC
OFC.3

C Circuit Level I Fans
C Circuit Level 2 Fans
C Circuit Level 3 Fans
Low Suction Control
Suction OK Temperature
Low Suction -- Level I
Low Suction -- Level 2
Low Suction -- Level 3
Outdoor Fan Control
OFC3 Enable. CCH
Disable
Fan Lev0 Max Pressure
Fan Levt Max Pressure
Fan Lev2 Min Pressure
Fan Lev2 On Temperature

0.MXP
1.MXP
2.MNP
2.ON

2.OFF

Sensing

Fan Lev2 Off Temperature

Enable
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
4
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
1
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
6 (20)
2 (24, 28)
Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
3 (20)
2 (24, 28)
No Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
6
HumidFMiZer
FlOP
3

q
<
F-

0to7
0to7
0to7

0
0
0

I0 to 50 dF
10 to 50 dF
5 to 50 dF
0 to 50 dF

18
2O
15
10

Yes/No

Yes

I00
I00
100
0 to

2OO
45O
2OO
no Humidi-MiZer

to 500 psig
to 500 psig
to 500 psig
I00 F

55 (20)

0 to I00

45 (24-28)
Humidi-MiZer
FLOP:
68 (20)
6I (24)
6I (28)
no Humidi-MiZer
FLOP:

FLOP:

57 (20)
57 (24)

57 (28)
40O
25O
no Humidi-MiZer
FLOP:
65
Humidi-MiZer
FLOP:

I00 to 500 psig
100 to 500 psig
0 to I00 F

88 (20)
68 (24)
68 (28)

FlOP-

Disable

40 (24-28)
Humidi-MiZer

Fan Lev2 Max Pressure
Fan Lev3 Min Pressure
Fan Lev3 on Temperature

Enable/Disable

50 (20)

2.MXP
3.MNP
3.ON

LU
Z

LEGEND
Factory-installed Option

CL-2

MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
OFC (cont)
3.OFF

(cont)

RANGE

EXPANSION

DEFAULT

(cont)

HMZR
REHT

Fan Lev3 Off Temperature

0 to 100 F

no Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
55
Humidi-MiZer FLOP:
78 (2O)
62 (24)
62 (28)

Humidimizer
Humidimizer

Yes/No

Config
Equipped

Reheat2 Stage Decr.
Time
Reheat2 Stage Incr. Time
Reheat Fan Control
Reheat20DF
Fan On
Level
Reheat20DF
Fan On
Temp

0 to 999 secs

No: no Humidi-MiZer
FlOP
Yes: Humidi-MiZer FlOP
6O

0 to 999 secs
Yes/No
0to 3

300
Yes
2

0 to 100 F

RF. OF

Reheat20DF
Temp

Fan Off

0 to 100 F

RA.LO
RA.LP
RA.HP
RB.LO
RB.LP

Reheat2 OAT
Reheat2 SSP
Reheat2 SSP
Reheat2 OAT
Reheat2 SSP
Limit B, C
Reheat2 SSP
Limit B, C

Limit A
Lo Limit A
Hi Limit A
Limit B, C
Lo

20
50
50
20
50

93 (20)
93 (24)
85 (28)
83 (20)
88 (24)
80 (28)
4O
8O
9O
5O
8O

50 to 100 psig

0 = No Heat
1 = Gas
2 = Electric

R.DEC
R.INC
RH.FN
RF. LV
RF. ON

RB. HP
HEAT
HT.TY

Heating Configuration
Type of Heat Installed

to
to
to
to
to

70 F
100 psig
100 psig
70 F
100 psig

N,HTR

Number of Heat Stages

1 to2

MRT.H
MOT.H
H,DEC

60 to 999 sec
60 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
120 to 999 sec
10 to 600 sec
45 to 600 sec
40 to 125 dF
Enable/Disable

45O
30
45
75
Disable

H,LAG
ECON
EC.EN

Heat Minimum On Time
Heat Minimum Off Time
Heat Stage Decrease
Rate
Heat Stage Increase Rate
Fan-off Delay, Elect Heat
Fan-off Delay, Gas Heat
Heating Lockout Temp
SAT Heat Mode Sensing
Space Temperature
Sensor
SPT Heat Demand (+)
Level
SPT Heat Demand (-)
Level
Heat Thermal Lag Factor
Economizer Configuration
Economizer Installed

0 (50 series with no
electric heat)
(48 series)
2 (50 series with electric
heat)
(48 series 1-phase,
50 series <15kW)
2 (48 series 3-phase,
50 series >=15kW)
120
120
3OO

E.CTL

Economizer Control Type

EC,MN
EC,MX
EH,LO
EL,LO

Econo
Econo
Econo
Econo
Limit
Unoccupied

H,INC
FOD,E
FOD.G
HT.LO
SAT.H
SPT
HT.PD
HT.ND

UEFC

0.5 to 5 ^F
-5 to -0.5 ^F
0 to 5 min
Yes/No

No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP

1=Digital, Position Feedback
2=Digital, Command
Feedback
3=Analog Control
Minimum Position
0 to 100 %
CooI Max Position 0 to 100 %
Cool Hi Temp Limit 40 to 100 dF
-30 to 50 dF
Cool Lo Temp
Free Cooling

0=Disabled
1=Entire Unoccupied
Period
2=PreOccupancy Time

LEGEND
FlOP -- Factory-Installed

Option

CL-3

30
100
65
0

ENTRY

MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
ECON (cont)
FC.TM
FC.LO
PE,EN
PE.1
PE,2
EN.SW

E,TRV
E,MXB
E,MXM
E,MXT
E,DBD
EC,P
EC,I
EC,D
EC.DT
AIR.Q
IA,CF

EXPANSION

Free CooI PreOcc Time
1 to 9999 min
Free Cool Low Temp Limit 0 to 70 dF
Power Exhaust Installed
Yes/No
PE Stage1 Econo
Position
PE Stage2 Econo
Position
Enthalpy Switch
Economizer Travel Time
Bottom Stage Max Econo
Middle Stage Max Econo
Top Stage Max Econo
Economizer PID
Deadband
Economizer PID -- kP
Economizer PID -- kl
Economizer PID -- kD
Economizer PID -- rate
Air Quality Configuration
IAQ Analog Input Config

IAQ Analog Fan Config

II,CF

IAQ Switch Input Config

II,FN

IAQ Switch Fan Config

AQ.MN
EC,MN
OVR.P
OA.CF

Econo Min IAQ Position
Econo Minimum Position
IAQ Override Position
OAQ Analog Input Cfg

OAQ.L
AQD.L
AQD.H
DF.ON
DF.OF
1,4M
1,20M

OAQ Lockout Limit
AQ Differential Low
AQ Differential High
Fan On AQ Differential
Fan Off AQ Differential
IAQ Sensor Value at 4mA
IAQ Sensor Value at
20mA
OAQ Sensor Value at
4mA
OAQ Sensor Value at
20mA
RH Sensor Value at 4mA
RH Sensor Value at
20mA

O.20M
H.4M
H.20M
ALM.O
A.SPC
A.SRT
A.OAT
A.CS
A.CMP
A.CKT
A.SSP
A.SCT
A.FAN
A.FIL
A.TST
A,ECO

(cont)
DEFAULT

ENTRY

(cont)

IA,FN

O,4M

RANGE

Alarm Relay
Configuration
SPT/SPRH Sensor
Failure
SAT/RAT Sensor Failure
OAT Thermistor Failure
Current Sensor Failure
Compressor Failure
Refrigerant Circuit Failure
SSP Transducer Failure
SCT Thermistor Failure
Indoor Fan Failure
Dirty Filter
Thermostat Failure
Economizer Failure

10 to 100 %

!20
50
No: no FlOP
Yes: FlOP
4O

10 to !00 %

0=No Switch
1=Normally Open
2=Normally Closed
5 to 300 sec
0 to 100 %
1 to 100 %
O to 100 %
0 to 25 %

0: no FlOP
1: FlOP

0.0 to 99.9 sec
0.0 to 99.9 sec
0.0 to 99.9 sec
10.0 to 180.0 sec

2.5
0.1
!
!5

0=No IAQ
1=Demand Ventilation
2=Econ Position Override
3=Econ Min Position Control
0=Never
1=Only While Occupied
2=Always
0=No IAQ
I=DCV Normally Open
2=DCV Normally Closed
3=Override Normally
Open
4=Override Normally
Closed
O=Never
1=Only While Occupied
2=AIways
0 to 100
0 to 100
O to 100
0=No OAQ
1=Demand Ventilation
2=Outdoor Air Lockout
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000
0 to 5000

0: no FlOP
1: FlOP

150
5O
35
25
3

c_
LU

O
[23
©
z

q
0

<
F-

!0
30
!00
O

6OO
100
7OO
6OO
2OO
0
2000

0 to 5000
0 to 5000

2000

0 to 50 %
60 to !00 %

O
!00

Yes/No

Yes

Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No
Yes/No

Yes

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

CL-4

LU
Z

c3
LU

FF-

O
c_
©
z

q
<
1-©

MODE -- CONFIGURATION
ITEM
CONFIGURATION
TRIM
SPT.C
SPT.T
SAT.C
SAT.T
RAT.C
RAT.T
CCN
CCN.A
CCN,B
BAUD

BROD
B.TIM
B,OAT
B.GS
B,ACK
SCH.O
SCH.N
HOL.G
OV.TL
OV. EX
OV.SP

I
(cont)

RANGE

EXPANSION
Sensor Calibration
Space Temp Calibration
Space Temp Trim
Supply Air Temp Calib.
Supply Air Temp Trim
Return Air Temp Calib.
Return Air Temp Trim
CCN Configuration
CCN Element Number
CCN Bus Number
CCN Baud Rate

CCN Broadcast
Configuration
CCN Time/Date
Broadcast
CCN OAT Broadcast
Global Schedule
Broadcast
CCN Broadcast Ack'er
CCN Schedule Overrides
Schedule Number

Accept Global Holidays
Override Time Limit
Timed Override Hours
SPT Override Enabled

-30
-30
--30
-30
--30
-30

to
to
to
to
to
to

120 dF
30 AF
130 dF
30 AF
!30 dF
30 AF

DEFAULT

0
0
0

! to 239
0to 239
!=2400
2:4800
3:9600
4=19200
5:38400

Yes/No

Yes/No
Yes/No

No
No

Yes/No

0=Always Occupied
1 to 64=Local Schedule
65 to 99=Global Schedule
Yes/No
0 to 4 hours
0 to 4 hours
Yes/No

CL-5

(cont)

0
Yes

ENTRY

UNIT START-UP

CHECKLIST

MODEL NO.:

SERIAL NO.:

DATE:

TECHNICIAN:

PRE-START-U

[] VERIFY THAT ALL PACKING MATERIALS HAVE BEEN" REMOVED FROM UNIT
[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR AIR HOOD
[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF FLUE EXHAUST AND INLET HOOD (48PG ONLY)
[] VERIFY THAT CONDENSATE CON_TCTION IS INSTALLED PER INSTRUCTIONS
[] VERIFY THAT ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND TERMINALS ARE TIGHT
[] VERIFY GAS PRESSURE TO UNIT GAS VALVE IS WITHIN" SPECIFIED RANGE (48PG ONLY)
[] CHECK GAS PIPING FOR LEAKS (48PG ONLY)
[] CHECK THAT INDOOR-AIR FILTERS ARE CLEAN" AND IN PLACE
[] CHECK THAT OUTDOOR AIR INLET SCREENS ARE IN PLACE
[] VERIFY THAT UNIT IS LEVEL
[] CHECK FAN"WHEEL AND PROPELLER FOR LOCATION" 1N HOUSING/ORIFICE,
IS TIGHT

uJ
Z

AND VERIFY SETSCREW

£3
tJJ

[] VERIFY THAT SCROLL COMPRESSORS ARE ROTATING IN THE CORRECT DIRECTION
[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF THERMOSTAT/SPACE SENSOR

[] VERIFY INSTALLATION OF tR?MIDITY SWITCH/SENSOR (tRJMIDI-MIZER

I_TTS ONLY)

F-

[] VERIFY CONFIGURATION VALUES FOR ELECTRONIC CONTROLS (REFER TO CONTROL SET UP CHECKLIST)
[] VERIFY THAT CRANKCASE HEATERS HAVE BEEN" ENERGIZED FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS

I1. START-UP
ELECTRICAL
SUPPLY VOLTAGE

LI-L2

COMPRESSOR AMPS

COMPRESSOR A1
COMPRESSOR B1

ELECTRIC HEAT AMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
SUPPLY FAN AMPS

L2-L3

L._-L1

L1
L1
L1
L1

L2
L2
L2
L2

L3
L3
L3
L3
c3
LU

FF-

TEMPERATU RES
OUTDOOR-AIR
RETURN-AIR
COOLING

TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE

SUPPLY

AIR

GAS HEAT

SUPPLY

ELECTRIC

HEAT

AIR (48PG)

SUPPLY

AIR (50PG)

F DB (Dry Bulb)
F DB

O
£3
©
z

WB (Wet Bulb)

<
F-

F
F
F

PRESSURES
GAS INLET PRESSURE
GAS MANIFOLD PRESSURE STAGE NO. 1
REFRIGERANT SUCTION
CIRCUIT A
CIRCUIT B
REFRIGERANT DISCHARGE CIRCUIT A
CIRCUIT B

IN. WG
IN. WG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG
PSIG

STAGE NO. 2

IN. WG

[] VERIFY REFRIGERANT CHARGE USING CHARGING CHARTS ON PAGES 89 AND 90

GENERAL
[] ECONOMIZER MINIMUMVENT AND CHANGEOVERSETTINGSTO JOB REQUIREMENTS
Copyright 2006 Carrier Corporation
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs
Catalog No 04-53480028-01

Printed in U.SA

Form 48/50PG-5T

without

notice and without

Pg CL-6

6-06

incurring

obligations.
Replaces: 48/50PG-2T

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.2
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 112
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Producer                        : Goby Monitor Application version 3, 2, 1, 4
Create Date                     : Thu Apr 05 22:19:17 2007
Author                          : 
Title                           : 
Subject                         :

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

CARRIER Package Units(both Units Combined) Manual L0607349

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation